IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIII NUMBER 1 July 12,
2000 Pages 1 to 100
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 12 to 96 include ARC 9948A to ARC
9984A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND
STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice, Chronic wasting disease,
64.171 to 64.187 ARC
9980A 12
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 4
Publication procedures 5
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 5
Agency identification numbers 10
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 3
CRIMINAL AND JUVENILE JUSTICE
PLANNING
DIVISION[428]
HUMAN RIGHTS
DEPARTMENT[421]“umbrella”
Filed Emergency After Notice, Juvenile crime
prevention
community grant program;
reorganization of rules, chs 1, 3 to 5
ARC
9973A 59
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Filed, Local housing assistance program,
28.5(5) ARC
9982A 85
Filed, Uniform waiver and variance rules,
ch 104 ARC
9981A 85
FAIR BOARD[371]
Filed Emergency After Notice, Restrictions
on pets, 8.4
ARC 9950A 64
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, FIP, Medicaid and SSA assistance;
PROMISE JOBS,
amendments to chs 7, 9,
40 to 43, 45, 46, 93 ARC 9978A 14
Notice, FMAP–related Medicaid applicants
and
recipients; CMAP–related medically needy
recipients, 75.1,
75.25, 75.50 to 75.52, 75.57,
76.2, 76.7, 76.10(2) ARC
9979A 20
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Contraceptive coverage, 35.39, 71.14(6),
71.24,
75.10(4), 75.18 ARC 9983A 25
NULLIFICATION OF
ADMINISTRATIVE
RULE 97
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Qualifications—RNs teaching in
master’s programs, 2.6(2)“c” ARC
9960A 27
Notice, Issuance of investigatory or contested
case
subpoenas, 4.3, 4.25 ARC 9961A 27
Notice, Identification badges, 6.2(5), 6.3(9)
ARC
9962A 28
Notice Terminated, Uniform waiver and
variance rules, ch 15
ARC 9963A 29
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice, IPERS, 21.1, 21.4(3), 21.5 to 21.13,
21.16,
21.19(1), 21.22, 21.24, 21.30 to 21.32
ARC 9972A 29
Filed Emergency, IPERS, 21.1, 21.4(3), 21.5
to 21.13,
21.16, 21.19(1), 21.22, 21.24,
21.30 to 21.32 ARC 9971A 65
PETROLEUM UST FUND BOARD,
IOWA
COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice, Payments to the department where a no
further
action certificate has been issued, 11.9
ARC 9975A 31
Filed, Remedial claims, 11.1(3), 11.4(11)
ARC
9974A 88
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Psychologists—examination fee and
discipline;
continuing education, 240.10(2),
240.100 to 240.109, 240.212, ch
241
ARC 9984A 32
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 6
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice, Fire safety for bed and breakfast inns,
5.800 to
5.810, 5.820 ARC 9970A 34
Notice, Fire service training bureau, ch 53
ARC
9964A 37
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661](Cont’d)
Notice, Firefighter certification, ch 54
ARC
9965A 37
Notice, Volunteer emergency services provider
death
benefits, ch 59 ARC 9966A 38
Filed Emergency, Fire service training bureau,
ch 53
ARC 9968A 75
Filed Emergency, Firefighter certification, ch 54
ARC
9969A 76
Filed Emergency, Volunteer emergency services
provider
death benefits, ch 59 ARC 9967A 78
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]“umbrella”
Notice, Occupational and vendor licensing;
simulcasting;
jockey mount fee schedule,
4.7, ch 6, 8.1, 8.2(3), 8.4, 8.5,
10.4(2);
rescind chs 12, 13 ARC 9948A 38
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of electric and natural gas delivery tax rates
and
municipal electric and natural gas transfer
replacement tax rates for each
competitive
service area 50
Notice, Waiver or variance of certain department
rules,
7.60 ARC 9954A 52
Notice, Exempt sales of clothing and footwear
during
two–day period in August, 20.12
ARC 9953A 55
Filed, Prescription and nonprescription drugs
and
devices—taxation and exemption,
20.7 to 20.9 ARC
9959A 88
Filed Emergency, Exempt sales of clothing
and footwear
during two–day period in August,
20.12 ARC 9952A 80
Filed, Application of related expense to
allocable
interest, dividends, rents and royalties, 54.3,
54.9, 59.29
ARC 9955A 89
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Filed, Regulations applicable to carriers, 520.1(1),
520.2,
520.3(1), 520.4(1), 520.6(1), 520.7, 520.8
ARC 9949A 89
Filed, School transportation services provided
by regional
transit systems, ch 911
ARC 9951A 92
USURY
Notice 55
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Natural gas marketer certification, 2.2,
19.13(6),
19.14 to 19.16 ARC 9976A 55
Filed, Review of fuel procurement practices,
20.13 ARC
9977A 94
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Notice, Transportation expense—use of a
private auto,
8.1 ARC 9958A 58
Filed Emergency, Transportation expense—use
of a
private auto, 8.1 ARC 9957A 83
Filed Emergency, Payroll tax tables, 8.8
ARC
9956A 84
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2001 $264.00 plus
$15.84 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,210.31 plus $72.62 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $425.61 plus
$25.54 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2001)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2000
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 24 ’99
|
Jan. 12 ’00
|
Feb. 1 ’00
|
Feb. 16 ’00
|
Feb. 18 ’00
|
Mar. 8 ’00
|
Apr. 12 ’00
|
July 10 ’00
|
Jan. 7
|
Jan. 26
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 26
|
July 24
|
Jan. 21
|
Feb. 9
|
Feb. 29
|
Mar. 15
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
May 10
|
Aug. 7
|
Feb. 4
|
Feb. 23
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 29
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 24
|
Aug. 21
|
Feb. 18
|
Mar. 8
|
Mar. 28
|
Apr. 12
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
June 7
|
Sept. 4
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 26
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 21
|
Sept. 18
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
Apr. 25
|
May 10
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
July 5
|
Oct. 2
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 9
|
May 24
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 19
|
Oct. 16
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
May 23
|
June 7
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
Aug. 2
|
Oct. 30
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 6
|
June 21
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 16
|
Nov. 13
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
June 20
|
July 5
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 30
|
Nov. 27
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 4
|
July 19
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Sept. 13
|
Dec. 11
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
July 18
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 27
|
Dec. 25
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 16
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Oct. 11
|
Jan. 8 ’01
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 25
|
Jan. 22 ’01
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Aug. 29
|
Sept. 13
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Nov. 8
|
Feb. 5 ’01
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 27
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 22
|
Feb. 19 ’01
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Sept. 26
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Dec. 6
|
Mar. 5 ’01
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 25
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 20
|
Mar. 19 ’01
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Oct. 24
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Apr. 2 ’01
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 22
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Apr. 16 ’01
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Nov. 21
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Apr. 30 ’01
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 20
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
May 14 ’01
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Dec. 19
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
May 28 ’01
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 2 ’01
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Jan. 19 ’01
|
Feb. 7 ’01
|
Mar. 14 ’01
|
June 11 ’01
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 16 ’01
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Feb. 2 ’01
|
Feb. 21 ’01
|
Mar. 28 ’01
|
June 25 ’01
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 13 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
Mar. 2 ’01
|
Mar. 21 ’01
|
Apr. 25 ’01
|
July 23 ’01
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
3
|
Friday, July 21, 2000
|
August 9, 2000
|
4
|
Friday, August 4, 2000
|
August 23, 2000
|
5
|
Friday, August 18, 2000
|
September 6, 2000
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5” High Density (not Double Density) IBM
PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each
diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for
exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the
Administrative Code Division, 1st Floor, Lucas State Office Building or included
with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative Rules
Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
1999 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 1999)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 1999 through
December 1999)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through December
1999)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
BANKING DIVISION[187]
|
|
Confidential records—shareholder lists, 7.13(2),
7.15(8) IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9895A
|
Conference Room 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 10 a.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
One–year conditional license, 14.15 IAB 6/28/00
ARC 9927A
|
Conference Room 3 South Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 27, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Two–year conditional license, 14.16 IAB 6/28/00
ARC 9929A
|
Conference Room 3 South Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 27, 2000 2 p.m.
|
Elementary and secondary school counselor
competencies, 14.20 IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9920A
|
Conference Room 3 South Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 27, 2000 3:30 p.m.
|
General science endorsement, 14.21(17) IAB 6/28/00
ARC 9928A
|
Conference Room 3 South Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 27, 2000 3 p.m.
|
Administrative endorsements— elementary and secondary
school principals, 14.23 IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9923A
|
Conference Room 3 North Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 3 North Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Two–year administrator exchange
license, 14.25 IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9921A
|
Conference Room 3 South Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 27, 2000 2:30 p.m.
|
Mentor endorsement, 14.34, 14.35 IAB 6/28/00 ARC
9930A
|
Conference Room 3 North Third Floor Grimes State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 1, 2000 8 a.m.
|
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
|
|
Senior living coordinating unit, 16.1 to 16.5 IAB
6/28/00 ARC 9892A
|
North Conference Room—3rd Floor Clemens Bldg. 200
Tenth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Air quality; emissions standards, 22.1, 22.3. 22.4(1),
22.100, 22.106, 23.1, 23.2(3), 23.3(2), 24.1, 25.1(9) IAB 6/14/00 ARC
9885A
|
Conference Rooms 5–8 Air Quality Bureau 7900
Hickman Rd. Urbandale, Iowa
|
July 20, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Drinking water standards; laboratory certification,
amendments to chs 40 to 43, 83 IAB 6/14/00 ARC 9888A
|
Helen Wilson Gallery Washington Public Library 120 E.
Main Washington, Iowa
|
July 14, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Municipal Utilities Conference Room 15 W. Third
St. Atlantic, Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Delaware County Community Center 200 E. Acres (at
fairgrounds) Manchester, Iowa
|
July 19, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Hansen Room, Siebens Forum Buena Vista University 4th
and Grand Ave. Storm Lake, Iowa
|
July 20, 2000 10 a.m.
|
Operator certification: public water supply systems and
wastewater treatment and collection systems, ch 81 IAB 6/14/00 ARC
9886A
|
Helen Wilson Gallery Washington Public Library 120 E.
Main Washington, Iowa
|
July 14, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Municipal Utilities Conference Room 15 W. Third
St. Atlantic, Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Delaware County Community Center 200 E. Acres (at
fairgrounds) Manchester, Iowa
|
July 19, 2000 10 a.m.
|
|
Hansen Room, Siebens Forum Buena Vista University 4th
and Grand Ave. Storm Lake, Iowa
|
July 20, 2000 10 a.m.
|
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
|
|
Contraceptive coverage, 35.39, 71.14(6), 71.24, 75.10(4),
75.18 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9983A
|
330 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 1, 2000 10 a.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Selling of goods or services by members of the board or
IPRC, 10.11 IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9932A
|
Suite C 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Licensure of acupuncturists, 14.1 to 14.30 IAB 6/28/00
ARC 9924A
|
Suite C 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 10 a.m.
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
Wildlife refuges—Spring Run and Henderson
areas, 52.1(2) IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9946A
|
Conference Room—4th Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 19, 2000 10 a.m.
|
NURSING BOARD[655]
|
|
Nurse licensure compact, 2.3(2), 2.6(2), 3.1, 3.2, 3.5,
3.6(1), 6.1, 6.5(5), 7.1, ch 16 IAB 6/28/00 ARC
9917A (Also see ARC 9915A)
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 7, 2000 5 p.m.
|
Identification badge, 6.2(5), 6.3(9) IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9962A
|
Ballroom Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel Fourth and
Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 6, 2000 5:30 p.m.
|
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
|
|
IPERS, 21.1, 21.4(3), 21.5 to 21.13, 21.16, 21.19(1),
21.22, 21.24, 21.30 to 21.32 IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9972A (Also see ARC 9971A herein)
|
600 E. Court Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 1, 2000 9 a.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Massage therapy examiners, 130.1 to 130.4, 130.7 to 130.10,
131.1 to 131.5, 131.18, 131.19, ch 132 IAB 6/28/00 ARC
9931A
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Psychology examiners, 240.10(2), 240.100 to 240.109,
240.212, ch 241 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9984A
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 2, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
|
|
Residential occupancies; bed and breakfast inns, 5.800 to
5.810, 5.820 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9970A
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 9:30 a.m.
|
Fire service training bureau, ch 53 IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9964A (Also see ARC 9968A herein)
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10 a.m.
|
Firefighter certification, ch 54 IAB 7/12/00 ARC
9965A (Also see ARC 9969A herein)
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10:15 a.m.
|
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661] (Cont’d)
|
|
Volunteer emergency services provider death benefits, ch
59 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9966A (Also see ARC 9967A
herein)
|
Third Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September 8, 2000 10:30 a.m.
|
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
General, 4.7, ch 6, 8.1, 8.2(3), 8.4, 8.5, 10.4(2);
rescind chs 12, 13 IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9948A
|
Suite B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
August 1, 2000 9 a.m.
|
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
|
|
Electronic voting equipment, 22.261 IAB 6/28/00 ARC
9890A (Also see ARC 9891A)
|
Second Floor Hoover State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
Refund of corporate filing fees— pilot
project, 40.4 IAB 6/28/00 ARC 9893A (Also see
ARC 9894A)
|
O’Connor Conference Room Second Floor Hoover State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
July 18, 2000 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
|
|
Natural gas marketer certification, 2.2(17), 19.13(6),
19.14 to 19.16, IAB 7/12/00 ARC 9976A
|
Board Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
August 23, 2000 10 a.m.
|
Restoration of agricultural lands during and after pipeline
construction, ch 9 IAB 6/14/00 ARC 9878A
|
Board Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
July 19, 2000 10 a.m.
|
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 9980A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11) and
163.1, the Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 64, “Infectious and Contagious
Diseases,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed rules are intended to implement a voluntary
chronic wasting disease (CWD) surveillance program for Cervidae. The
surveillance program is being adopted at the request of the Iowa Elk Breeders
Association. Chronic wasting disease (CWD) is a form of transmissable
spongiform encephalopathy that is fatal to Cervidae. Numerous states have
developed voluntary and mandatory surveillance programs, and many states have
import restrictions for Cervidae originating in states without a surveillance
program. Cervidae as defined in these proposed rules means elk, red deer,
fallow deer, sika deer, and related species and hybrids of these
species.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the following proposed rules prior to 4:30 p.m. on August 1, 2000. Such
written material should be directed to Dr. John Schiltz, State Veterinarian,
Animal Industry Bureau, Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, Wallace
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments can also be submitted
by fax to (515)281–4282 or by E–mail to
John.Schiltz@idals.state.ia.us.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
163.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend 21—Chapter 64 by adopting the following
new rules:
CHRONIC WASTING DISEASE (CWD)
21—64.171(163) Definitions. Definitions used in
rules 64.171(163) through 64.187(163) are as follows:
“Accredited veterinarian” means a veterinarian
approved by the deputy administrator of veterinary services, Animal and Plant
Health Inspection Service (APHIS), United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA), and the state veterinarian in accordance with Part 161 of Title 9,
Chapter 1 of the Code of Federal Regulations, revised as of January 1, 2000, to
perform functions required by cooperative state/federal animal disease control
and eradication programs.
“Adjacent herd” means one of the
following:
1. A herd of Cervidae occupying premises that border an
affected herd, including herds separated by roads or streams.
2. A herd of Cervidae occupying premises that were previously
occupied by an affected herd within the past four years as determined by
the designated epidemiologist.
“Affected cervid herd” means a cervid herd from
which any animal has been diagnosed as affected with CWD and which has not been
in compliance with the control program for CWD as described in rules 64.171(163)
through 64.187(163).
“Approved laboratory” means an American
Association of Veterinary Laboratory Diagnosticians (AAVLD) accredited
laboratory or the National Veterinary Services Laboratory, Ames, Iowa.
“Certificate” means an official document, issued
by a state veterinarian or federal animal health official or an accredited
veterinarian at the point of origin, containing information on the individual
identification of each animal being moved, the number of animals, the purpose of
the movement, the points of origin and destination, the consignor, the
consignee, and any other information required by the state
veterinarian.
“Certified CWD cervid herd” means a herd of
Cervidae that has met the qualifications for and has been issued a certified CWD
cervid herd certificate signed by the state veterinarian.
“Cervidae” means elk, red deer, fallow deer, sika
deer, and related species and hybrids of these species.
“Cervid CWD surveillance identification program”
or “CCWDSI program” means a CWD surveillance program that requires
identification and laboratory diagnosis on all deaths of Cervidae over 18 months
of age including, but not limited to, deaths by slaughter, hunting, illness, and
injury. A copy of approved laboratory reports shall be maintained by the owner
for purposes of completion of the annual inventory examination for
recertification. Such diagnosis shall include examination of brain and any
other tissue as directed by the state veterinarian. If there are deaths for
which tissues were not submitted for laboratory diagnosis due to postmortem
changes or unavailability, the department shall determine compliance.
“Cervid dealer” means any person who engages in
the business of buying, selling, trading, or negotiating the transfer of
Cervidae, but not a person who purchases Cervidae exclusively for slaughter on
the person’s own premises or buys and sells as part of a normal livestock
production operation.
“Cervid herd” means a group of Cervidae or one or
more groups of Cervidae maintained on common ground or under common ownership or
supervision that are geographically separated but can have interchange or
movement.
“Cervid herd of origin” means a cervid herd, or
any farm or other premises, where the animals were born or where they currently
reside.
“Chronic wasting disease” or “CWD”
means a transmissible spongiform encephalopathy of cervids.
“CWD affected” means a designation applied to
Cervidae diagnosed as affected with CWD based on laboratory results, clinical
signs, or epidemiologic investigation.
“CWD exposed” or “exposed” means a
designation applied to Cervidae that are either part of an affected herd or for
which epidemiological investigation indicates contact with CWD affected animals
or contact with animals from a CWD affected herd in the past four
years.
“CWD suspect” means a designation applied to
Cervidae for which laboratory evidence or clinical signs suggest a diagnosis of
CWD but for which laboratory results are inconclusive.
“Designated epidemiologist” means a veterinarian
who has demonstrated the knowledge and ability to perform the functions required
under these rules and who has been selected by the state veterinarian.
“Group” means one or more Cervidae.
“Individual herd plan” means a written herd
management and testing plan that is designed by the herd owner, the
owner’s veterinarian, if requested, and a designated epidemiologist to
identify and eradicate CWD from an affected, exposed, or adjacent
herd.
“Monitored CWD cervid herd” means a herd of
Cervidae that is in compliance with the CCWDSI program as defined in this rule.
Monitored herds are defined as one–year, two–year, three–year,
and four–year monitored herds in accordance with the time in years such
herds have been in compliance with the CCWDSI program.
“Official cervid CWD test” means an approved test
to diagnose CWD conducted at an official laboratory.
“Official cervid identification” means a
USDA–approved identification ear tag that conforms to the alphanumeric
national uniform ear tagging system as defined in 9 CFR Part 71.1, Chapter 1,
revised as of January 1, 2000.
“Permit” means an official document that is issued
by the state veterinarian or USDA area veterinarian–in–charge or an
accredited veterinarian for movement of affected, suspect, or exposed
animals.
“Quarantine” means an imposed restriction
prohibiting movement of cervids to any location without specific written
permits.
“State” means any state of the United States; the
District of Columbia; Puerto Rico; the U.S. Virgin Islands; or Guam.
“Traceback” means the process of identifying the
herd or origin of CCWDSI–positive animals, including herds that were sold
for slaughter.
21—64.172(163) Supervision of the Cervidae CWD
program. The state veterinarian’s office will conduct an annual
inventory of Cervidae in a herd enrolled in the CCWDSI program.
21—64.173(163) Surveillance procedures. For
cervid herds enrolled in this voluntary certification program, surveillance
procedures shall include the following:
64.173(1) Slaughter establishments. All slaughtered
Cervidae over 18 months of age must have brain tissue submitted at slaughter and
examined for CWD by an approved laboratory. This brain tissue sample will be
obtained by a state or federal meat inspector or accredited veterinarian on the
premises at the time of slaughter.
64.173(2) Cervid herds. All cervid herds must be
under continuous surveillance for CWD as defined in the CCWDSI
program.
21—64.174(163) Official cervid tests. The
following are recognized as official cervid tests for CWD:
1. Histopathology.
2. Immunohistochemistry.
3. Western blot.
4. Negative stain electron microscopy.
5. Bioassay.
6. Any other tests performed by an official laboratory to
confirm a diagnosis of CWD.
21—64.175(163) Investigation of CWD–affected
animals identified through surveillance. Traceback must be performed for
all animals diagnosed at an approved laboratory as affected with CWD.
All herds of origin and all adjacent herds having contact with
affected animals as determined by the CCWDSI program must be investigated
epidemiologically. All herds of origin, adjacent herds, and herds having
contact with affected animals or exposed animals must be quarantined.
21—64.176(163) Duration of quarantine.
Quarantines placed in accordance with these rules shall be removed as
follows:
1. For herds of origin, quarantines shall be removed after
four years of compliance with rules 64.171(163) through
64.187(163).
2. For herds having contact with affected or exposed animals,
quarantines shall be removed after four years of compliance with rules
64.171(163) through 64.187(163).
3. For adjacent herds, quarantines shall be removed as
directed by the state veterinarian in consultation with the
epidemiologist.
21—64.177(163) Herd plan. The herd owner, the
owner’s veterinarian, if requested, and the epidemiologist shall develop a
plan for eradicating CWD in each affected herd. The plan must be designed to
reduce and then eliminate CWD from the herd, to prevent spread of the disease to
other herds, and to prevent reintroduction of CWD after the herd becomes a
certified CWD cervid herd. The herd plan must be developed and signed within 60
days after the determination that the herd is affected.
The plan must address herd management and adhere to rules
64.171(163) through 64.187(163). The plan must be formalized as a memorandum of
agreement between the owner and program officials, must be approved by the state
veterinarian, and must include plans to obtain certified CWD cervid herd
status.
21—64.178(163) Identification and disposal
requirements. Affected and exposed animals must remain on the premises
where they are found until they are identified and disposed of in accordance
with direction from the state veterinarian.
21—64.179(163) Cleaning and disinfecting.
Premises must be cleaned and disinfected under state supervision within 15 days
after affected animals have been removed.
21—64.180(163) Methods for obtaining certified CWD
cervid herd status. Certified CWD cervid herd status must include all
Cervidae under common ownership. They cannot be commingled with other cervids
that are not certified, and a minimum geographic separation of 30 feet between
herds of different status must be maintained in accordance with the USDA Uniform
Methods and Rules as defined in APHIS manual 91–45–011, revised as
of January 22, 1999. A herd may qualify for status as a certified CWD cervid
herd by one of the following means:
64.180(1) Purchasing a certified CWD cervid herd.
Upon request and with proof of purchase, the department shall issue a new
certificate in the new owner’s name. The anniversary date and herd status
for the purchased animals shall be the same as for the herd to which the animals
are added; or if part or all of the purchased herd is moved directly to premises
that have no other Cervidae, the herd may retain the certified CWD status of the
herd of origin. The anniversary date of the new herd is the date of the most
recent herd certification status certificate.
64.180(2) Upon request and with proof by records, a
herd owner shall be issued a certified CWD cervid herd certificate by complying
with the CCWDSI program for a period of four years.
21—64.181(163) Recertification of CWD cervid
herds. A herd is certified for 12 months. Annual inventories conducted by
state veterinarians are required every 9 to 15 months from the anniversary date.
For continuous certification, adherence to the provisions in these rules and all
other state laws and rules pertaining to raising cervids is required. A
herd’s certification status is immediately terminated and a herd
investigation shall be initiated if CWD affected or exposed animals are
determined to originate from that herd.
21—64.182(163) Movement into a certified CWD cervid
herd.
64.182(1) Animals originating from certified CWD
cervid herds may move into another certified CWD cervid herd.
64.182(2) Animals originating from noncertified herds
that are moving into certified CWD cervid herds cannot be certified until they
remain in the certified CWD cervid herd for four years.
64.182(3) Animals originating from CWD monitored herds
cannot be certified until a combination of the years in CWD monitored status and
the years present in the certified CWD herd totals four years.
21—64.183(163) Movement into a monitored CWD cervid
herd.
64.183(1) Animals originating from a monitored CWD
cervid herd may move into another monitored CWD cervid herd of the same
status.
64.183(2) Animals originating from a herd which is not
a monitored CWD cervid herd or from a lower status monitored CWD cervid herd
will progress annually in status level on an individual animal basis until
completion of CWD certification.
21—64.184(163) Recognition of monitored CWD
herds. The state veterinarian shall issue a monitored CWD cervid herd
certificate, including CWD monitored herd status as CWD monitored Level A during
the first calendar year, CWD monitored Level B during the second calendar year,
CWD monitored Level C during the third calendar year, CWD monitored Level D
during the fourth calendar year, and CWD certification at the fifth year and
thereafter.
21—64.185(163) Recognition of certified CWD cervid
herds. The state veterinarian shall issue a certified CWD cervid herd
certificate when the herd first qualifies for recertification. The state
veterinarian shall issue a renewal form annually.
21—64.186(163) Intrastate movement
requirements.
64.186(1) All intrastate movements of Cervidae other
than to a state or federally inspected slaughter establishment shall be
accompanied by an intrastate movement certificate of veterinary inspection
signed by a licensed, accredited veterinarian.
64.186(2) Such intrastate movement certificate shall
include all of the following:
a. Consignor’s name and address.
b. Consignee’s name and address.
c. Individual identification of each animal by an official ear
tag.
d. The following statement: “There has been no
diagnosis, signs, or epidemiologic evidence of CWD in this herd for the past
year.”
21—64.187(163) Import requirements.
64.187(1) All Cervidae entering Iowa must be
accompanied by all of the following:
a. An official certificate of veterinary inspection.
b. A permit number requested by the licensed, accredited
veterinarian signing the certificate and issued by the state veterinarian prior
to movement.
c. One of the following statements must appear on the
certificate:
“All Cervidae on this certificate have been part of the
herd of origin for at least one year or were natural additions to this herd.
There has been no diagnosis, signs, or epidemiologic evidence of CWD in this
herd for the past year”; or
“All Cervidae on this certificate originate from a CWD
monitored or certified herd in which these animals have been kept for at least
one year or were natural additions. There has been no diagnosis, signs, or
epidemiologic evidence of CWD in this herd for the past year.”
64.187(2) If the Cervidae listed on the certificate
are enrolled in a CWD program, the anniversary date and program status for each
individual animal must be listed.
ARC 9978A
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 239B.4(4), the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 7, “Appeals and
Hearings,” Chapter 9, “Public Records and Fair Information
Practices,” Chapter 40, “Application for Aid,” Chapter 41,
“Granting Assistance,” Chapter 42, “Unemployed Parent,”
Chapter 43, “Alternate Payees,” Chapter 45, “Payment,”
Chapter 46, “Overpayment Recovery,” and Chapter 93, “PROMISE
JOBS Program,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments:
• Eliminate the quarterly
report listing the names and addresses of Family Investment Program (FIP),
Medicaid, and State Supplementary Assistance (SSA) recipients. Iowa Code
section 217.30(4)“c” required the Department to make a quarterly
report listing the names and addresses of families receiving FIP, Medicaid, and
SSA available for public viewing. The Department’s Welfare Reform
Advisory Group recommended elimination of the report to protect the
confidentiality of families receiving assistance. Eliminating the report also
protects the safety and privacy of assistance program recipients who are victims
of domestic violence. 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2368, section 1, granted the
Department’s request to eliminate the quarterly report and implement the
group’s recommendation.
• Exempt persons who are not
U.S. citizens and are not qualified aliens as defined in 8 United States Code
Section 1641 from participation in PROMISE JOBS and the family investment
agreement.
Federal law prohibits federal Temporary Assistance for Needy
Family (TANF) funds from being used to provide PROMISE JOBS services to
nonqualified aliens without legal status and nonqualified aliens with one of the
following legal statuses:
1. Nonimmigrants under the Immigration and Nationality Act
(INA).
2. Aliens paroled into the United States under Section
212(d)(5) of the INA for less than one year.
3. Temporary residents under the Immigration Reform and
Control Act.
4. Aliens with protected status, such as PRUCOLS (permanently
residing in the United States under color of law).
5. Aliens in deferred action status.
Federal law does allow use of state–only maintenance of
effort (MOE) funds to serve aliens without legal status if the
state passes a law specifically allowing this. The
state could also use state–only MOE funds to serve nonqualified aliens
with legal status in categories “1” and “2,” above.
However, federal law does not allow the state to use any state funds to serve
legal nonqualified aliens in categories “3” through “5”
above.
The Department believes that serving some nonqualified aliens
and not serving others would be very confusing to citizens, applicants and
recipients, and to staff. There would be a great likelihood of error. Also,
some of these aliens are not allowed to work in the United States. Therefore,
the Department proposed an amendment to Iowa Code section 239B.8 to exempt all
nonqualified aliens from PROMISE JOBS and family investment agreement
activities. 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2368, section 3, implements the
Department’s proposed amendment.
• Prohibit persons who are
not U.S. citizens and are not qualified aliens as defined in federal law from
voluntary participation in PROMISE JOBS. The limitations described in the
preceding topics also affect the voluntary participation in PROMISE JOBS by
persons who are nonqualified aliens. The Department proposed an amendment to
Iowa Code section 239B.18 that prohibits nonqualified aliens from voluntary
PROMISE JOBS participation to bring the Department into compliance with federal
law. 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2368, section 8, implements the
Department’s proposed amendment.
• Correct existing rules
regarding aliens’ qualification for FIP assistance and also rescind
obsolete rules on deeming alien sponsors’ income and resources. The
proposed rule correction regarding aliens’ qualification for FIP brings
the Department into compliance with federal and state law. Under the corrected
rule, some aliens who are currently eligible will no longer be eligible for FIP,
e.g., aliens who are permanently residing in the U.S. under color of law
(PRUCOLS). Included in the correction is the elimination of administrative
rules on deeming sponsors’ income and resources that were in effect under
the former Aid to Families With Dependent Children (AFDC) program that became
obsolete with the implementation of TANF. According to a recent update from the
United States Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), revised deeming
policies are still under debate. The Department will submit administrative
rules on deeming income and resources of alien sponsors upon release of
pertinent instructions from DHHS.
• Revise provisions
regarding the 60–month limit on FIP assistance. Specifically, the rules
revise the definition of “assistance,” exclude stepparents who are
in the home but not on the FIP grant from the 60–month limit, and revise
the definition of Alaskans and Natives in Indian Country who are excluded from
the 60–month FIP limit.
Under current rules, a month of “assistance” for
the purpose of the 60–month limit on FIP assistance is defined as
a month for which the adult receives a FIP grant or a
payment for PROMISE JOBS expense allowances. Final federal TANF regulations
allow states the option of excluding PROMISE JOBS expense allowance payments
from consideration toward the 60–month FIP limit. The Department opted to
remove PROMISE JOBS payments from the definition of “assistance” and
avoid having to subject the payments to child support assignment.
Under current rules, FIP assistance received by a household
that includes a stepparent is counted toward the 60–month limit regardless
of whether the stepparent is included in the FIP grant. Final federal TANF
regulations prohibit application of the 60–month FIP limit to stepparents
who are in the home but are excluded from the FIP grant. Although the
Department has the option to apply the 60–month state limit to ineligible
stepparents, the Department opted to follow TANF regulations as most FIP
families with an ineligible stepparent in the home are already subject to the
60–month limit because of the presence of the stepparent’s spouse,
i.e., the parent of the FIP child.
The definition of adults living in Indian Country or in a
Native Alaskan village who are excluded from the 60–month FIP limit is
revised to be in compliance with federal TANF law. The revised definition has
no impact on FIP applicants and participants because Iowa does not have any
established Indian Country or Native Alaskan villages.
• Revise the definition of
“reasonable distance” for participating in a PROMISE JOBS activity
to specify that travel time from home to the work site includes travel time to
take a child to the child care provider. Federal TANF regulations mandate that
states cannot reduce or terminate assistance based on a parent’s refusal
to participate in work activities if the parent demonstrates the unavailability
of needed child care for young children.
Federal regulations further require that states develop
procedures for determining if a parent has demonstrated the unavailability of
child care. To meet the federal mandate, Iowa must define the availability of
child care within “reasonable distance” from the parent’s home
to the work site. Under current rules, an acceptable
instance for excusing a parent from a PROMISE JOBS activity is when the required
travel time from home to the activity exceeds one hour each way, excluding the
additional travel time necessary to take children to a child care provider.
However, current practice defines reasonable distance of one hour to include
travel time necessary to take the child to a child care provider. The proposed
rule brings the Department into compliance with current practice by defining
“reasonable distance” of one hour to include the travel time
necessary to take a child to a child care provider.
• Incorporate the new
Spanish version of the Public Assistance Eligibility Report form.
• Update legal references,
form numbers and language in existing rules, including names of other state
agencies (e.g., replace “Employment Services” with “Workforce
Development”).
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the amendments on the quarterly report and alien eligibility
are required by state law. However, if the amendments on alien eligibility
would help a client, individuals may request a waiver of current policy under
the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule 441— 1.8(217)
until the proposed amendments become effective.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before August 2, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
217.30(4) and chapter 239B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2368,
sections 1, 3, and 8.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 7.7(2),
paragraph “k,” as follows:
k. The agency terminates, reduces, or suspends benefits or
makes changes based on the completed monthly report, which can be
either Form 470–0455 or Form 470–3719(S), Public
Assistance Eligibility Report, or Form 470–2881,Review/Recertification
Eligibility Document, as described at 40.7(1)“b.”
441—paragraph 40.27(1)“b.”
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 9.4(6) by
rescinding and reserving paragraph “c.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—9.10(17A,22)
as follows:
Amend subrule 9.10(4), paragraph
“e,” as follows:
e. To meet federal requirements under the Family
Support Act of 1988, the The agency has entered into
agreements an agreement with the department of
employment services and the department of economic development
workforce development under which these two agencies
the agency will provide services to aid to dependent
children family investment program clients participating in the
PROMISE JOBS program as described at 441—Chapter 93. Information
necessary to carry out these duties shall be shared with these
agencies the agency, as well as with the agency’s
subcontractors who administer the Job Training Partnership Act (JTPA)
program on behalf of the department of economic development.
Rescind and reserve subrule 9.10(15).
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 9.12(2),
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) The departments of economic development and
employment services department of workforce development to
verify employment of participants in the PROMISE JOBS program.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
441—40.21(239B) by rescinding the definition of
“X–PERT.”
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441—40.22(239B)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraphs as follows:
441—40.22(239B) Application. For cases
selected for the X–PERT system, the application for the family investment
program shall be initiated by submitting Form 470–3112, Application for
Assistance, Part 1, or Form 470–3122 (Spanish). Applicants whose cases
are selected for the X–PERT system but whose eligibility cannot be
determined through the X–PERT system may be requested to
complete Public Assistance Application, Form PA–2207–0 or Form
PA–2230–0 (Spanish). Form 470–3112 or Form 470–3122
shall be signed by the applicant, the applicant’s authorized
representative or, when the applicant is incompetent or incapacitated, someone
acting responsibly on the applicant’s behalf.
For cases not selected for the X–PERT system,
the The application for the family investment program shall be
submitted on the Public Assistance Application, Form
PA–2207–0 470–0462 or Form
PA–2230–0 470–0466 (Spanish).
When submitting Application for Assistance, Part 1, Form 470–3112
or Form 470–3122 (Spanish), the applicant shall also be required to
complete Public Assistance Application, Form PA–2207–0 or Form
PA–2230–0 (Spanish), no later than at the time of the required
face–to–face interview. Form
PA–2207–0 470–0462 or Form
PA–2230–0 470–0466 (Spanish) shall be
signed by the applicant, the applicant’s authorized representative or,
when the applicant is incompetent or incapacitated, someone acting responsibly
on the applicant’s behalf. When both parents, or a parent and a
stepparent, are in the home, both shall sign the application.
Amend subrule 40.22(5), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. When eligibility factors are met, assistance shall be
reinstated when a completed Public Assistance Eligibility Report, Form
PA–2140–0 470–0455 or Form
470–3719(S), or a Review/Recertification Eligibility Document, Form
470– 2881, is received by the county office within ten days of the date a
cancellation notice is sent to the recipient because the form was incomplete or
not returned.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 441—40.23(239B),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—40.23(239B) Date of application. The date
of application is the date an identifiable Public Assistance Application, Form
470–0462 or Form 470–0466 (Spanish), Form 470–3112,
Application for Assistance, Part 1, or Form 470–3122 (Spanish),
is received in any local or area office or by an income maintenance worker in
any satellite office or by a designated worker who is in any disproportionate
share hospital, federally qualified health center or other facility in which
outstationing activities are provided. The disproportionate share hospital,
federally qualified health center or other facility will forward the application
to the department office which is responsible for the completion of the
eligibility determination. An identifiable application is an application
containing a legible name and address that has been signed.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441—40.24(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 40.24(2), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
40.24(2) In processing an application, the county
office or the designated worker as described in rule 441— 40.23(239B) who
is in a disproportionate share hospital, federally qualified health center, or
other facility in which outstationing activities are provided shall conduct at
least one face–to–face interview with the applicant prior to
approval of the application for assistance. In addition, at the
conclusion of the interview, applicants whose cases are selected for the
X–PERT system shall be provided the Summary of Facts, Form 470–3114,
for review. The applicant shall also sign and return to the county office the
Summary Signature Page, Form 470–3113 or Form 470–3123 (Spanish),
within the time frame described at 40.24(1). Form 470–3113 or Form
470–3123 (Spanish) shall be signed by the applicant, the applicant’s
authorized representative or, when the applicant is incompetent or
incapacitated, someone acting responsibly on the applicant’s behalf. When
both parents, or a parent and stepparent are in the home, both shall sign the
form. The worker shall assist the applicant, when requested, in
providing information needed to determine eligibility and the amount of
assistance. The application process shall include a visit, or visits, to the
home of the child and the person with whom the child will live during the time
assistance is granted under the following circumstances:
Amend subrule 40.24(3) as follows:
40.24(3) The applicant who is subject to monthly
reporting as described in 40.27(1) shall become responsible for completing Form
PA–2140–0 470–0455 or Form 470–
3719(S), Public Assistance Eligibility Report, after the time of the
face–to–face interview. This form shall be issued and returned
according to the requirements in 40.27(4)“b.” The application
process shall continue as regards the initial two months of eligibility, but
eligibility and the amount of payment for the third month and those following
are dependent on the proper return of these forms. The county office shall
explain to the applicant at the time of the face–to–face interview
the applicant’s responsibility to complete and return this form.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 441—40.27(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 40.27(1), introductory paragraph and paragraph
“b,” as follows:
40.27(1) Eligibility factors shall be reviewed at
least every six months for the family investment program. A semiannual review
shall be conducted using information contained in and verification supplied with
Form PA–2140–0 470–0455 or Form
470–3719(S), Public Assistance Eligibility Report. A
face–to–face interview shall be conducted at least annually at the
time of a review using information contained in and verification supplied with
Form 470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document. When the
client has completed Form PA–2207–0, a
Public Assistance Application, Form 470–0462 or Form
PA–2230–0 470–0466 (Spanish), for
another purpose required by the department, this form may be used as the review
document for the semiannual or annual review.
b. The assistance unit subject to monthly reporting shall
complete a Public Assistance Eligibility Report, Form
PA–2140–0 470–0455 or Form
470–3719(S), for each budget month, unless the assistance unit is
required to complete Form 470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility
Document, for that month. The Public Assistance Eligibility Report shall
be signed by the payee, the payee’s authorized representative, or, when
the payee is incompetent or incapacitated, someone acting responsibly on the
payee’s behalf. When both parents or a parent and a stepparent are in the
home, both shall sign the form.
Amend subrule 40.27(3) as follows:
40.27(3) Information for semiannual reviews shall be
submitted on Form PA–2140–0 470–0455 or
Form 470–3719(S), Public Assistance Eligibility Report. Information
for the annual face–to–face determination interview shall be
submitted on Form 470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document.
When the client has completed Form PA–2207–0
470–0462 or Form 470–0466 (Spanish), Public Assistance
Application, for another purpose, this form may be used as the review document
for the semiannual or annual review. The review form shall be signed by the
payee, the payee’s authorized representative, or, when the payee is
incompetent or incapacitated, someone acting responsibly on the payee’s
behalf. When both parents, or a parent and a stepparent, are in the home, both
shall sign the Public Assistance Eligibility Report, the Review/Recertification
Eligibility Document, or the Public Assistance Application.
Amend subrule 40.27(4), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. The recipient shall complete Form
PA–2140–0 470–0455 or Form
470–3719(S), Public Assistance Eligibility Report, or Form
470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document, when requested by
the county office in accordance with these rules. Either
The form will shall be supplied as needed to the
recipient by the department. The department shall pay the cost of postage to
return the form. When the form is issued in the department’s regular
end–of–month mailing, the recipient shall return the completed form
to the county office by the fifth calendar day of the report month. When the
form is not issued in the department’s regular end–of–month
mailing, the recipient shall return the completed form to the county office by
the seventh day ofthe month after the date it is mailed by the
department.The county office shall supply the recipient withForm
PA–2140–0 470–0455 or Form
470–3719(S), PublicAssistance Eligibility Report, or Form
470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document, on request.
Failure to return a completed form shall result in cancellation of assistance.
A completed form is a form with all items answered, signed, dated no earlier
than the last day of the budget month and accompanied by verification as
required in 441—paragraph paragraphs
41.27(1)“i,” and
41.27(2)“q.”
ITEM 10. Rescind and reserve rule
441—40.29(239B).
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 41.21(5),
paragraph “c,” subparagraphs (1) and (2), as
follows:
(1) The determination of incapacity shall be supported by
medical or psychological evidence. The evidence may be submitted either by
a letter from the physician or on Form
PA–2126–5 470–0447, Report on
Incapacity.
(2) When an examination is required and other resources are
not available to meet the expense of the examination, the physician shall be
authorized to make the examination and submit the claim for payment on Form
PA–5113–0 470–0502, Authorization for
Examination and Claim for Payment.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 41.22(9),
paragraphs “a” and “c,” as
follows:
a. Prior to requiring cooperation, the local
county office shall notify the applicant or recipient on Form
CS–1105–5 470–0169, Requirements of
Support Enforcement, of the right to claim good cause as an exception to the
cooperation requirement and of all the requirements applicable to a good cause
determination. One copy of this form shall be given to the applicant or
recipient and one copy shall be signed by the applicant or recipient and the
worker and filed in the case record.
c. When the applicant or recipient makes a claim of good cause
or requests additional information regarding the right to file a claim of good
cause, the local county office shall issue a second
notice, Form CS–1106–5 470–0170,
Requirements of Claiming Good Cause. When the applicant or recipient chooses to
claim good cause, Form CS–1106–5
470–0170 shall be signed and dated by the client and returned to
the local county office. This form:
(1) to (6) No change.
ITEM 13. Amend rule 441—41.23(239B)
as follows:
Rescind and reserve subrule 41.23(4).
Amend subrule 41.23(5), catchwords and paragraph
“a,” as follows:
41.23(5) Citizenship and alienage for persons
entering the United States on or after August 22, 1996.
a. A family investment program assistance grant may include
the needs of:
(1) A a citizen or national of the
United States, or a qualified alien as defined at 8 United States Code
Section 1641. A person who is a qualified alien as defined at 8 United
States Code Section 1641 is not eligible for family investment program
assistance for five years. The five–year period of ineligibility begins
on the date of the person’s entry into the United States with a qualified
alien status as defined at 8 United States Code Section 1641.
EXCEPTIONS: The
five–year prohibition from family investment program assistance does not
apply to qualified aliens described in 8 United States Code Section 1612, or to
qualified aliens as defined at 8 United States Code Section 1641 who entered the
United States before August 22, 1996. A person who is not a United States
citizen or is not a qualified alien as defined at 8 United States Code Section
1641 is not eligible for the family investment program regardless of the date
the person entered the United States.
(2) Refugees admitted under Section 207 of the
Immigration and Nationality Act (INA).
(3) Asylees admitted under Section 208 of the
INA.
(4) Aliens whose deportation has been withheld under
Section 243(h) of the INA.
(5) Veterans of the United States Armed Forces who
were honorably discharged for reasons other than alienage, their spouses, and
dependent children.
(6) Active duty personnel of the United States Armed
Forces, their spouses, and dependent children.
(7) An alien who entered the United States on or after
August 22, 1996, and who has resided in the United States for a period of at
least five years.
ITEM 14. Amend rule 441—41.24(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 41.24(1), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. Persons Except for persons described at
paragraph 41.24(2)“f,” persons determined exempt from referral,
including applicants, may volunteer for PROMISE JOBS.
Amend subrule 41.24(2), by adding the following
new paragraph “f”:
f. A person who is not a United States citizen and is not a
qualified alien as defined in 8 United States Code Section 1641.
Amend subrule 41.24(3), paragraphs
“a” and “b,” as follows:
a. Parents Unless exempt as described at
subrule 41.24(2), parents aged 18 or 19 are referred to PROMISE JOBS as
follows:
(1) to (3) No change.
b. Parents Unless exempt as described at
subrule 41.24(2), parents aged 17 or younger are referred to PROMISE JOBS as
follows:
(1) and (2) No change.
Amend subrule 41.24(6) as follows:
41.24(6) Volunteers. Any Except
for persons described at paragraph 41.24(2)“f,” any applicant
and any recipient may volunteer for referral. The income maintenance worker
shall not refer an applicant to the program when it appears that the applicant
shall be ineligible for FIP.
ITEM 15. Amend rule 441—41.25(239B)
as follows:
Rescind and reserve subrule 41.25(6).
Amend subrule 41.25(7) as follows:
41.25(7) Time limit for receiving
assistance.
a. Assistance shall not be provided to a FIP applicant or
recipient family that includes an adult who has received assistance for 60
calendar months under any state program in Iowa or in another state that is
funded by the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) block grant. The
60–month period need not be consecutive. An “adult” is any
person who is a parent of the FIP child or that child’s sibling
(of whole or half–blood or adoptive) in the home,
stepparent of the FIP child, or included as an optional member
under subparagraphs 41.28(1)“b”(1), and (2)
and (3). In two–parent households, the 60–month limit is
determined when either parent has received assistance for 60 months.
“Assistance” shall include any month for which the adult receives a
FIP grant or payment for PROMISE JOBS expense allowances.
Assistance received for a partial month shall count as a full month.
b. In determining the number of months an adult received
assistance, the department shall consider toward the 60–month
limit:
(1) Assistance received even when the parent is excluded from
the grant unless the parent is an SSI recipient.
(2) Assistance received by an optional member of the eligible
group as described in subparagraphs 41.28(1)“b”(1) and (2).
However, once the person has received assistance for 60 months, the person is
ineligible but assistance may continue for other persons in the eligible group.
The entire family is ineligible for assistance when the optional member who
has received assistance for 60 months is the incapacitated stepparent on the
grant as described at subparagraph 41.28(1)“b”(3).
c. In determining the number of months an adult received
assistance, the department shall not consider toward the 60–month limit
any month for which FIP and PROMISE JOBS assistance was not
issued for the family, such as:
(1) A month of suspension.
(2) A month for which no grant is issued due to the
limitations described in rules 441—45.26(239B) and 441—
45.27(239B).
(3) When all assistance for the month is returned.
(4) When all assistance for the month is reimbursed via child
support collection or overpayment recovery.
d. No change.
e. The department shall not consider toward the 60–month
limit months of assistance received by an adult while living on
an in Indian reservation country (as defined
in 18 United States Code Section 1151) or in an a
Native Alaskan Native village if, during the month,
at least 1,000 persons lived there and where at least 50 percent
of the adults living there were
unemployed not employed.
Amend subrule 41.25(8), paragraph
“f,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
f. If the department receives written notification from a
school truancy officer under 1997 Iowa Acts, House File 597, section
5, Iowa Code section 299.12 that a child receiving family
investment program assistance is deemed to be truant, the child’s family
shall be subject to sanction as provided in paragraph “g.” The
sanction shall continue to apply until the department receives written
notification from the school truancy officer of any of the following:
Amend the implementation clause as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code
chapter chapters 239B and 1997 Iowa Acts, House
File 597 299.
ITEM 16. Amend rule 441—41.26(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 41.26(1), paragraph
“e,” as follows:
e. A reserve of other property, real or personal, not to
exceed $2000 for applicant assistance units and $5000 for recipient assistance
units. EXCEPTION: Applicant assistance units with at least
one member who was a recipient in Iowa in the month prior to the month of
application are subject to the $5000 limit. The exception includes those
persons who did not receive an assistance grant due to the $10 grant
limitation limitations described at rule
rules 441—45.26(239B) and 45.27(239B) and persons whose
grants were suspended as in 41.27(9)“f” in the month prior to the
month of application.
Resources of the applicant or the recipient shall be
determined in accordance with subrule 41.26(2).
Amend subrule 41.26(2) by rescinding and reserving
paragraphs “f” and “g.”
Rescind and reserve subrule 41.26(9).
ITEM 17. Amend rule 441—41.27(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 41.27(1), paragraph
“i,” as follows:
i. The applicant or recipient shall cooperate in supplying
verification of all unearned income, as defined at rule 441—40.21(239B).
When the information is available, the county office shall verify job
insurance benefits by using information supplied to the department by the
department of workforce development. When the county office uses this
information as verification, job insurance benefits shall be considered received
the second day after the date that the check was mailed by workforce
development. When the second day falls on a Sunday or federal legal holiday,
the time shall be extended to the next mail delivery day. When the client
notifies the county office that the amount of job insurance benefits used is
incorrect, the client shall be allowed to verify the discrepancy. A payment
adjustment shall be made when indicated. Recoupment shall be made for any
overpayment. The client must report the discrepancy priorto the payment month
or within ten days of the date on the Notice of Decision, Form
PA–3102–0 470–0485(C) or
470–0486(M), applicable to the payment month, whichever is later, in
order to receive a payment adjustment.
Amend subrule 41.27(8), paragraph
“a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Treatment of income when the parent is a citizen
or an alien other than those described in 41.23(4)“a”(3).
A parent who is living in the home with the eligible child(ren) but whose needs
are excluded from the eligible group is eligible for the 20 percent earned
income deduction, the 50 percent work incentive deduction described at
41.27(2)“a” and “c,” and diversions described at
41.27(4), and shall be permitted to retain that part of the parent’s
income to meet the parent’s needs as determined by the difference between
the needs of the eligible group with the parent included and the needs of the
eligible group with the parent excluded except as described at 41.27(11). All
remaining nonexempt income of the parent shall be applied
against the needs of the eligible group.
Further amend subrule 41.27(8), paragraph
“a,” by rescinding and reserving subparagraph
(2).
Rescind and reserve subrule 41.27(10).
ITEM 18. Amend 441—Chapters
42, 43, 45 and 46 by changing the parenthetical
implementation statutes “239,” “249C,” and
“77GA,SF516” to “239B” wherever they appear.
ITEM 19. Amend 441—Chapter
42, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
sections 239.2, 239.5 and 239.17 section
239B.2.
ITEM 20. Amend 441—Chapter 43 by
rescinding the implementation clauses following rules 43.21(239B) and
43.22(239B) and amending the implementation clause following rule
441—43.24(239B) as follows:
This rule is These rules are intended
to implement Iowa Code section 239.5 239B.13.
ITEM 21. Amend subrule 43.23(4) as
follows:
43.23(4) The local county
office shall send the vendor two copies of Form
PA–3157–5 470–0493, Authorization for
FIP Vendor Payment. The vendor shall complete and return one copy of the
form to the local county office along with a copy of the
billing, invoice or statement.
ITEM 22. Amend 441—Chapter
45, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
239.2 and 239.5 239B.2, 239B.3, and 239B.7.
ITEM 23. Amend rule
441—46.21(239B) as follows:
Amend the definition of “client error” as
follows:
“Client error” means and may result
from:
False or misleading statements, oral or written, regarding the
client’s income, resources, or other circumstances which may affect
eligibility or the amount of assistance received;
Failure to timely report changes in income, resources, or
other circumstances which may affect eligibility or the amount of assistance
received;
Failure to timely report the receipt of and, if applicable, to
refund assistance in excess of the amount shown on the most recent Notice of
Decision, Form PA–3102–0 470–0485(C) or
470–0486(M), or the receipt of a duplicate grant; or
Failure to refund to the child support recovery unit any
nonexempt payment from the absent parent received after the date the decision on
eligibility was made.
False or misleading statements regarding the existence
of a sponsor or the income or resources of the sponsor and the sponsor’s
spouse, when a sponsor is financially responsible for an alien according to
441—subrules 41.25(6) and 41.27(10).
Rescind the definitions of “good cause” and
“without fault.”
ITEM 24. Rescind and reserve subrule
46.24(5).
ITEM 25. Amend rule 441—46.25(239B)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—46.25(239B) Source of recoupment.
Recoupment shall be made from basic needs or in accordance with 46.24(5)
above. The minimum recoupment amount shall be the amount prescribed in
46.25(3). Regardless of the source, the client may choose to make a lump sum
payment, make periodic installment payments when an agreement to do this is made
with the department of inspections and appeals, or have repayment withheld from
the grant. The client shall sign either Form
PA–3164–0, Agreement to Repay Overpayment
470–0495, Repayment Contract, or Form
PA–3167–0, Agreement to Repay Overpayment after Probation,
when requested to do so by the department of inspections and appeals. When the
client fails to make the agreed upon payment, the agency shall reduce the grant.
Recoupment, whether it be by a lump sum payment, periodic installment
payments, or withholding from the grant, can be made from one or both of the
following sources:
Rescind and reserve subrule 46.25(4).
ITEM 26. Amend subrule 46.27(5) as
follows:
46.27(5) Collection. Recoupment for overpayments
shall be made from the parent or nonparental relative who was the caretaker
relative, as defined in 441—subrule 41.22(3), at the time the overpayment
occurred, except as provided in 46.24(5). When both parents
were in the home at the time the overpayment occurred, both parents are equally
responsible for repayment of the overpayment.
ITEM 27. Amend 441—Chapter
46, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
239.2, 239.5, 239.6, 239.14 and 239.17 239B.2, 239B.3,
239B.7, and 239B.14.
ITEM 28. Amend 441—Chapter
93, Preamble, as follows:
PREAMBLE
This chapter implements the PROMISE JOBS* program which is
designed to increase the availability of employment and training opportunities
to family investment program (FIP) recipients. It implements the family
investment agreement (FIA) as directed in legislation passed by the
Seventy–fifth General Assembly and signed by the governor on May 4, 1993,
and approved under federal waiver August 13, 1993. The program also implements
the federal Job Opportunities and Basic Skills (JOBS) program of the
Family Support Act of 1988 Personal Responsibility and Work
Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (PRWORA), Title I—Block Grants for
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF).
The program assigns responsibility for the provision of
services to the Iowa department of workforce development
(DWD) (IWD) and the department of economic
development (DED) as the administrative entity for the Job Training Partnership
Act (JTPA) program, Iowa’s two primary providers of
employment–oriented services and IWD’s subcontractors as
appropriate. In addition, the bureau of refugee services (BRS) of the
department of human services is assigned the responsibility of providing program
services, to the extent compatible with resources available, to all
refugees.
PROMISE JOBS services, which are also FIA options, include
orientation, assessment, job–seeking skills training, group and individual
job search, classroom training programs ranging from basic education to
postsecondary education opportunities, entrepreneurial training, PROMISE
JOBS on–the–job training, work experience, unpaid community service,
parenting skills training, life skills training, monitored employment,
the FIP–unemployed parent work program, referral for family planning
counseling, volunteer mentoring, FaDSS, and other family development
services. In addition, participants have access to all services offered by
the IWD and its subcontractor provider agencies.Persons
in other work and training programs outside of PROMISE JOBS or not approvable by
PROMISE JOBS can use those as FIA options.
ITEM 29. Amend subrules 93.104(1) and
93.104(2) as follows:
93.104(1) All registrants may volunteer for
services. except for persons described at
441—paragraph 41.24(2)“f.”
93.104(2) Applicants Except for
persons described at 441—paragraph 41.24(2)“f,” applicants
for FIP assistance may volunteer for and are eligible to receive job placement
services prior to approval of the FIP application. Applicants who participate
in the program shall receive a transportation allowance, as well as payment of
child care, if required. The transportation allowance shall be paid at the
start of participation. The income maintenance worker shall not refer an
applicant to the program when it appears that the applicant will be ineligible
for FIP.
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 93.111(5) as
follows:
93.111(5) Retention of a training slot. Once a person
has been assigned a PROMISE JOBS training slot, that person retains that
training slot until FIP eligibility is lost for more than four consecutive
months, an LBP chosen after completing an FIA is in effect, or the person
becomes exempt from PROMISE JOBS and the person who is eligible to
volunteer does not choose to volunteer to continue to participate in the
program.
ITEM 31. Amend rule
441—93.122(239B), introductory paragraph, as
follows:9
441—93.122(239B) FIP–UP work program.
When required to meet the federal requirements as described at
93.105(1)“c,” one parent from any FIP–UP case shall be
enrolled into the FIP–UP work program upon call–up as described at
93.105(2), as one of the FIA options. When both parents are mandatory PROMISE
JOBS participants or when one parent is a mandatory participant and one is a
volunteer, the PROMISE JOBS worker shall consult with the parents before
responsibility is assigned for the FIP–UP work program participation.
When one parent is mandatory and one is exempt, the mandatory parent shall
fulfill the responsibility for the FIP–UP work program. However, the
exempt parent, except for persons described at 441—paragraph
41.24(2)“f,” may volunteer for PROMISE JOBS in order to fulfill
the responsibility for the FIP–UP work program participation. The parent
obligated or chosen to fulfill this responsibility shall be known as the
designated parent and the FIA shall include the appropriate FIP–UP work
program activities for the designated parent. The designated parent shall
complete Form 470–3282, FIP–UP Work Program Designated Parent
Declaration, acknowledging that the information in this rule has been provided
and that the LBP has been described.
ITEM 32. Amend subrule 93.133(2),
paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. Required travel time from home to the job or available work
experience or unpaid community service site exceeds one hour each way. This
does not include includes additional travel time
necessary to take a child to a child care provider.
ARC 9979A
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 75, “Conditions of
Eligibility,” and Chapter 76, “Application and Investigation,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments eliminate monthly reporting and retrospective
budgeting for categorically needy FMAP–related Medicaid applicants and
recipients. The six–month review is eliminated for categorically needy
FMAP–related Medicaid recipients and for FMAP–related and
CMAP–related medically needy recipients with a zero spenddown. The
changes a categorically needy FMAP–related Medicaid recipient will be
required to report between annual reviews are being limited to changes in
household composition, living or mailing address, sources of income, and health
insurance coverage. In addition, these amendments revise the nonrecurring lump
sum rules and the rules specifying that deposits into an individual development
account (IDA) are exempt as income and as a resource.
Each month that a client is required to report, the client is
subject to potential cancellation if the form is not returned on time, if all
questions are not answered, if the form is not signed, and if all required
verification is not submitted with the form. Ensuring that the client has
complied with all these requirements requires a significant amount of time each
month. Nationally, it is recognized that monthly reporting is one of the main
reasons that Medicaid–eligible people do not stay in the Medicaid program.
For example, in Iowa 6,672 new children were added to the Medicaid program in
April. (New children are children who did not receive Medicaid during the prior
month, in this example, March.) However, during April 6,524 children dropped
off the Medicaid program. While there is no actual proof, the Department
believes the reason that many of the children dropped off Medicaid was due to
monthly reporting issues.
Retrospective budgeting bases a person’s eligibility for
Medicaid on their income and circumstances two months prior to the month for
which eligibility is being determined. For example, Medicaid eligibility for
May is based on the actual income received during the month of March.
Eliminating monthly reporting without eliminating retrospective budgeting would
still require the client to report each month the income the client received in
the previous month, but without a form. This rule change replaces retrospective
budgeting with prospective budgeting. Prospective budgeting takes into
consideration both the circumstances of past months and the anticipated
circumstances in future months. Also, by replacing retrospective budgeting with
prospective budgeting, the need to allow for a month of suspension when
one–time changes in income or circumstances occur is eliminated. Because
prospective budgeting bases income eligibility on the client’s recent
income history, or on a projection of anticipated income, or on a combination of
the recent income history and a projection of anticipated income, one–time
changes in income will not affect the income projection.
The six–month non–face–to–face review
is a duplication of the process a worker completes each time a client reports a
change in circumstances. Requiring recipients to complete a form and requiring
that workers evaluate and process these forms when the client has reported no
change does not seem to be a fair and equitable policy for clients and it is not
an efficient use of staff time.
Limiting the changes a client is required to report reduces
the potential for the client to forget to report a change, which could result in
penalties such as an overpayment or in cancellation. Additionally, it reduces
the frequency with which workers must redetermine eligibility.
The time saved by workers no longer performing the tasks noted
above will be refocused toward ensuring accuracy in the Food Stamp
program.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because they confer a benefit on clients by reducing paperwork and
reporting requirements.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before August 2, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—75.1(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 75.1(28), paragraph
“a,” subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Moneys received as a nonrecurring lump
sum, except as specified in subrules 75.56(4) and 75.56(7) and paragraphs
75.57(8)“b” and “c,” shall be treated in accordance with
this subparagraph. paragraph
75.57(9)“c.” Nonrecurring lump sum income shall
be considered as income in the budget month and considered in the eligibility
determination for the benefit month, unless the income is exempt. Nonrecurring
lump sum unearned income is defined as a payment in the nature of a windfall,
for example, an inheritance, an insurance settlement for pain and suffering, an
insurance death benefit, a gift, lottery winnings, or a retroactive payment of
benefits, such as social security, job insurance or workers’ compensation.
The lump sum shall be prorated and considered in the eligibility determination
by dividing the nonrecurring lump sum plus other countable income received in
the month the lump sum was received by the standard of need in effect for the
household size in accordance with subrule 75.58(1). The resulting number of
months shall be called the “proration period.” Any income remaining
after this calculation shall be applied as income to the first month following
the proration period and disregarded as income thereafter.
The proration period shall be shortened in accordance
with the provisions of subparagraph 75.57(9)“c”(2) unless otherwise
specified.
Amend subrule 75.1(35), paragraphs
“i” and “j,” as follows:
i. Reviews. Reviews of eligibility shall be made for
SSI–related, CMAP–related, and FMAP–related medically
needy recipients with a zero spenddown as often as circumstances indicate but in
no instance shall the period of time between reviews exceed 12 months.
SSI–related, CMAP–related, and
FMAP–related medically needy persons shall complete Form
470–3118, Medically Needy Recertification/State Supplementary and Medicaid
Review, as part of the review process when requested to do so by the county
office.
j. Redetermination. When an SSI–related,
CMAP–related, or FMAP–related recipient who has had ongoing
eligibility because of a zero spenddown has income that exceeds the MNIL, a
redetermination of eligibility shall be completed to change the
recipient’s eligibility to a two–month certification with spenddown.
This redetermination shall be effective the month the income exceeds the MNIL or
the first month following timely notice.
(1) and (2) No change.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
441—75.25(249A), definitions of “certification period”
and “ongoing eligibility,” as follows:
“Certification period” for medically needy shall
mean the period of time not to exceed six consecutive months in which a
person is eligible without a spenddown obligation, or not to exceed two
consecutive months in which a person is conditionally eligible for
Medicaid as medically needy.
“Ongoing eligibility” for medically needy shall
mean that eligibility continues for an SSI–related, CMAP–related,
or FMAP–related medically needy person with a zero
spenddown.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
441—75.50(249A) as follows:
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Application period” means the months beginning
with the month in which the application is considered to be filed, through and
including the month in which an eligibility determination is made.
Rescind the definitions of “report month,”
“retrospective budgeting,” and “suspension.”
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—75.51(249A)
as follows:
441—75.51(249A) Reinstatement of eligibility.
Eligibility for the family medical assistance program (FMAP) and
FMAP–related programs shall be reinstated without a new application when
all necessary information is provided at least three working days before the
effective date of cancellation and eligibility can be reestablished, except as
provided in the transitional Medicaid program in accordance with subparagraph
75.1(31)“j”(2).
Assistance may be reinstated without a new application when
all necessary information is provided after the third working day but before the
effective date of cancellation and eligibility can be reestablished before the
effective date of cancellation.
When all eligibility factors are met, assistance shall be
reinstated when a completed Public Assistance Eligibility Report, Form
PA–2140–0, or a Review/Recertification Eligibility
Document, Form 470–2881, is received by the county office within ten days
of the date a cancellation notice is sent to the recipient because the form was
incomplete or not returned.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—75.52(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrules 75.52(1) and 75.52(3) as follows:
75.52(1) Reviews. Eligibility factors shall be
reviewed at least every six months annually for the
family medical assistance program and family medical assistance–related
programs. A semiannual review shall be conducted using information
contained in and verification supplied with Form 470–0455, Public
Assistance Eligibility Report. A face–to–face interview
shall be conducted at least annually at thetime of a review for adults using
information contained in and verification supplied with Form 470–2881,
Review/Recertification Eligibility Document.
a. Any assistance unit with one or more of the
following characteristics shall report monthly:
(1) The assistance unit contains any member with
earned income unless the income is either exempt or the only earned income is
from annualized self–employment.
(2) The assistance unit contains any member with a
recent work history. A recent work history means the person received earned
income during either one of the two calendar months immediately preceding the
budget month, unless the income was either exempt or the only earned income was
from annualized self–employment.
(3) The assistance unit contains any member receiving
nonexempt unearned income, the source or amount of which is expected to change
more often than once annually, unless the income is from job insurance benefits
or interest; or unless the assistance unit’s adult members are 60 years
old or older, or are receiving disability or blindness payments under Titles I,
II, X, XIV, or XVI of the Social Security Act; or unless all adults, who would
otherwise be members of the assistance unit, are receiving Supplemental Security
Income (SSI) including state supplementary assistance (SSA).
(4) The assistance unit contains any member residing
out of state on a temporary basis.
b. The assistance unit subject to monthly reporting
shall complete a Public Assistance Eligibility Report (PAER), Form
PA–2140–0, for each budget month, unless the assistance unit is
required to complete Form 470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility
Document (RRED) for that month. The PAER shall be signed by the recipient, the
recipient’s authorized representative or, when the recipient is
incompetent or incapacitated, someone acting responsibly on the
recipient’s behalf. When both parents or a parent and a stepparent are in
the home, both shall sign the form.
75.52(3) Forms. Information for semiannual
reviews shall be submitted on Form PA–2140–0, Public Assistance
Eligibility Report (PAER). Information for the annual
face–to–face determination interview shall be submitted on Form
470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document (RRED). When the
client has completed Form PA–2207–0
470–0462, Public Assistance Application, for another purpose, this
form may be used as the review document for the semiannual or annual
review.
Amend subrule 75.52(4), introductory paragraph and paragraph
“b,” as follows:
75.52(4) Recipient responsibilities.
Responsibilities of recipients (including individuals in suspension
status). For the purposes of this subrule, recipients shall include
persons who received assistance subject to recoupment because the persons were
ineligible.
b. The recipient shall complete Form
PA–2140–0, Public Assistance Eligibility Report (PAER), or
Form 470–2881, Review/Recertification Eligibility Document (RRED), when
requested by the county office in accordance with these rules.
Either The form will shall be
supplied as needed to the recipient by the department. The department shall pay
the cost of postage to return the form. When the form is issued in the
department’s regular end–of–month mailing, the recipient shall
return the completed form to the county office by the fifth calendar day of the
report month. When the form is not issued in the department’s regular
end–of–month mailing, the recipient shall return the completed form
to the county office by the seventh day after the date it is mailed by the
department. The county office shall supply the recipient with a PAER or
a RRED upon request. Failure to return a completed form shall result
in cancellation of assistance. A completed form is a form with all items
answered, signed, dated no earlier than the first day of the budget month and
accompanied by verification as required in paragraphs 75.57(1)“f”
and 75.57(2)“l.”
Amend paragraph 75.52(4)“c” by amending the
introductory paragraph and adopting new subparagraph (10)
as follows:
c. The recipient, or an individual being added to the
existing eligible group, shall timely report any
change in the following circumstances at the annual review or upon the
addition of an individual to the eligible group:
(10) Health insurance premiums or coverage.
Further amend subrule 75.52(4) by rescinding paragraphs
“d” and “e,” and adopting the following
new paragraphs “d” to
“h”:
d. All recipients shall timely report any change in the
following circumstances at any time:
(1) Members of the household.
(2) Change of mailing or living address.
(3) Sources of income.
(4) Health insurance premiums or coverage.
e. Recipients described at subrule 75.1(35) shall also timely
report any change in income from any source and any change in care expenses at
any time.
f. A report shall be considered timely when made within ten
days from the date:
(1) A person enters or leaves the household.
(2) The mailing or living address changes.
(3) A source of income changes.
(4) A health insurance premium or coverage change is
effective.
(5) Of any change in income.
(6) Of any change in care expenses.
g. When a change is not reported as required in paragraphs
75.52(4)“c” through “e,” any excess Medicaid paid shall
be subject to recovery.
h. When a change in any circumstance is reported, its effect
on eligibility shall be evaluated and eligibility shall be redetermined, if
appropriate, regardless of whether the report of the change was required in
paragraphs 75.52(4)“c” through “e.”
Amend subrule 75.52(5), paragraph
“a,” as follows:
a. Any change not reported prospectively in the budget
month and reported on the Public Assistance Eligibility Report (PAER), Form
PA–2140–0, or the Review/Recertification Eligibility Document
(RRED), Form 470–2881, shall be effective for the corresponding benefit
month. When the change creates ineligibility for more than one
month, eligibility under the current coverage group shall be canceled
and an automatic redetermination of eligibility shall be completed in accordance
with rule 441—76.11(249A).
Further amend subrule 75.52(5) by rescinding and
reserving paragraph “b.”
Amend subrule 75.52(5), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. When an individual included in the eligible group becomes
ineligible, that individual’s needs shall be removed
prospectively effective the first of the next month unless the
action must be delayed due to timely notice requirements at rule
441—7.6(217).
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441—75.57(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—75.57(249A) Income. When determining
initial and ongoing eligibility for the family medical assistance program (FMAP)
and FMAP–related Medicaid coverage groups, all unearned and earned income,
unless specifically exempted, disregarded, deducted for work expenses, or
diverted as defined in these rules, shall be considered in determining
initial and continuing eligibility. Unless otherwise specified at rule
441—75.1(249A), the determination of initial eligibility is a
three–step process. Initial eligibility shall be granted only when (1)
the countable gross nonexempt unearned and earned income received by the
eligible group and available to meet the current month’s needs is no more
than 185 percent of living costs as identified in the schedule of needs at
subrule 75.58(2) for the eligible group (Test 1); (2) the countable net earned
and unearned income is less than the schedule of living costs as identified in
the schedule of needs at subrule 75.58(2) for the eligible group (Test 2); and
(3) the countable net unearned and earned income, after applying allowable
disregards, is less than the schedule of basic needs as identified at subrule
75.58(2) for the eligible group (Test 3). The determination of continuing
eligibility is a two–step process. Continuing eligibility shall be
granted only when (1) countable gross nonexempt income, as described for initial
eligibility, does not exceed 185 percent of the living costs as identified in
the schedule of needs at subrule 75.58(2) for the eligible group (Test 1); and
(2) countable net unearned and earned income is less than the schedule of basic
needs as identified in the schedule of needs at subrule 75.58(2) for the
eligible group (Test 2). Child support assigned to the department in accordance
with 441—subrule 41.22(7) shall be considered unearned income for the
purpose of determining continuing eligibility, except as specified at paragraphs
75.57(1)“e,” 75.57(6)“u,” and 75.57(7)“o.”
Expenses for care of children or disabled adults, deductions, and diversions
shall be allowed when verification is provided. The county office shall return
all verification to the applicant or recipient.
Amend subrule 75.57(6), paragraph
“ab,” as follows:
ab. Deposits into an individual development account (IDA) when
determining eligibility. The amount of the deposit is exempt as income and
shall not be used in the 185 percent eligibility test. The
deposit Deposits shall be deducted from nonexempt earned and
unearned income that the client receives in the same budget
month beginning with the month following the month in which
the deposit is made verification that deposits have
begun is received. To allow a deduction, verification of the
deposit shall be provided by the end of the report month or the extended filing
date, whichever is later. The client shall be allowed a deduction only
when the deposit is made from the client’s money. The earned income
deductions at paragraphs 75.57(2)“a,” “b,” and
“c” shall be applied to nonexempt earnings from employment or net
profit from self–employment that remains after deducting the amount
deposited into the account. Allowable deductions shall be applied to any
nonexempt unearned income that remains after deducting the amount of the
deposit. If the client has both nonexempt earned and unearned income, the
amount deposited into the IDA account shall first be deducted from the
client’s nonexempt unearned income. Deposits shall not be deducted from
earned or unearned income that is exempt.
Amend subrule 75.57(7) by rescinding and reserving
paragraphs “o,” “p,” “r,” and
“aa.”
Further amend subrule 75.57(7), paragraph
“v,” as follows:
v. Retrospective income Income
attributed to an unmarried, underage parent in accordance with paragraph
75.57(8)“c” effective the first day of the month following the month
in which the unmarried, underage parent turns age 18 or reaches majority through
marriage. When the unmarried, underage parent turns 18 on the first day of a
month, the retrospective income of the self–supporting
parents becomes exempt as of the first day of that month.
Amend subrule 75.57(9) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. Initial and ongoing eligibility. Both initial
and ongoing eligibility shall be based on a projection of income based on the
best estimate of future income.
(1) At the time of Upon application
for which a face–to–face interview is completed pursuant to
441—subrule 76.2(1), all earned and unearned income received
and anticipated to be received by the eligible group during the
month the decision is made 30 days prior to the
interview shall be considered to determine eligibility, except
income which is exempt used to project future income unless the
applicant provides verification that those 30 days are not indicative of future
income. Upon application for which a face–to–face interview
is not completed pursuant to 441—subrule 76.2(1), all earned and unearned
income received by the eligible group during the 30 days prior to the
application date shall be used to project future income unless the applicant
provides verification that those 30 days are not indicative of future income.
If the applicant provides verification that the 30–day period specified
above is not indicative of future income, income from a longer period or
verification of anticipated income from the income source may be used to project
future income. When income is prorated in accordance with
subparagraph 75.57(9)“c”(1) and paragraph 75.57(9)“i,”
the prorated amount is counted as income received in the month of
decision. Allowable work expenses during the month of
decision shall be deducted from earned income, except when determining
eligibility under the 185 percent test defined at rule 441—75.57(249A).
The determination of initial eligibility in the month of
decision is a three–step process as described at rule
441—75.57(249A).
(2) When countable gross nonexempt earned and unearned income
in the month of decision, or in any other month after assistance is
approved, exceeds 185 percent of the schedule of living costs (Test 1),
as identified at subrule 75.58(2) for the eligible group, eligibility does not
exist under any coverage group for which these income tests apply. Countable
gross income means nonexempt gross income, as defined at rule
441—75.57(249A), without application of any disregards, deductions, or
diversions. When the countable gross nonexempt earned and unearned income
in the month of decision equals or is less than 185 percent of
the schedule of living costs for the eligible group, initial eligibility under
the schedule of living costs (Test 2) shall then be determined. Initial
eligibility under the schedule of living costs is determined without application
of the 50 percent earned income disregard as specified at paragraph
75.57(2)“c.” All other appropriate exemptions, deductions and
diversions are applied. Countable income is then compared to the schedule of
basic needs (Test 3) for the eligible group. When countable net earned and
unearned income in the month of decision equals or exceeds the
schedule of basic needs for the eligible group, eligibility does not exist under
any coverage group for which these income tests apply.
(3) When the countable net income in the month of
decision is less than the schedule of living costs (Test 2) for the
eligible group, the 50 percent earned income disregards
disregard at paragraph 75.57(2)“c” shall be applied when
there is eligibility for these disregards this
disregard. When countable net earned and unearned income in the
month of decision, after application of the earned income disregards at
paragraph 75.57(2)“c” and all other appropriate exemptions,
deductions, and diversions, equals or exceeds the schedule of basic needs (Test
3) for the eligible group, eligibility does not exist under any coverage group
for which these tests apply. When the countable net income in the month
of decision is less than the payment standard for the eligible group,
the application shall be approved.
(4) The family composition for any month before the
month of decision circumstances shall be considered
individually, based upon the family
composition anticipated circumstances during each
month.
(5) Eligibility shall be calculated prospectively for
the initial two months with one exception: Income for the first and second
months of eligibility shall be considered retrospectively when the applicant was
a recipient for the two immediately preceding eligibility
months.
(6) Income considered for prospective budgeting shall
be the best estimate, based on knowledge of current and past circumstances and
reasonable expectations of future circumstances. When income
received weekly or biweekly (once every two weeks) is projected for future
months, it shall be projected by adding all income received in the time period
being used and dividing the result by the number of instances of income received
in that time period. The result shall be multiplied by four if the income is
received weekly, or by two if the income is received biweekly, regardless of the
number of weekly or biweekly payments to be made in future months.
(7) Work expense for care, as defined at paragraph
75.57(2)“b,” shall be the average allowable care expense
expected to be billed or otherwise expected to become due during the
budget a month. The 20 percent earned income deduction for each
wage earner, as defined at paragraph 75.57(2)“a,” and the 50 percent
work incentive deduction, as defined at paragraph 75.57(2)“c,” shall
be allowed.
(8) When a change in circumstances that is required to be
timely reported by the client pursuant to paragraphs 75.52(4)“d” and
“e” is not reported as required, eligibility shall be redetermined
beginning with the month following the month in which the change occurred. When
a change in circumstances that is required to be reported by the client at
annual review or upon the addition of an individual to the eligible group
pursuant to paragraph 75.52(4)“c” is not reported as required,
eligibility shall be redetermined beginning with the month following the month
in which the change was required to be reported. All other changes shall be
acted upon when they are reported or otherwise become known to the department,
allowing for a ten–day notice of adverse action, if
required.
Rescind and reserve paragraph
“b.”
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. Lump sum income.
(1) Lump Recurring lump sum income
other than nonrecurring. Recurring lump sum earned and
unearned income, except for the income of the self–employed, shall be
prorated over the number of months for which the income was received and applied
to the eligibility determination for the same number of months. Income received
by an individual employed under a contract shall be prorated over the period of
the contract. Income received at periodic intervals or intermittently shall be
prorated over the period covered by the income and applied to the eligibility
determination for the same number of months, except periodic or intermittent
income from self–employment shall be treated as described at paragraph
75.57(9)“i.” When the lump sum income is earned income, appropriate
disregards, deductions and diversions shall be applied to the monthly prorated
income. Income is prorated when a recurring lump sum is received at
any time before the month of decision and is anticipated to recur;
or a lump sum is received during the month of decision or any time during
receipt of assistance.
(2) Nonrecurring lump sum income. Moneys received as a
nonrecurring lump sum, except as specified in subrules 75.56(4) and 75.56(7) and
at paragraphs 75.57(8)“b” and “c,” shall be treated in
accordance with this rule. Nonrecurring lump sum income includes an
inheritance, an insurance settlement or tort recovery, an insurance death
benefit, a gift, lottery winnings, or a retroactive payment of benefits, such as
social security, job insurance, or workers’ compensation.
Nonrecurring lump sum income shall be considered as income in the
budget month of receipt and counted in computing
eligibility in the benefit month, unless the income is exempt.
When countable income exclusive of the any family
investment program grant but including countable lump sum income exceeds the
needs of the eligible group under their current coverage group, the countable
lump sum income shall be prorated. The number of full months for which a
monthly amount of the lump sum shall be counted as income in the eligibility
determination is derived by dividing the total of the lump sum income
and any other countable income received in the month the lump sum was
received by the schedule of living costs, as identified at subrule 75.58(2),
for the eligible group. This period of time is referred to as the period of
proration.
Any income remaining after this calculation shall be applied
as income to the first month following the period of
ineligibility proration and disregarded as income
thereafter. The period of proration shall begin with the month following a
ten–day notice of adverse action when the receipt of the lump sum was
timely reported. The period of proration shall begin with the month following
the receipt of the lump sum when the receipt of the lump sum was not timely
reported. The period of proration shall be shortened when the schedule of
living costs as defined at subrule 75.58(2) increases. The period of proration
shall be shortened by the amount which is no longer available to the eligible
group due to a loss, a theft, or
because the person controlling the lump sum no longer resides with the eligible
group and the lump sum is no longer available to the eligible group.
The period of proration shall also be shortened when there is
an expenditure of the lump sum made for the following circumstances unless there
was insurance available to meet the expense: payments made on medical services
for the former eligible group or their dependents for services listed in
441—Chapters 78, 81, 82, and 85 at the time the expense is reported to the
department; the cost of necessary repairs to maintain habitability of the
homestead requiring the spending of over $25 per incident; cost of replacement
of exempt resources as defined in subrule 75.56(1) due to fire, tornado, or
other natural disaster; or funeral and burial expenses. The expenditure of
these funds shall be verified. A dependent is an individual who is claimed or
could be claimed by another individual as a dependent for federal income tax
purposes.
When countable income, including the lump sum income, is less
than the needs of the eligible group in accordance with the provisions of their
current coverage group, the lump sum shall be counted as income for the
budget month of receipt. For purposes of applying the
lump sum provision, the eligible group is defined as all eligible persons and
any other individual whose lump sum income is counted in determining the period
of proration. During the period of proration, individuals not in the eligible
group when the lump sum income was received may be eligible as a separate
eligible group. Income of this eligible group plus income, excluding the lump
sum income already considered, of the parent or other legally responsible person
in the home shall be considered as available in determining
eligibility.
Amend paragraph “e” as follows:
e. In any month for which an individual is determined eligible
to be added to a currently active family medical assistance (FMAP) or
FMAP–related Medicaid case, the individual’s needs, income, and
resources shall be included. When adding an individual to an
existing eligible group, any income of that individual shall be considered
prospectively for the initial two months of that individual’s eligibility
and retrospectively for subsequent months. Any income considered in prospective
budgeting shall be considered in retrospective budgeting only when the income is
expected to continue. The needs, income, and resources of an
individual determined to be ineligible to remain a member of the eligible group
shall be removed prospectively effective the first of the following month if the
timely notice of adverse action requirements as provided at 441—subrule
76.4(1) can be met.
Rescind and reserve paragraph
“f.”
ITEM 7. Amend rule 441—76.2(249A)
as follows:
Rescind and reserve subrule 76.2(4).
Amend subrule 76.2(5) as follows:
76.2(5) Reporting of changes. The applicant shall
report no later than at the time of the face–to–face interviewany
change as defined at 441—paragraph 75.52(4)“c” whichoccurs
after the application was signed. Any change whichoccurs
Changes that occur after the face–to–face interview shall be
reported by the applicant within five days from thedate the change
occurred. in accordance with paragraph
75.52(4)“c.”
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441—76.7(249A)
as follows:
441—76.7(249A) Reinvestigation. Reinvestigation
shall be made as often as circumstances indicate but in no instance shall the
period of time between reinvestigations exceed 12 months.
The recipient shall supply, insofar as the recipient is able,
additional information needed to establish eligibility within five working days
from the date a written request is issued. The recipient shall give written
permission for the release of information when the recipient is unable to
furnish information needed to establish eligibility. Failure to supply the
information or refusal to authorize the county office to secure information from
other sources shall serve as a basis for cancellation of Medicaid.
Eligibility criteria for persons whose eligibility for
Medicaid is related to the family medical assistance program shall be reviewed
according to policies governing monthly and nonmonthly
reporters found in rule 441—75.52(249A)except for
pregnant women who establish eligibility un–der 441—subrule 75.1(15)
or 75.1(28), or rule 441— 75.18(249A). These pregnant
women shall be exempt from the policies found in 441—subrule
75.52(1).
Persons whose eligibility for Medicaid is related to
supplemental security income shall complete Form 470–3118, Medically Needy
Recertification/State Supplementary and Medicaid Review, as part of the
reinvestigation process when requested to do so by the county office.
The review for foster children or children in subsidized
adoption shall be completed on Form 470–2914, Foster Care and Subsidized
Adoption Medicaid Review, according to the time schedule of the family medical
assistance program or supplemental security income program for disabled
children, as applicable.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 76.10(2) as
follows:
76.10(2) An applicant or recipient eligible for
Medicaid because of the family medical assistance program (FMAP) income and
resource policies shall report changes in accordance with subrule
76.2(5) and 441—paragraphs 75.52(5)“a” and
“b.” 441—paragraphs 75.52(4)“c”
through “e.” After assistance has been approved, changes
occurring during the month are effective the first day of the next calendar
month, provided the notification requirements at rule 441—76.4(249A) can
be met.
ARC 9983A
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8 and 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2126, the Insurance Division gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 35, “Accident and Health Insurance,” Chapter
71, “Small Group Health Benefit Plans,” and Chapter 75, “Iowa
Individual Health Benefit Plans,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments set forth the requirements for
providing contraceptive coverage for prescription drugs and devices in large,
small group, and individual health insurance plans regulated by the Iowa
Insurance Division. Coverage of such prescription drugs and devices is a
mandatory benefit in the large and small group health benefit plans. A
mandatory offer of such coverage is required in the individual health benefit
plans.
Any person may make written comments on the proposed
amendments on or before August 1, 2000. Comments should be directed to Susan E.
Voss, Deputy Insurance Commissioner, Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments may also be transmitted by E–mail to
susan.voss@comm6.state.ia.us or by fax to (515) 281–5692.
A public hearing will be held at 10 a.m. on August 1, 2000, at
the offices of the Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons wishing to provide oral comments should contact Susan Voss no later than
July 31, 2000, to be placed on the agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2126.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 191—Chapter 35 by
adopting the following new rule:
191—35.39(514C) Contraceptive
coverage.
35.39(1) A carrier or organized delivery system that
provides benefits for outpatient prescription drugs or devices shall provide
benefits for prescription contraceptive drugs or prescription contraceptive
devices which prevent conception and are approved by the United States Food and
Drug Administration or generic equivalents approved as substitutable by the
United States Food and Drug Administration.
35.39(2) A carrier or organized delivery system is not
required to provide benefits for over–the–counter contraceptive
drugs or contraceptive devices that do not require a prescription for
purchase.
35.39(3) A contraceptive drug or contraceptive device
does not include surgical services intended for sterilization, including, but
not limited to, tubal ligation or vasectomy.
35.39(4) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
be required to provide benefits for services related to outpatient contraceptive
services for the purpose of preventing conception if the policy or contract
provides benefits for other outpatient services provided by a health care
professional.
35.39(5) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
provide benefits for a physical examination performed in the course of
prescribing a contraceptive drug or contraceptive device. In the event a
carrier or organized delivery system does not provide benefits for a routine
physical examination, the carrier or organized delivery system shall determine
that portion of a physical examination which relates solely to the contraceptive
drug or contraceptive device and provide benefits for that portion of the
physical examination.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2126.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 71.14(6) as
follows:
71.14(6) Oral Prescription
oral contraceptives and contraceptive devices that are approved by
the United States Food and Drug Administration are to be covered in both
policy forms. Coverage for alternative forms of
contraception is to be reviewed based upon medical necessity.
ITEM 3. Amend 191—Chapter 71 by
adopting the following new rule:
191—71.24(514C) Contraceptive
coverage.
71.24(1) A carrier or organized delivery system that
provides benefits for outpatient prescription drugs or devices shall provide
benefits for prescription contraceptive drugs or prescription contraceptive
devices which prevent conception and are approved by the United States Food and
Drug Administration or generic equivalents approved as substitutable by the
United States Food and Drug Administration.
71.24(2) A carrier or organized delivery system is not
required to provide benefits for over–the–counter contraceptive
drugs or contraceptive devices that do not require a prescription for
purchase.
71.24(3) A contraceptive drug or contraceptive device
does not include surgical services intended for sterilization, including, but
not limited to, tubal ligation or vasectomy.
71.24(4) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
be required to provide benefits for services related to outpatient contraceptive
services for the purpose of preventing conception if the policy or contract
provides benefits for other outpatient services provided by a health care
professional.
71.24(5) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
provide benefits for a physical examination performed in the course of
prescribing a contraceptive drug or contraceptive device. In the event a
carrier or organized delivery system does not provide benefits for a routine
physical examination, the carrier or organized delivery system shall determine
that portion of a physical examination which relates solely to the contraceptive
drug or contraceptive device and provide benefits for that portion of the
physical examination.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2126.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 75.10(4) as
follows:
75.10(4) Oral Prescription
oral contraceptives and contraceptive devices that are approved by the
United States Food and Drug Administration are to be covered in both
policy forms. Coverage for alternative forms of
contraception is to be reviewed based upon medical necessity.
ITEM 5. Amend 191—Chapter 75 by
adopting the following new rule:
191—75.18(514C) Contraceptive
coverage.
75.18(1) A carrier or organized delivery system that
provides benefits for outpatient prescription drugs or devices shall make
available benefits for prescription contraceptive drugs or prescription
contraceptive devices which prevent conception and are approved by the United
States Food and Drug Administration or generic equivalents approved as
substitutable by the United States Food and Drug Administration.
75.18(2) A carrier or organized delivery system is not
required to offer benefits for over–the–counter contraceptive drugs
or contraceptive devices that do not require a prescription for
purchase.
75.18(3) A contraceptive drug or contraceptive device
does not include surgical services intended for sterilization, including, but
not limited to, tubal ligation or vasectomy.
75.18(4) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
make available benefits for services related to outpatient contraceptive
services for the purpose of preventing conception if the policy or contract
provides benefits for other outpatient services provided by a health care
professional.
75.18(5) A carrier or organized delivery system shall
make available benefits for a physical examination performed in the course of
prescribing a contraceptive drug or contraceptive device. In the event a
carrier or organized delivery system does not provide benefits for a routine
physical examination, the carrier or organized delivery system shall determine
that portion of a physical examination which relates solely to the contraceptive
drug or contraceptive device and make available benefits for that portion of the
physical examination.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2126.
ARC 9960A
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 2, “Nursing Education Programs,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment amends the academic qualifications and
distribution of faculty teaching in master’s programs with a nursing
major.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before August 1, 2000. Such written materials should be directed to the
Executive Director, Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W. 8th
Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309-4685. Persons who want to convey their
views orally should contact the ExecutiveDirector at (515)281-3256, or in the
Board office at 400S.W. 8th Street, by appointment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
152.5.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind subrule 2.6(2), paragraph
“c,” subparagraph (3), and insert in lieu thereof the
following new subparagraph (3):
(3) A registered nurse hired to teach in a master’s
program shall hold a master’s or doctoral degree with a major in nursing
at the time of hire. A registered nurse teaching in a clinical specialty area
shall hold a master’s degree with a major in nursing, advanced level
certification by a national professional nursing organization approved by the
board in the clinical specialty area in which the individual teaches, and
current registration as an advanced registered nurse practitioner according to
the laws of the state(s) in which the individual teaches. Faculty preparation
at the doctoral or terminal degree level shall be consistent with the mission of
the program.
ARC 9961A
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
amendments to Chapter 4, “Discipline,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments provide standards for the Board for the
issuance of investigatory or contested case subpoenas.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before August 1, 2000. Such written materials should be directed to the
Executive Director, Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W. 8th
Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who want to convey
their views orally should contact the ExecutiveDirector at (515)281–3256,
or in the Board office at 400S.W. 8th Street, by appointment.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 152 and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind rule
655—4.3(17A,147,152,272C) and adopt in lieu thereof the following
new rule:
655—4.3(17A,147,152,272C) Issuance of investigatory
subpoenas. The board shall have the authority to issue an investigatory
subpoena in accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section
17A.13.
4.3(1) The executive director or designee may, upon
the written request of a board investigator or on the executive director’s
own initiative, subpoena books, papers, records and other real evidence which is
necessary for the board to decide whether to institute a contested case
proceeding. In the case of a subpoena for mental health records, each of the
following conditions shall be satisfied prior to the issuance of the
subpoena:
a. The nature of the complaint reasonably justifies the
issuance of a subpoena;
b. Adequate safeguards have been established to prevent
unauthorized disclosure;
c. An express statutory mandate, articulated public policy, or
other recognizable public interest favors access; and
d. An attempt was made to notify the patient and to secure an
authorization from the patient for release of the rec–ords at
issue.
4.3(2) A written request for a subpoena or the
executive director’s written memorandum in support of the issuance of a
subpoena shall contain the following:
a. The name and address of the person to whom the subpoena
will be directed;
b. A specific description of the books, papers, records or
other real evidence requested;
c. An explanation of why the documents sought to be subpoenaed
are necessary for the board to determine whether it should institute a contested
case proceeding; and
d. In the case of a subpoena request for mental healthrecords,
confirmation that the conditions described in subrule 4.3(1) have been
satisfied.
4.3(3) Each subpoena shall contain the
following:
a. The name and address of the person to whom the subpoena is
directed;
b. A description of the books, papers, records or other real
evidence requested;
c. The date, time and location for production or inspection
and copying;
d. The time within which a motion to quash or modify the
subpoena must be filed;
e. The signature, address and telephone number of the
executive director or designee;
f. The date of issuance;
g. A return of service.
4.3(4) Any person who is aggrieved or adversely
affected by compliance with the subpoena and who desires to challenge the
subpoena must, within 14 days after service of the subpoena, or before the time
specified for compliance if such time is less than 14 days, file with the board
a motion to quash or modify the subpoena. The motion shall describe the legal
reasons why the subpoena should be quashed or modified and may be accompanied by
legal briefs or factual affidavits.
4.3(5) Upon receipt of a timely motion to quash or
modify a subpoena, the board may request an administrative law judge to issue a
decision or the board may issue a decision. Oral argument may be scheduled at
the discretion of the board or the administrative law judge. The administrative
law judge or the board may quash or modify the subpoena, deny the motion, or
issue an appropriate protective order.
4.3(6) A person aggrieved by a ruling of an
administrative law judge who desires to challenge that ruling must appeal the
ruling to the board by serving on the executive director, either in person or by
certified mail, a notice of appeal within ten days after service of the decision
of the administrative law judge.
4.3(7) If the person contesting the subpoena is not
the person under investigation, the board’s decision is final for purposes
of judicial review. If the person contesting the subpoena is the person under
investigation, the board’s decision is not final for purposes of judicial
review until either (1) the person is notified that the investigation has been
concluded with no formal action, or (2) there is a final decision in the
contested case.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule 655—4.25(17A)
and adopt in lieu thereof the following new rule:
655—4.25(17A,272C) Issuance of subpoenas in a
contested case.
4.25(1) Subpoenas issued in a contested case may
compel the attendance of witnesses at deposition or hearing and may compel the
production of books, papers, records, and other real evidence. A command to
produce evidence or to permit inspection may be joined with a command to appear
at deposition or hearing or may be issued separately. Subpoenas may be issued
by the executive director or designee upon written request. A request for a
subpoena of mental health records must confirm that the conditions described in
subrule 4.3(1) have been satisfied prior to the issuance of the
subpoena.
4.25(2) A request for a subpoena shall include the
following information, as applicable, unless the subpoena is requested to compel
testimony or documents for rebuttal or impeachment purposes:
a. The name, address and telephone number of the person
requesting the subpoena;
b. The name and address of the person to whom the subpoena
shall be directed;
c. The date, time and location at which the person shall be
commanded to attend and give testimony;
d. Whether the testimony is requested in connection with a
deposition or hearing;
e. A description of the books, papers, records or other real
evidence requested;
f. The date, time and location for production or inspection
and copying; and
g. In the case of a subpoena request for mental healthrecords,
confirmation that the conditions described in subrule 4.3(1) have been
satisfied.
4.25(3) Each subpoena shall contain, as applicable,
the following:
a. The caption of the case;
b. The name, address and telephone number of the person who
requested the subpoena;
c. The name and address of the person to whom the subpoena is
directed;
d. The date, time and location at which the person is
commanded to appear;
e. Whether the testimony is commanded in connection with a
deposition or hearing;
f. A description of the books, papers, records or other real
evidence the person is commanded to produce;
g. The date, time and location for production or inspection
and copying;
h. The time within which the motion to quash or modify the
subpoena must be filed;
i. The signature, address and telephone number of the
executive director or designee;
j. The date of issuance;
k. A return of service.
4.25(4) Unless a subpoena is requested to compel
testimony or documents for rebuttal or impeachment purposes, the executive
director or designee shall mail copies of all subpoenas to the parties to the
contested case. The person who requested the subpoena is responsible for
serving the subpoena upon the subject of the subpoena.
4.25(5) Any person who is aggrieved or adversely
affected by compliance with the subpoena or any party to the contested case who
desires to challenge the subpoena must, within 14 days after service of the
subpoena, or before the time specified for compliance if such time is less than
14 days, file with the board a motion to quash or modify the subpoena. The
motion shall describe the legal reasons why the subpoena should be quashed or
modified and may be accompanied by legal briefs or factual affidavits.
4.25(6) Upon receipt of a timely motion to quash or
modify a subpoena, the board may request an administrative law judge to issue a
decision, or the board may issue a decision. Oral argument may be scheduled at
the discretion of the board or the administrative law judge. The administrative
law judge or the board may quash or modify the subpoena, deny the motion, or
issue an appropriate protective order.
4.25(7) A person aggrieved by a ruling of an
administrative law judge who desires to challenge that ruling must appeal the
ruling to the board by serving on the executive director, either in person or by
certified mail, a notice of appeal within ten days after service of the decision
of the administrative law judge.
4.25(8) If the person contesting the subpoena is not
the person under investigation, the board’s decision is final for purposes
of judicial review. If the person contesting the subpoena is the person under
investigation, the board’s decision is not final for purposes of judicial
review until there is a final decision in the contested case.
ARC 9962A
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 6, “Nursing Practice for Registered Nurses/Licensed Practical
Nurses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments require that nurses wear an identification
badge which identifies the licensure status when providing direct patient
care.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before September 6, 2000. Such written materials should be directed to
the Executive Director, Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W. 8th
Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309-4685. Persons who want to convey their
views orally should contact the Executive Director at (515)281–3256, or in
the Board office at S.W. 8th Street, by appointment.
There will be a public hearing on September 6, 2000, at 5:30
p.m. in the Ballroom, Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel, Fourth and Walnut, Des
Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either
orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names
and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147 and 152.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 6.2(5) by
adopting the following new paragraph:
f. Wearing an identification badge which clearly identifies
the licensure status when providing direct patient care.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 6.3(9) by
adopting the following new paragraph:
d. Wearing an identification badge which clearly identifies
the licensure status when providing direct patient care.
ARC 9963A
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice
of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 9,
2000, as ARC 9675A, to adopt a new Chapter 15, “Uniform Waiver and
Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Notice proposed to adopt a new Chapter 15 to establish
uniform rules providing for waivers or variances from administrative rules, in
compliance with Executive Order Number 11.
The Board is terminating the rule making commenced in ARC
9675A and will renotice the proposed rules to incorporate further changes
and clarifications to requirements under Executive Order Number 11.
ARC 9972A
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
Department of Personnel hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
21, “Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments include the following:
1. Amend subrule 21.1(3) and paragraph 21.1(5)“c”
to give IPERS’ new address.
2. Amend subrule 21.4(3), paragraph “a,” to
reflect the current maximum covered wage amount.
3. Amend subparagraph 21.5(1)“a”(19) to clarify
that permanent, postsecondary school employees may take part–time classes
at their own schools without being excluded from IPERS coverage.
4. Amend referee exclusion, subparagraph
21.5(1)“a”(49), to exclude referees who qualify as independent
contractors at all levels of public school athletic activities.
5. Add patient advocates employed pursuant to Iowa Code
section 229.19 as covered employees in new subparagraph
21.5(1)“a”(50). Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 69.
6. Amend subrule 21.6(2) to rescind the $1 minimum wage
reporting requirement. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 24.
7. Amend subrule 21.6(9), paragraphs “b” and
“c,” to reflect new contribution rates certified by IPERS’
actuary for special service members effective July 1, 2000; paragraph
“d” is also amended, pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 39, to include a new group of airport safety officers as protection
occupation employees.
8. Amend rule 581—21.7(97B) to reflect new minimum
charge on late contributions. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 22.
9. Adopt new paragraph 21.8(4)“e” to reflect a new
four–month severance requirement for recipients of refunds. Proposed
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 63.
10. Adopt new subrule 21.8(9) granting involuntarily
terminated employees who take a refund and subsequently have reinstated the
right to repay such refunds at a reduced cost, if the request is made within 90
days after the reinstatement ruling is rendered. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 63.
11. Adopt new subrule 21.8(10) granting members who terminate
due to a disability, take a refund, and subsequently qualify for social security
disability benefits the right to repay such refunds at a reduced cost if the
request is made 90 days after July 1, 2000, or the date the member’s
social security benefits begin if later. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411, section 50.
12. Amend paragraph 21.9(1)“a” and adopt new
paragraph 21.9(1)“c” to reflect that appeal procedures for special
service members covered under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51, are
governed by new rule 581— 21.31(78GA,SF2411). Proposed pursuant to 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51.
13. Amend subrule 21.10(16) to indicate that no death benefit
claim will be forfeited before January 1, 1988, the date that the federal
minimum distribution laws became effective for governmental plans.
14. Adopt new subrule 21.10(18) to help staff deal with the
legislatively mandated requirement that certain beneficiaries who have already
received death benefits on or after January 1, 1999, may repay the prior death
benefit and receive either a new lump sum amount or a monthly annuity based on
the new lump sum amount. There will be tax consequences to some members who
receive distributions under the old rules and then wish to receive the new
retirement allowance in a subsequent calendar year. Some of these tax
consequences cannot be altered by IPERS. These may include, for example, paying
taxes on the original lump sum distribution and taxes on any retroactive
payments used to offset a beneficiary’s repayment obligation. Proposed
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 53 and 75.
15. Amend subrule 21.11(2) to make it easier for beneficiaries
to provide acceptable identification when applying for benefits.
16. Amend subrule 21.11(6), first and second unnumbered
paragraphs, primarily to clarify that, in addition to the other monthly
retirement allowance options, a member may take a refund instead of the default
option, if IPERS is contacted within 60 days after the first payment under the
default option.
17. Adopt a new unnumbered paragraph at the end of subrule
21.11(9) modifying the period of severance requirements for bona fide
retirement. Under the revised rule, a member must be out of all employment with
covered employers for 30 days, and out of all covered employment an additional
three months. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections
59 and 60.
18. Amend rule 581—21.12(97B) by adopting language that
authorizes service credit for a third quarter in which no wages are reported if
wages are reported in the preceding second quarter, or the individual was on an
authorized leave of absence at the end of the preceding second
quarter.
19. Adopt new paragraph 21.13(2)“e,” which
provides that, effective for retirement FMEs in January 2001 (or such later date
certified by the actuary), early retirement reductions shall be calculated by
determining the number of months that the early retirement precedes the earliest
normal retirement date for that member based on the member’s age and years
of service, and multiplying that number by 0.25 percent. Proposed pursuant to
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 48 and 80.
20. Amend paragraphs 21.13(6)“c,”
21.13(10)“a,” and 21.13(10)“e” to reflect that the
applicable years for protection occupation members, currently 25, will be
ratcheted down in several steps until they reach 22 effective July 1, 2002. The
exact steps are described in new paragraph 21.13(6)“d.” Proposed
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 37.
21. Adopt new paragraph 21.13(6)“d” to reflect the
applicable years and applicable percentages for protection occupation members
for the adjustment period July 1, 2000, through July 1, 2003. Proposed pursuant
to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 36 and 37.
22. Amend paragraph 21.13(7)“a” to limit the
covered wage smoothing period for highly compensated employees to January 1,
2002. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section
16.
23. Amend paragraph 21.13(7)“b” to limit the wage
smoothing period to January 1, 2002, to limit the number of years to be included
in the wage smoothing calculation to six, and to increase the covered wage
smoothing trigger amount to $65,000. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411, sections 16 and 17.
24. Adopt new subrule 21.13(12) to provide that members aged
70 who begin their retirement allowances before July 1, 2000, while still
working, and who terminate employment after January 1, 2000, will have their
benefits recalculated under the benefit formula in place when they terminate, or
when they apply for a recalculation, if later. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 74.
25. Amend subrule 21.16(5) to clarify that IPERS will accept
as valid leaves of absence before November 27, 1996, during which the members
took refunds, primarily because many employers and employees prior to that time
did not realize that a member had to terminate employment to qualify for the
refund.
26. Amend subrule 21.16(6), paragraph 21.24(2)“f,”
subrule 21.24(3), paragraph 21.24(5)“f,” and paragraph
21.24(6)“d” to indicate that (1) if the actuary uses
gender–distinct mortality tables in its valuation assumptions, the plan
will use blended mortality tables in preparing service purchase costs, so that
similarly situated males and females will not be paying different service
purchase costs; and (2) service purchase costs are only valid for six months
from the date they are delivered to members.
27. Amend subrule 21.19(1) to establish $14,000 as the maximum
amount that a retiree under the age of 65 can earn in covered employment (unless
the applicable social security limit is greater) before any reduction in
benefits occurs. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section
33.
28. Amend the catchwords in rule 581—21.22(97B) to
distinguish it from new rule 581—21.31(78GA,SF2411).
29. Adopt new subrule 21.24(11) to permit vested and retired
members to purchase service credit for periods of service in Iowa public
employment for which no mandatory or optional coverage was provided. Proposed
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 70.
30. Adopt new subrule 21.24(12) to permit vested or retired
members to purchase service credit for periods of service as volunteers of the
federal Peace Corps program, provided that the members make binding waivers of
any rights to retirement credit under any other public retirement systems for
such service. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section
71.
31. Adopt new subrule 21.24(13) to permit vested or retired
members to purchase service credit for periods of service with qualified
Canadian educational institutions, provided that the members make binding
waivers of any rights to retirement credit under any other public retirement
systems for such service. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 68.
32. Adopt new subrule 21.24(14) to permit current and former
patient advocates employed under Iowa Code section 229.19, in addition to
amounts required for four quarters of wage adjustments, to purchase additional
service credit for other periods of such service. The cost for each quarter of
such service, if paid before July 1, 2002, will be determined under paragraphs
21.24(2)“b” through “e,” and thereafter at the actuarial
cost as determined under paragraph 21.24(2)“f.” Proposed pursuant
to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 69.
33. Amend subrule 21.30(3) to simplify the method for
calculating FED payments. Proposed pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 45.
34. Amend subrule 21.30(4) to provide that a potential FED
recipient must be living in the month a FED payment is payable in order to
qualify for the payment. This change is consistent with the method used for
dividend payments to pre–July 1, 1990, retirees. Proposed pursuant to
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 43.
35. Adopt new subrule 21.30(5) to provide that, in addition to
the ten–year cap placed on the FED reserve by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 44, no transfer to the FED reserve can cause the system’s
unfunded liability amortization period to exceed the limit set by the
system’s funding policy in effect at the time of the proposed
transfer.
36. Adopt new rule 581—21.31(78GA,SF2411) to implement
the special service member disability benefit mandated by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2411, section 51. This new disability provision permits special service
members to qualify for disability benefits without having to qualify for federal
social security disability benefits. The provision also provides for
alternative benefit formulas which may provide a greater retirement allowance
than is available under the disability provisions of Iowa Code section
97B.50(2). IPERS staff will make special service member disability
determinations based on the rules being adopted, in consultation with the
University of Iowa Hospitals.
37. Adopt new rule 581—21.32(97B) to implement the
qualified benefits arrangement authorized in Iowa Code section 97B.49I. This
arrangement is designed to permit the payment of the full amount that would
otherwise be payable under the plan but for the limitation of Internal Revenue
Code Section 415.
There are no general waiver provisions in the proposed
amendments because the amendments fall into one of the following categories: (1)
there was no specific waiver authority granted in the statute being implemented;
or (2) the amendments confer a benefit or remove a limitation.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before August 1, 2000. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the IPERS Administrative Rules
Coordinator, IPERS, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–9117. Persons
who wish to present their comments orally may contact the IPERS Administrative
Rules Coordinator at (515) 281–0020. Comments may also be submitted by
fax to (515) 281–0055, or by E–mail to
info@ipers.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on August 1, 2000, at 9 a.m. at
IPERS, 600 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may
present their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will
be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their
remarks to the subject of the proposed amendments.
These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 9971A. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411.
ARC 9975A
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
455G.4(3)“a,” the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 11,
“Remedial Claims,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment is intended to provide regulation of
claims by the Department of Natural Resources pursuant to Iowa Code section
455G.9, subsection 1, as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2433, section
15. This section of the statute allows DNR to make a claim for up to $100,000
per site for further corrective action on sites where DNR has issued a No
Further Action certificate after January 31, 1997.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendment will be
accepted until 4 p.m. on August 1, 2000. Interested persons may submit written
or oral comments by contacting the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of
Insurance, Division of Insurance, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319;
telephone (515)281–5705.
This amendment does not mandate additional combined
expenditures exceeding $100,000 by all affected political subdivisions or
agencies and entities that contract with political subdivisions to provide
services.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
455G.9(1) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2433, section 15.
The following amendment is proposed.
Adopt the following new rule:
591—11.9(455G) Payments to the department where a no
further action certificate has been issued.
11.9(1) The department may make claim to the
administrator for funding of corrective action in response to a high risk
condition at a site which has received a no further action certificate from the
department if all of the following conditions are met:
a. The no further action certificate was issued after January
31, 1997;
b. The condition necessitating the corrective action was not a
result of a release that occurred after the issuance of the no further action
certificate;
c. The site qualified for remedial benefits under Iowa Code
section 455G.9 prior to the issuance of a no further action
certificate;
d. All costs to be incurred for said corrective action will be
subject to preapproval by the board or its administrator prior to being
incurred.
11.9(2) No more than $100,000 shall be spent on any
one eligible site under these rules.
11.9(3) These rules do not confer a legal right
toreceive benefits to any owner or operator of petroleum–contaminated
property or any other person.
ARC 9984A
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Psychology Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 240, “Board of Psychology Examiners,” and adopt new Chapter
241, “Continuing Education for Psychologists,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current continuing
education rules; adopt a new chapter for continuing education; renumber the rule
regarding grounds for discipline; amend cross references to rules that are no
longer in use; and revise the current examination fee.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than August 2, 2000, addressed to Rosalie Steele,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent ten letters to the public for comment, and five
letters were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules.
The comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on
need, clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
A public hearing will be held on August 2, 2000, from 9 to 11
a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapter 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 240.10(2) as
follows:
240.10(2) Examination fee for license to
practice psychology is $150. Effective May 1, 1993, the examination fee for a
license to practice is $275. The fee for the Examination for
Professional Practice in Psychology is $350. Effective July 1, 2001, the
fee will be $450.
ITEM 2. Rescind rule
645—240.100(272C) and renumber rule 645—240.212(272C)
as 645—240.100(272C).
ITEM 3. Amend renumbered subrule
240.100(13) as follows:
240.100(13) Failure to report to the board as provided
in rule 645—240.201(272C) 645—Chapter 13 any
violation by another licensee of the reasons for the disciplinary action as
listed in this rule.
ITEM 4. Rescind and reserve rules
645—240.101(272C) to 645—240.109(272C).
ITEM 5. Adopt new
645—Chapter 241 as follows:
CHAPTER 241
CONTINUING EDUCATION FOR
PSYCHOLOGISTS
645—241.1(272C) Definitions. For the purpose of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Active license” means the license of a person who
is acting, functioning, and working in compliance with license
requirements.
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
board of psychology examiners.
“Approved program/activity” means a continuing
education program/activity meeting the standards set forth in these
rules.
“Audit” means the selection of licensees
for verification of satisfactory completion of continuing education requirements
during a specified time period.
“Board” means the board of psychology
examiners.
“Continuing education” means planned, organized
learning acts designed to maintain, improve, or expand a licensee’s
knowledge and skills in order for the licensee to develop new knowledge and
skills relevant to the enhancement of practice, education, or theory development
to improve the safety and welfare of the public.
“Hour of continuing education” means a clock hour
spent by a licensee in actual attendance at and completion of an approved
continuing education activity.
“Inactive license” means the license of a person
who is not in practice in the state of Iowa.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who failed to meet
stated obligations within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to
practice as a psychologist in the state of Iowa.
“Practice of psychology” means the application of
established principles of learning, motivation, perception, thinking,
psychophysiology and emotional relations to problems, behavior, group relations,
and biobehavior, by persons trained in psychology for compensation or other
personal gain. The application of principles includes, but is not limited to,
counseling and the use of psychological remedial measures with persons, in
groups or individually, with adjustment or emotional problems in the areas of
work, family, school and personal relationships. The practice of psychology
also means measuring and testing personality, mood–motivation,
intelligence/aptitudes, attitudes/public opinion, and skills; and the teaching
of such subject matter; and the conducting of research on the problems relating
to human behavior.
645—241.2(272C) Continuing education
requirements.
241.2(1) The biennial continuing education compliance
period shall extend for a two–year period beginning on July 1 of
even–numbered years and ending on June 30 of even–numbered years.
Each biennium, each person who is licensed to practice as a licensee in this
state shall be required to complete a minimum of 40 hours of continuing
education approved by the board. For the 2001 renewal cycle only, 50 hours of
continuing education will be due by June 30, 2002. Continuing education credit
earned from December 31, 2000, through June 30, 2001, may be used for either the
2001 renewal cycle or the following biennium. The licensee may use the earned
continuing education credit hours only once. Credit may not be duplicated for
both compliance periods. This applies only for the renewal biennium of 2001 and
the following renewal biennium. Continuing education hours will return to 40
hours each biennium at the end of this prorated compliance period.
241.2(2) Requirements of new licensees. Those persons
licensed for the first time shall not be required to complete continuing
education as a prerequisite for the first renewal of their licenses. Continuing
education hours acquired anytime from the initial licensing until the second
license renewal may be used. The new licensee will be required to complete a
minimum of 40 hours of continuing education per biennium for each subsequent
license renewal.
241.2(3) Hours of continuing education credit may be
obtained by attending and participating in a continuing education activity.
These hours must meet the requirements herein and be approved by the board
pursuant to statutory provisions and the rules that implement them.
241.2(4) No hours of continuing education shall be
carried over into the next biennium except as stated for the second
renewal.
241.2(5) It is the responsibility of each licensee to
finance the cost of continuing education.
645—241.3(272C) Standards for
approval.
241.3(1) General criteria. A continuing education
activity which meets all of the following criteria is appropriate for continuing
education credit if it is determined by the board that the continuing education
activity:
a. Constitutes an organized program of learning which
contributes directly to the professional competency of the licensee;
b. Pertains to subject matters which integrally relate to the
practice of the profession;
c. Is conducted by individuals who have specialized education,
training and experience by reason of which said individuals should be considered
qualified concerning the subject matter of the program. The application must be
accompanied by a paper, manual or outline which substantively pertains to the
subject matter of the program and reflects program schedule, goals and
objectives. The board may request the qualifications of presenters;
d. Fulfills stated program goals, objectives, or both;
and
e. Provides proof of attendance to licensees in attendance
including:
(1) Date, location, course title, presenter(s);
(2) Number of program contact hours (one contact hour equals
one hour of continuing education credit); and
(3) Official signature or verification by program
sponsor.
241.3(2) Specific criteria.
a. Continuing education hours of credit may be obtained
by:
(1) Attending programs/activities that are sponsored by the
American Psychological Association and the Iowa Psychological
Association.
(2) Completing academic coursework that meets the criteria set
forth in the rules. Continuing education credit equivalents are as
follows:
1 academic semester hour = 15 continuing education
hours
1 academic quarter hour = 10 continuing education
hours
(3) Conducting scholarly research or other activities that
integrally relate to the practice of psychology of which the results are
published in a recognized professional publication.
(4) Preparing new courses that have received prior approval
from the board.
(5) Completing home study courses that issue a certificate of
completion.
(6) Completing courses that are electronically transmitted and
issue a certificate of completion.
(7) Attending workshops, conferences, or symposiums that meet
the criteria in 645—241.3(272C).
b. A combined maximum of 20 hours of credit per biennium may
be used for scholarly research and preparation of new courses.
645—241.4(272C) Reporting continuing education by
licensee. At the time of license renewal, each licensee shall be required
to submit a report on continuing education to the board on a
board–approved form.
241.4(1) The information on the form shall
include:
a. Title of continuing education activity;
b. Date(s);
c. Sponsor of the activity;
d. Number of continuing education hours earned; and
e. Teaching method used.
241.4(2) Audit of continuing education report. After
each educational biennium, the board will audit a percentage of the continuing
education reports before granting the renewal of licenses to those being
audited.
a. The board will select licensees to be audited.
b. The licensee shall make available to the board for auditing
purposes a certificate of attendance or verification for all reported activities
that includes the following information:
(1) Date, location, course title, schedule (brochure,
pamphlet, program, presenter(s)), and method of presentation;
(2) Number of contact hours for program attended;
and
(3) Certificate of attendance or verification indicating
successful completion of the course.
c. For auditing purposes, the licensee must retain the above
information for two years after the biennium has end–ed.
d. Submission of a false report of continuing education or
failure to meet continuing education requirements may cause the license to lapse
and may result in formal disciplinary action.
e. All renewal license applications that are submitted late
(after the end of the compliance period) may be subject to audit of the
continuing education report.
f. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the licensee of responsibility of meeting continuing education
requirements and submitting the renewal fee by the end of the compliance
period.
645—241.5(272C) Reinstatement of lapsed license.
Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after the expiration date shall
cause the license to lapse. A person who allows the license to lapse cannot
engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations
governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A person who allows the
license to lapse must apply to the board for reinstatement of the license.
Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board if the
applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement and
statement of competence to the board;
2. Pays all the renewal fees then due;
3. Pays all the penalty fees which have been assessed by the
board for failure to renew;
4. Pays the reinstatement fee; and
5. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of continuing
education requirements during the period since the license lapsed. The total
number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is
computed by multiplying 40 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed
with a maximum of 80 hours. The continuing education hours must be completed
within the prior two bienniums of date of application for
reinstatement.
645—241.6(272C) Continuing education waiver for
active practitioners. A psychologist licensed to practice psychology shall
be deemed to have complied with the continuing education requirements of this
state during the period that the licensee serves honorably on active duty in the
military services or as a government employee outside the United States as a
practicing psychologist.
645—241.7(272C) Continuing education waiver for
inactive practitioners. A licensee who is not engaged in practice in the
state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of continuing education compliance and
obtain a certificate of waiver upon written application to the board. The
application shall contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in
practice in Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing
reinstatement after waiver. The application for a certificate of waiver shall
be submitted upon forms provided by the board.
645—241.8(272C) Continuing education waiver for
disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving
disability or illness, grant waivers of the minimum education requirements or
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports.
No waiver or extension of time shall be granted unless written application
therefor shall be made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee
and appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant waiver
of the minimum educational requirements for any period of time not to exceed one
calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the
disability or illness upon which a waiver has been granted continues beyond the
period of waiver, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver. The
board may, as a condition of any waiver granted, require the applicant to make
up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational requirements waived by
such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
645—241.9(272C) Reinstatement of inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have been granted a waiver of
compliance with these rules and have obtained a certificate of waiver shall,
prior to engaging in the practice of psychology in the state of Iowa, satisfy
the following requirements for reinstatement.
241.9(1) Reinstatement of the inactive license may be
granted by the board if the applicant:
a. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
b. Pays all the renewal fees then due; and
c. Pays the reinstatement fee.
241.9(2) The applicant shall furnish in the
application evidence of one of the following:
a. Full–time practice in another state of the United
States or the District of Columbia and completion of continuing education for
each biennium of inactive status substantially equivalent in the opinion of the
board to that required under these rules; or
b. Completion of a total number of hours of approved
continuing education computed by multiplying 40 by the number of bienniums that
the certificate of exemption has been in effect for such applicant, with a
maximum of 80 hours. The continuing education hours must be completed within
the two most recent bienniums prior to the date of application for
reinstatement.
645—241.10(272C) Hearings. In the event of
denial, in whole or part, of any application for approval of a continuing
education activity for continuing education credit, the applicant or licensee
shall have the right within 20 days after the sending of the notification of
denial by ordinary mail to request a hearing which shall be held within 90 days
after receipt of the request for hearing. The hearing shall be conducted by the
board or an administrative law judge designated by the board, in substantial
compliance with the hearing procedure set forth in rule
645—11.9(17A).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 272C.2
and chapter 154B.
ARC 9970A
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 100.35, the
Department of Public Safety hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 5, “Fire Marshal,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 contains amendments to existing rules for residential
occupancies to coordinate with the new rule for bed and breakfast inns and to
clarify the applications of rules for “existing” and
“new” residential occupancies according to the dates on which they
were first occupied. Iowa Code Supplement section 137C.35 exempts bed and
breakfast inns from the fire safety regulations which apply generally to hotels
and requires the Fire Marshal to adopt regulations which apply specifically to
bed and breakfast inns. Item 2 of these proposed amendments contains the fire
safety regulations for bed and breakfast inns (rule
661—5.820(100)).
A public hearing on these proposed amendments will be held on
September 8, 2000, at 9:30 a.m., in the Third Floor Conference Room of the
Wallace State Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons may pre–sent their views orally or in writing at the public
hearing. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing
should contact the Agency Rules Administrator, Department of Public Safety,
Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by mail, by telephone at
(515) 281–5524, or by electronic mail to admrule@dps.state.ia.us,
at least one day prior to the public hearing.
Any written comments or information regarding these proposed
amendments may be directed to the Agency Rules Administrator by mail or
electronic mail at the addresses indicated, or may be submitted at the public
hearing. Persons who wish to convey their views orally other than at the public
hearing may contact the Agency Rules Administrator by telephone or in person at
least one day prior to the public hearing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
100 and Iowa Code Supplement section 137C.35.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 661—5.800(100)
as follows:
FIRE SAFETY RULES FOR RESIDENTIAL
OCCUPANCIES
661—5.800(100) New residential
occupancies General provisions.
5.800(1) Application. Scope.
The requirements within this chapter shall apply to all new residential
occupancies, including additions, alterations, or modifications.
Rules 661—5.801(100) through 661—5.806(100) apply to
resi–dential occupancies, except for bed and breakfast inns. In addition,
rules 661—5.807(100) through 661—5.809(100) apply to residential
occupancies, including bed and breakfast inns, and to all one– and
two–family dwellings.
5.800(2) “Residential
occupancies” for purposes of rules 661—5.800(100) to
661—5.809(100) shall include hotels, motels, apartment houses,
dormitories, lodging and rooming houses, convents and monasteries each
accommodating more than ten persons. In addition, for purposes of rules
661—5.806(100) to 661—5.809(100), “residential
occupancies” shall include all one– and two–family
dwellings.
5.800(3) The state fire
marshal shall, where local, state or federal codes are being enforced and are
equivalent to or more restrictive than the rules promulgated herein, accept
these codes as meeting the intent of this chapter.
NOTE:
New residential occupancies constructed where the state building code applies
shall follow the provisions of the state building code.
5.800(4) All electrical work
shall meet the requirements set forth in the National Electrical Code (N.F.P.A.
70) 1988.
5.800(5)(2) Definitions.
The following definitions apply to rules 661—5.801(100) through
661—5.820(100).
“Apartment house” is any building or portion
thereof which contains three or more dwelling units.
“Atrium” is an opening through two or more floor
levels other than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escalator, plumbing,
electrical, air conditioning or other equipment which is closed at the top and
not defined as a mall.
“Bed and breakfast home” means a private
residence which provides lodging and meals for guests, in which the host or
hostess resides and in which no more than four guest families are lodged at the
same time and which, while it may advertise and accept reservations, does not
hold itself out to the public to be a restaurant, hotel, or motel, does not
require reservations, and serves food only to overnight guests. Rule
661—5.820(100) shall not apply to bed and breakfast homes. However, a bed
and breakfast home shall have a smoke detector in proper working order in each
sleeping room and a fire extinguisher in proper working order on each
floor.
“Bed and breakfast inn” is a building or
structure equipped, used, advertised, or held out to the public to be an inn,
hotel, motel, motor inn, or place where sleeping accommodations are furnished
for hire to transient guests and which has nine or fewer guest
rooms.
“Convent or monastery” is a place of residence
occupied by a religious group of people, especially monks or nuns.
“Dormitories” are buildings or spaces where group
sleeping accommodations are provided for guests in a series of closely
associated rooms under joint occupancy and single management, such as college
dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, with or without meals but
without individual cooking facilities.
“Existing residential occupancy” is a
residential occupancy placed in its current use prior to October 31,
1985.
“Guest” is any person hiring or occupying a room
for living or sleeping purposes.
“Guest room” is any room or rooms used or intended
to be used by a guest for sleeping purposes. Every hundred square feet of
superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be considered to be a guest
room.
“Hotel/motel” is any building containing six or
more guest rooms intended or designed to be used or which are used, rented or
hired out to be occupied or which are occupied for sleeping purposes by
guests.
“Lodging or rooming house” is any building or
portion thereof containing not more than five guest rooms where rent is paid in
money, goods, labor or otherwise.
“New residential occupancy” is a residential
occupancy placed into its current use on or after October 31,
1985.
“Residential occupancies” include hotels,
motels, apartment houses, dormitories, lodging and rooming houses, convents and
monasteries each accommodating more than ten persons.
NEW RESIDENTIAL
OCCUPANCIES
661—5.801(100) General
requirements.
5.800(6) 5.801(1)
Construction, height and allowable floor area.
a. General. Buildings or parts of buildings classed as
residential occupancies shall be limited to the types of construction set forth
in Table 5–B in rule 5.50(100) “Exits” and shall not exceed,
in area or height, the limits specified in Table 8–B.
b. Special provisions. Residential occupancies more than two
stories in height or having more than 3,000 square feet of floor area above the
first story shall be limited to the types of construction and height in Table
8–B.
EXCEPTION: Interior nonload–bearing
partitions within individual dwelling units in apartment houses and guest rooms
or suites in hotels when such dwelling units, guest rooms or suites are
separated from each other and from corridors by not less than one–hour
fire–resistive construction may be constructed of:
1. Noncombustible materials or fire–retardant treated
wood in buildings of any type of construction; or
2. Combustible framing with noncombustible materials applied
to the framing in buildings of Type III or V construction.
Storage or laundry rooms that are within residential
occupancies that are used in common by tenants shall be separated from the rest
of the building by not less than one–hour fire–resistive occupancy
separation.
5.800(7) 5.801(2) Light and
ventilation. All guest rooms, dormitories and habitable rooms within a
dwelling unit shall be provided with natural light by means of exterior glazed
openings with an area not less than one–tenth of the floor area of such
rooms with a minimum of 10 square feet. All bathrooms, water closet
compartments, laundry rooms and similar rooms shall be provided with natural
ventilation by means of openable exterior openings with an area not less than
one–twentieth of the floor area of the rooms with a minimum of
1½ square feet.
All guest rooms, dormitories and habitable rooms within a
dwelling unit shall be provided with natural ventilation by means of openable
exterior openings with an area of not less than one–twentieth of the floor
area of such rooms with a minimum of 5 square feet.
In lieu of required exterior openings for natural ventilation,
an approved mechanical ventilating system may be provided. Such systems shall
be capable of providing two air changes per hour in all guest rooms,
dormitories, habitable rooms and public corridors. One–fifth of the air
supply shall be taken from the outside. In bathrooms, water closet
compartments, laundry rooms and similar rooms, a mechanical ventilation system
connected directly to the outside shall be capable of providing five air changes
per hour.
For the purpose of determining light and ventilation
requirements, any room may be considered as a portion of an adjoining room when
one–half of the area of the common wall is open and unobstructed and
provides an opening of not less than one–tenth of the floor area of the
interior room or 25 square feet, whichever is greater.
Required exterior openings for natural light and ventilation
shall open directly onto a street or public alley, yard or court located on the
same lot as the building.
EXCEPTION: Required windows may open into
a roofed porch where the porch:
1. Abuts a street, yard or court;
2. Has a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet; and
3. Has the longer side at least 65 percent open and
unobstructed.
5.800(8) 5.801(3) Mixed
occupancies general. When a building is used for more than one occupancy
purpose, each part of the building comprising a distinct
“Occupancy,” as shown in the occupancy classification Table
8–A shall be separated from any other occupancy as specified in Table
8–C.
EXCEPTION: Gift shops, administrative
offices and similar rooms not exceeding 10 percent of the floor area of the
major use.
5.800(9) 5.801(4) Occupant
load. For the purpose of establishing exit requirements, the occupant load of
any building or portion thereof used for the purpose of rules
5.800(100) 5.801(100) to 5.802(100)
5.803(100) shall be determined by dividing the net floor area assigned to
that use by the square feet per occupant as indicated in Table 5–A and
rule 661—5.51(100).
5.800(10) 5.801(5)
Dormitories. New dormitories shall comply with the requirements for new hotels
within this chapter.
ITEM 2. Renumber rules
661—5.801(100) to 661— 5.809(100) as
661—5.802(100) to 661—5.810(100).
ITEM 3. Amend renumbered rule
661—5.802(100), catchwords, as follows:
661—5.802(100) Exit facilities in new residential
occupancies.
ITEM 4. Amend renumbered subrule
5.802(8), paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. Rubbish and linen chutes. In new residential
occupancies covered by this code, rubbish and linen chutes
shall terminate in rooms separated from the remainder of the building by a
one–hour fire–resistive occupancy separation. Openings into the
chutes and termination rooms shall not be located in exit corridors or
stairways.
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered subrule
5.803(3), numbered paragraph “2,” as
follows:
2. The building is equipped with smoke detectors installed in
accordance with subrule 5.802(4) 5.803(4).
ITEM 6. Amend renumbered subrule
5.804(1) as follows:
5.804(1) Application. The requirements of
this chapter rules 661—5.804(100) through
661—5.807(100) shall apply to existing hotels/motels, apartment
houses, dormitories, lodging, and rooming houses,
convents accommodating more than ten persons, and monasteries accommodating more
than ten persons.
Existing convents and monasteries (each accommodating
more than ten persons).
No building or structure housing existing residential
occupancies shall be occupied in violation of rules 5.803(100) to
5.805(100) 5.804(100) to 5.806(100).
ITEM 7. Amend renumbered subrule
5.808(6), paragraph “a,” as follows:
a. In new buildings and additions constructed after July 1,
1991, required smoke detectors shall receive their primary power from the
building wiring when such wiring is served from a commercial source. Wiring
shall be permanent and without a disconnecting switch other than those required
for overcurrent protection. Smoke detectors may be solely battery operated when
installed in existing buildings, or in buildings without commercial power, or in
buildings which undergo alterations, repairs or additions regulated by subrule
5.807(2) 5.808(2).
ITEM 8. Amend renumbered subrule 5.809(2)
as follows:
5.809(2) Certification—single–family
dwelling units. A person who files for homestead credit pursuant to Iowa
Code chapter 425 shall certify that the single–family dwelling unit for
which credit is filed has a smoke detector(s) installed in accordance with
5.807(6) 5.808(6) and
5.807(11)“a,” 5.808(11)“a,” or
that such smoke detector(s) will be installed within 30 days of the date of
filing for credit.
ITEM 9. Amend renumbered rule
661—5.810(100) and implementation sentence for renumbered rules 661—
5.807(100) to 661—6.810(100) as follows:
661—5.810(100) Smoke detectors—new and
existing construction.
5.810(1) New construction. All
multiple–unit residential buildings and single–family dwellings
which are constructed after July 1, 1991, shall include the installation of
smoke detectors meeting the requirements of rule
661—5.806(100) 5.807(100) and rule
661—5.807(100) 5.808(100).
5.810(2) Existing construction. All
existing single–family units and multiple–unit residential buildings
shall be equipped with smoke detectors as required in
5.807(11)“a.”
5.808(11)“a.”
Rules 5.806 5.807(100) to
5.809 5.810(100) are intended to implement Iowa Code
section 100.18.
ITEM 10. Adopt the following
new rule:
BED AND BREAKFAST INNS
661—5.820(100) Bed and breakfast inns.
5.820(1) Appliances. Heating, cooking and gas and
electrical equipment and appliances must conform with nationally recognized
codes and standards and be installed and maintained in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations. If the building has an operable solid
fuel fireplace, all components must be cleaned and maintained in accordance with
NFPA 211, 1996 edition.
5.820(2) Smoke detectors. Each bed and breakfast inn
must be equipped with a system of interconnected smoke detectors. At least one
detector must be located in each guest bedroom and at the top of each stairwell
and at intervals not to exceed 30 feet in exit corridors. In existing buildings
these smoke detectors may be battery operated. In buildings or additions for
which construction is started after [effective date to be inserted upon adoption
of rule], the smoke detector system must include battery backup but receive
primary power from the building’s electrical wiring. Detectors must be
installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 72, 1998 edition.
5.820(3) Emergency lighting. Each bed and breakfast
inn must be equipped with approved emergency lighting so located and directed in
a manner that will illuminate the routes of travel from each
guest–occupied room to the outside of the building.
5.820(4) Windows. Each bed and breakfast inn guest
sleeping room must have at least one outside window that is openable without the
use of tools or special knowledge. The window must be large enough that, when
open and without breaking glass, it will permit the emergency egress of
guests.
5.820(5) Exits. Each story that has one or more guest
sleeping rooms must have two means of exit that are remote from each other and
so arranged and constructed as to minimize any possibility that both may be
blocked by any one fire or other emergency.
5.820(6) Exit door markings. Exit doors must be
marked in accordance with 661—5.63(100), except internally illuminated
exit signs are not required if the door is clearly illuminated by emergency
lighting.
5.820(7) Fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers must
be installed and maintained in accordance with National Fire Protection
Association Standard Number 10, 1998 edition.
5.820(8) Smoking prohibited. Smoking is not permitted
in any sleeping room, and rooms shall be posted with plainly visible signs so
stating.
5.820(9) Additional prohibitions. Candles, lamps or
solid fuel fireplaces shall not be used in guest sleeping rooms.
5.820(10) Directions. Each bed and breakfast inn
shall have clearly displayed in each guest bedroom printed directions and a
diagram for emergency evacuation procedures. These directions must include the
primary route to the outside and how to use the emergency egress window in the
event the primary route cannot be traversed.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 137C.35.
ARC 9964A
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2492,
section 17, the Department of Public Safety hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt Chapter 53, “Fire Service Training Bureau,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Effective July 1, 2000, the Fire Service Institute of the Iowa
State University Extension Service will be replaced by the new Fire Service
Training Bureau of the Fire Marshal Division of the Iowa Department of Public
Safety. Training programs of the Fire Service Institute will continue without
interruption under the Fire Service Training Bureau as will other services of
the Fire Service Institute, including distribution of publications produced
within the Bureau as well as from national fire service organizations. These
rules create a new chapter of administrative rules of the Department of Public
Safety, Chapter 53, which describes the organization of the Fire Service
Training Bureau, provides contact information for the Bureau, and provides for
fees for services offered by the Bureau. One major service of the Bureau, the
Iowa Fire Service Certification Program, is provided for separately in new
Chapter 54, which was Adopted and Filed Emergency in a separate filing (ARC
9969A herein) and became effective July 1, 2000.
A public hearing on these proposed rules will be held on
September 8, 2000, at 10 a.m. in the Third Floor Conference Room of the Wallace
State Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Persons may
present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing. Persons who wish
to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact the Agency Rules
Administrator, Department of Public Safety, Wallace State Office Building, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319, by mail, by telephone at (515)281–5524, or by
electronic mail to admrule@dps.state.ia.us, at least one day prior to the
public hearing.
Any written comments or information regarding these proposed
amendments may be directed to the Agency Rules Administrator by mail or
electronic mail at the addresses indicated at least one day prior to the public
hearing, or submitted at the public hearing. Persons who wish to convey their
views orally other than at the public hearing may contact the Agency Rules
Administrator by telephone or in person at the Bureau office at least one day
prior to the public hearing.
Contemporaneous with the filing of this Notice, these rules
were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are published herein as ARC
9968A. The content of that submission is incorporated by
reference.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2492.
ARC 9965A
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2492,
section 17, the Department of Public Safety hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to adopt Chapter 54, “Firefighter Certification,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Effective July 1, 2000, the Fire Service Institute of the Iowa
State University Extension Service will be replaced by the new Fire Service
Training Bureau of the Fire Marshal Division of the Iowa Department of Public
Safety. One of the programs of the Fire Service Institute is the certification
of firefighters in the state of Iowa. There are several different levels of
certification, each based upon standards promulgated by the National Fire
Protection Association. While certification is voluntary under state law, that
is, state law does not require certification in order to work either for pay or
as a volunteer in the fire service, some fire departments within the state of
Iowa require certification of their members as a condition of employment. These
rules provide administrative procedures for the operation of the certification
program, the standards for certification at various levels, and fees related to
the certification program to be collected by the Fire Service Training
Bureau.
A public hearing on these proposed rules will be held on
September 8, 2000, at 10:15 a.m. in the Third Floor Conference Room of the
Wallace State Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons may present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing.
Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact
the Agency Rules Administrator, Department of Public Safety, Wallace State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by mail, by telephone at
(515)281–5524, or by electronic mail to admrule@dps.state.ia.us, at
least one day prior to the public hearing.
Any written comments or information regarding these proposed
amendments may be directed to the Agency Rules Administrator by mail or
electronic mail at the addresses indicated at least one day prior to the public
hearing, or submitted at the public hearing. Persons who wish to convey their
views orally other than at the public hearing may contact the Agency Rules
Administrator by telephone or in person at the Bureau office at least one day
prior to the public hearing.
Contemporaneous with the filing of this Notice, these rules
were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are published herein as ARC
9969A. The content of that submission is incorporated by
reference.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2492.
ARC 9966A
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3, the
Department of Public Safety hereby proposes to adopt a new Chapter 59,
“Volunteer Emergency Services Provider Death Benefits,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2452, section 97, provides that,
effective July 1, 2000, the beneficiary of a volunteer emergency services
provider who dies in the line duty will be eligible for payment of a $100,000
death benefit from the state of Iowa, subject to certain restrictions. These
rules establish the death benefits program, including eligibility criteria in
accordance with Senate File 2452, administrative procedures for the program, a
definition of “beneficiary” for the purposes of the program, and a
procedure for appeals of decisions made by the Department in administration of
the program.
Language in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2452, provides that
the lump–sum death benefit is to be paid to the “beneficiary”
of the deceased volunteer emergency services provider, once eligibility has been
established. The term “beneficiary” is not defined in the statute.
In order to provide clear direction for the payment of benefits when eligibility
has been established, the term “beneficiary” is defined in these
rules in terms parallel to the provisions of the similar death benefit program
for paid emergency services providers, which was established in 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411.
A public hearing on these proposed rules will be held on
September 8, 2000, at 10:30 a.m. in the Third Floor Conference Room of the
Wallace State Office Building, East 9th and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons may present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing.
Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact
the Agency Rules Administrator, Department of Public Safety, Wallace State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by mail, by telephone at
(515)281–5524, or by electronic mail to admrule@dps.state.ia.us, at
least one day prior to the public hearing.
Any written comments or information regarding these proposed
rules may be directed to the Agency Rules Administrator by mail or electronic
mail at the addresses indicated at least one day prior to the public hearing, or
submitted at the public hearing.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 9967A. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2452.
ARC 9948A
RACING AND GAMING
COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and
99F.4, the Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 4, “Contested Cases and Other Proceedings”; rescind
Chapter 6, “Criteria for Granting Licenses and Determining Race
Dates,” and adopt a new Chapter 6, “Occupational and Vendor
Licensing”; amend Chapter 8, “Mutuel Department,” and Chapter
10, “Thoroughbred Racing”; and rescind Chapter 12,
“Simulcasting,” and Chapter 13, “Occupational and Vendor
Licensing,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 gives the gaming board and board of stewards the
ability to revoke an occupational license.
Item 2 rescinds current Chapter 6 and adopts new Chapter 6
which incorporates rules on occupational and vendor licensing from Chapter 13,
which is rescinded in Item 9. Many of the rules remain as they were in Chapter
13 but have been reorganized within new Chapter 6. Duplicative rules have been
removed and some rules were rewritten to reflect current practice. Substantive
changes from rescinded Chapter 13 incorporated into new Chapter 6 are as
follows:
– The term “association” was changed to
“facility” throughout the chapter.
– The terms “commission representative,”
“deceptive practice,” “facility,” and
“theft” are defined in rule 491— 6.1(99D,99F).
– Paragraph 6.2(1)“c” contains new
information required on the occupational license application.
– Paragraph 6.2(1)“g” states that the
facility will be directly billed for their employees’ license/fingerprint
fees. This is current policy of the Commission and is now being incorporated
into this subrule.
– Subrule 6.2(6) clarifies when a fee free pass may be
used.
– Subparagraph 6.5(1)“d”(3) adds possession
of drug paraphernalia as a drug offense.
– Subparagraph 6.5(1)“d”(4) states that a
license will be denied if an applicant has a conviction involving theft or
fraudulent practice in excess of $100.
– Paragraph 6.5(3)“e” adds the term
deceptive practice.
– Paragraph 6.5(3)“m” adds the term gambling
game.
– Rule 491—6.6(99D,99F) outlines the conditions
that must be satisfied before an individual who has had a license denied,
revoked or suspended may reapply for a license.
– Subrule 6.9(2) requires the facility to provide a
weekly list of new employees who currently hold a license. This is the current
policy of the Commission and is now being incorporated into this rule.
– Paragraph 6.16(5)“b” clarifies that a
temporary license is valid for a maximum of one start per horse in an official
race.
– Subrule 6.23(2) is a new apprentice jockey rule to
mirror the Association of Racing Commissioners International uniform
rule.
– Rule 491—6.26(99D,99F) states that a practicing
veterinarian must have an unrestricted license issued by the state of Iowa
veterinary regulatory authority.
– Rule 491—6.27(99D,99F), which reflects a change
in alcohol and drug testing, applies to restricted areas in racing facilities
only.
Item 3 changes the title of Chapter 8 from “Mutuel
Department” to “Wagering and Simulcasting.”
Item 4 adds definitions for “authorized receiver,”
“guest association,” “host association,”
“interstate simulcasting,” “intrastate simulcasting,”
“pari–mutuel output date,” and “sales transaction
data” to rule 491—8.1(99D).
Item 5 clarifies the rule with a reference to paragraph
8.2(4)“g.”
Item 6 incorporates into Chapter 8 rules about simulcasting
from rescinded Chapter 12. No substantive changes were made to the
rules.
Item 7 outlines a new jockey mount fee schedule.
Item 8 rescinds 491—Chapter 12.
Item 9 rescinds 491—Chapter 13.
These rules are not subject to a waiver, pending adoption of a
uniform waiver rule.
These proposed amendments were sent out to all the licensees
prior to their review before the Commission. No comments were
received.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before August 1, 2000. Written material should be
directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the
Commission office at (515)281–7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on August 1, 2000, at9
a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B,
Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may pre–sent their views at the public hearing
either orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
99D and 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
491—4.7(99D,99F) as follows:
491—4.7(99D,99F) Penalties (gaming board and board
of stewards). The board may remove the license holder, either from any
racetrack or riverboat, under its jurisdiction, revoke the license, or
suspend the license of the holder for up to 365 days from the date of the
original suspension, or impose a fine of up to $1000, or both. The board may
set the dates in which the suspension must be served. In addition, the board
may order a redistribution of a racing purse or the payment of or the
withholding of a gaming payout. The board may also suspend the license of any
person currently under suspension or in bad standing in any other state or
jurisdiction by the state racing and gaming commission. If the punishment so
imposed is not sufficient, in the opinion of the board, the board shall so
report to the commission. All fines and suspensions imposed will be promptly
reported to the riverboat or racetrack licensee and commission in
writing.
ITEM 2. Rescind 491—Chapter
6 and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
chapter:
CHAPTER 6
OCCUPATIONAL AND VENDOR LICENSING
491—6.1(99D,99F) Definitions.
“Applicant” means an individual applying for an
occupational license.
“Beneficial interest” means any and all direct and
indirect forms of ownership or control, voting power, or investment power held
through any contract, lien, lease, partnership, stockholding, syndication, joint
venture, understanding, relationship (including family relationship), present or
reversionary right, title or interest, or otherwise.
“Board” means either the board of stewards or the
gaming board, as appointed by the administrator, whichever is appropriate. The
administrator may serve as a board of one.
“Commission” means the Iowa racing and gaming
commission.
“Commission representative” means a gaming
representative, steward, or any person designated by the commission or
commission administrator.
“Deceptive practice” means any deception or
misrepresentation made by the person with the knowledge that the deception or
misrepresentation could result in some benefit to the person or some other
person.
“Facility” means an entity licensed by the
commission to conduct pari–mutuel wagering or gaming operations in
Iowa.
“Jockey” means a person licensed to ride a horse
in a race.
“Kennel/stable name ” means any type of name other
than the legal name or names used by an owner or lessee and registered with the
commission.
“Licensee” means a person licensed by the
commission to perform an occupation which the commission has identified as
requiring a license to engage in pari–mutuel, racetrack enclosure, or
excursion riverboat gambling in Iowa.
“Owner” means a person or entity that holds any
title, right or interest, whole or partial, in a racing animal.
“Rules” means the rules promulgated by the
commission to regulate the racing and gaming industries.
“Theft” includes, but is not limited to:
1. The act of taking possession or control of either facility
property or the property of another without the express authorization of the
owner;
2. The use, disposition, or destruction of property in a
manner which is inconsistent with or contrary to the owner’s rights in
such property;
3. Misappropriation or misuse of property the person holds in
trust for another; or
4. Any act which constitutes theft as defined by Iowa Code
chapter 714. No specific intent requirement is imposed by rule 6.5(99D,99F) nor
is it required that there be any showing that the licensee received personal
gain from any act of theft.
“Year” means a calendar year.
491—6.2(99D,99F,252J) Occupational
licensing.
6.2(1) All persons participating in any capacity at a
racing or gaming facility, with the exception of certified law enforcement
officers while they are working for the facility as uniformed officers, are
required to be properly licensed by the commission.
a. License applicants under 70 years of age may be required to
furnish to the commission a set of fingerprints and may be required to be
refingerprinted or rephotographed periodically.
b. License applicants must supply current photo identification
and proof of their social security number and date of birth.
c. License applicants must complete and sign the application
form prescribed and published by the commission. The application shall state
the full name, social security number, residence, date of birth, and other
personal identifying information of the applicant that the commission deems
necessary. The application shall include, in part, whether the applicant has
any of the following:
(1) A record of conviction of a felony or
misdemeanor;
(2) An addiction to alcohol or a controlled
substance;
(3) A history of mental illness or repeated acts of
violence;
(4) Military convictions;
(5) Adjudication of delinquency; or
(6) Overdue income taxes, fines, court–ordered legal
obligations, or judgments.
d. License applicants for designated positions of higher
responsibility may be required to complete a division of criminal investigation
(DCI) background form.
e. A fee set by the commission shall be assessed to each
license applicant. Once a license is issued, the fee cannot be
refunded.
f. License applicants must pay an additional fee set by the
Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and by the department of public safety,
(DCI and bureau of identification) to cover the cost associated with the search
and classification of fingerprints.
g. All racing and gaming commission fees for applications or
license renewals must be paid by applicants or licensees before a license will
be issued or renewed or, if the applicant is an employee of a facility, the
commission fees will be directly billed to the facility.
h. An applicant who knowingly makes a false statement on the
application is guilty of an aggravated misdemeanor.
i. Participation in racing and gaming in the state of Iowa is
a privilege and not a right. The burden of proving qualifications to be issued
any license is on the applicant at all times. An applicant must accept any
risk of adverse public notice, embarrassment, criticism, or other action, as
well as any financial loss that may result from action with respect to an
application.
j. All licenses are conditional until completion of a
necessary background investigation including, but not limited to, fingerprint
processing through the DCI and the FBI and review of records on file with the
Association of Racing Commissioners International, courts, law enforcement
agencies, and the commission.
k. Any licensee who allows another person use of the
licensee’s license badge for the purpose of transferring any of the
benefits conferred by the license may be suspended, fined, revoked, or any
combination thereof. No license shall be transferable and no duplicate licenses
shall be issued except upon submission of an application form and payment of the
license fee.
l. It shall be the affirmative responsibility and continuing
duty of each applicant to provide all information, documentation, and assurances
pertaining to qualifications required or requested by the commission or
commission representatives and to cooperate with commission representatives in
the performance of their duties. A refusal by any person to comply with a
request for information from a commission representative shall be a basis for
fine, suspension, denial, revocation, or disqualification.
m. Non–U.S. citizens must also supply a work permit
allowing them to work in the United States.
n. Portions of all completed applications accepted by the
commission are confidential. The following persons have the explicit right to
review all information contained on the application: the applicant, all
commission officials and employees, the track steward, and DCI agents or other
law enforcement officers serving in their official capacity.
o. A license may not be issued or held by an applicant who is
unqualified, by experience or otherwise, to perform the duties
required.
p. A license may not be issued to applicants who have not
previously been licensed in the following categories except upon recommendation
by the commission representative: trainers, assistant trainers, jockeys,
apprentice jockeys, exercise persons, and other occupations the commission may
designate. The commission representative may, for the purpose of determining a
recommendation under this subrule, consult a representative of the facility,
horsemen, or jockeys.
6.2(2) All facility board members shall undergo a
background investigation and be licensed immediately upon appointment.
6.2(3) Multiple license restrictions.
a. A person may work outside the licensed occupation as long
as the person is licensed in an equal or higher class.
b. In horse racing only, the following restrictions
apply:
(1) A person licensed as a jockey, veterinarian, or farrier
may not be licensed in another capacity.
(2) A person may not be licensed as an owner and a jockey
agent.
(3) No racing official may serve or act in another capacity at
a race meeting at which that person is licensed as an official except if there
is no conflict of interest or duties as determined by the commission
representative.
6.2(4) Application endorsements. The responsibility
of licensing an employee rests with the employer. Therefore, a license may not
be issued to any employee unless the application includes prior endorsement of
the facility’s authorized representative. All facilities must submit a
list of representatives authorized to sign applications. This list shall not
exceed six names. This authorization list shall be sent to the commission
licensing office associated with each facility.
6.2(5) An employee of a facility who has not been
licensed during the previous calendar year shall be considered a new
applicant.
6.2(6) An employee hired during a time that the
commission licensing office is closed may be issued and may work using a fee
free pass as defined in 491—subparagraph 5.4(10)“b”(3). The
fee free pass used for this purpose shall be effective only until the licensing
office’s next day of business.
491—6.3(99D,99F) Waiver of privilege. An
applicant may claim a privilege afforded by the Constitution of the United
States or of the state of Iowa in refusing to answer questions of the
commission. However, a claim of privilege with respect to any testimony or
evidence pertaining to an application may constitute sufficient grounds for
denial.
491—6.4(99D,99F) License acceptance.
6.4(1) Occupational license (license). The license
shall be displayed in a conspicuous manner on the licensee’s clothing at
all times while the licensee is on duty unless otherwise permitted by the
commission representative. A licensee is prohibited from defacing, altering, or
modifying a license.
6.4(2) Knowledge of rules. By acceptance of a license
from the commission, the licensee agrees to follow and comply with the
facility’s system of internal controls, the rules of the commission, and
Iowa statutes pertaining to racing and gaming, to report immediately to the
commission representative any known irregularities or wrongdoing involving
racing or gaming and to cooperate in subsequent investigations. Commission
rules are available on the commission’s Web site at
www3.state.ia.us/irgc/.
6.4(3) Search and seizure. Acceptance of a license
from the commission by any licensee is deemed consent to search and inspection
by a commission or DCI representative and to the seizure of any prohibited
medication, drugs, paraphernalia or devices.
6.4(4) Misuse of license. No person shall exercise or
attempt to exercise any of the powers, privileges, or prerogatives of a license
unless and until the appropriate licensing form has been executed and filed with
the commission except under subrule 6.2(6). The commission shall exercise the
power to regulate the conduct of all persons holding licenses or participating
in racing or gaming.
491—6.5(99D,99F) Grounds for denial, suspension, or
revocation of a license or issuance of a fine. The commission or commission
representative shall deny an applicant a license or, if already issued, a
licensee shall be subject to probation, fine, suspension, revocation, or other
disciplinary measures, if the applicant or licensee:
6.5(1) Does not qualify under the following screening
policy:
a. Applicants must be at least 18 years of age to work in
areas where gaming or wagering is conducted.
b. Applicants must be at least 16 years of age to be eligible
to be licensed to work for a trainer of racing animals.
c. A license shall be denied if an alias was used in
connection with fraud within the last five years.
d. A license shall be denied if within the last five years, an
applicant has had a conviction of:
(1) A felony.
(2) A drug–related offense.
(3) An offense involving possession of drug
paraphernalia.
(4) An offense involving theft or fraudulent practice in
excess of $100.
If the conviction did not occur within the last five years, a
license shall not be issued unless the commission representative determines that
sufficient evidence of rehabilitation exists.
e. A license shall be denied if an applicant has a conviction
of a serious or aggravated misdemeanor or the equivalent unless the commission
representative determines that sufficient evidence of rehabilitation exists.
f. A license shall be denied if an applicant has multiple
convictions of simple misdemeanors or alcohol–related offenses unless the
commission representative determines that sufficient evidence of rehabilitation
exists. In making that determination, the number of violations shall be
considered.
g. A license may be denied if the applicant has been guilty of
multiple offenses. The commission representative shall use the
representative’s judgment in making such a determination.
h. A license shall be temporarily denied or suspended until
the outcome of any pending charges is known if conviction of those charges would
disqualify the applicant.
i. A license shall be denied if the applicant has a current
addiction to alcohol or a controlled substance, has a history of mental illness
without sufficient evidence of rehabilitation, or has a history of repeated acts
of violence without sufficient evidence of rehabilitation.
j. A license may be temporarily denied or a probationary
license may be issued until outstanding, overdue court–ordered obligations
are satisfied. These include, but are not limited to, criminal or civil fines,
state or federal taxes, or conditions imposed upon a person by a court of law
that the applicant has failed to meet in a timely manner.
k. A license shall be denied if an applicant owns, operates,
or has an interest in any bookmaking or other illegal enterprise, or is or has
been connected with or associated with any illegal enterprise within the past
five years. If the applicant’s association with the illegal enterprise
occurred more than five years prior to the application, a license may be issued
only if the commission representative determines that sufficient evidence of
rehabilitation exists.
l. A license may be denied if an applicant is ineligible to
participate in gaming in another state and it would not be in the best interest
of racing or gaming to license the applicant in Iowa. A license shall be denied
if an applicant is ineligible to participate in racing in another state whose
regulatory agency is recognized by and reciprocates in the actions of this
state.
m. A license shall be denied if an applicant has been denied
patron privileges by order of this commission and not reinstated.
n. A license shall be denied if the applicant falsifies the
application form and would be ineligible for licensure under paragraphs
“a” through “m” above. In other cases of falsification,
a license may be issued and the applicant shall be subject to a fine.
o. A license shall be denied if an applicant is not of good
repute and moral character. Any evidence concerning a licensee’s current
or past conduct, dealings, habits, or associations relevant to that
individual’s character and reputation may be considered. The commission
representative shall decide what weight and effect evidence shall have in the
determination of whether there is substantial evidence that the individual is
not of good reputation and character. Applicants who hold positions of higher
responsibility may be held to a more stringent standard of conduct and
reputation than others with a less significant interest or role.
6.5(2) Has not demonstrated financial responsibility
or has failed to meet any monetary obligation in the following circumstances
connected with racing or gaming:
a. Issuance or passing of bad checks. No person shall write,
issue, make, or present any check in payment for any license fee, nomination
fee, entry fee, starting fee, or purse payment when that person knows or should
reasonably know that the check will be refused for payment by the bank upon
which it is written, or that the account upon which it is written does not
contain sufficient funds for payment of the check, or that the check is written
on a closed or nonexistent account.
b. Judgments. Whenever any person licensed to engage in
racing suffers a final judgment entered against that person in any court of
competent jurisdiction within the United States, when that judgment is based
wholly upon an indebtedness incurred by that person for supplies, equipment, or
services furnished in connection with racing, the commission representatives
shall schedule a hearing at which the licensee shall be required to show cause
as to why the license should not be suspended.
c. Timely payment. Should an owner fail to make timely
payment of any jockey fee, nomination fee, entry fee, starting fee, or any other
reasonable charge normally payable to the facility, the facility shall notify
the commission representatives who shall in turn give notice to the owner that a
hearing will be held where the owner will be required to show cause why the
license should not be suspended for failure to make the required
payments.
6.5(3) Has been involved in any fraudulent or corrupt
practices, including, but not limited to:
a. Offering, promising, giving, accepting, or soliciting a
bribe in any form, directly or indirectly, to or by a person licensed by the
commission to violate these rules or the laws of the state related to racing or
gaming.
b. Failing to report any bribe or solicitation as in
6.5(3)“a” above.
c. Soliciting by any licensee, except the facility, of bets by
the public.
d. Violation of any law of the state or rule of the
commission, or aiding or abetting any person in the violation of any such law or
rule.
e. Theft or deceptive practice of any nature on the grounds of
a facility.
f. Giving under oath any false statement or refusing to
testify, after proper notice, to the commission representative about any matter
regulated by the commission, except in the exercise of a lawful legal
privilege.
g. Failing to comply with any request for information or any
order or ruling issued by the commission representatives pertaining to a racing
or gaming matter.
h. Disorderly or offensive conduct; use of profane, abusive,
or insulting language to, or interference with, commission representatives or
racing or gaming officials while they are discharging their duties.
i. Conduct in Iowa or elsewhere has been dishonest,
undesirable, detrimental to, or reflects negatively on, the integrity or best
interests of racing and gaming.
j. Illegal sale, possession, receipt, or use of a controlled
substance or drug paraphernalia; intoxication; use of profanity; fighting;
making threatening or intimidating statements; engaging in threatening or
intimidating behavior; or any conduct of a disorderly nature on facility
grounds.
k. Discontinuance of or ineligibility for activity for which
the license was issued.
l. Possessing a firearm on facility property without written
permission from the commission representative.
m. Improperly influencing or attempting to improperly
influence the results of a race or a gambling game, singularly or in combination
with any person.
n. Failing to report any attempt to improperly influence the
result of a race or a gambling game as in 6.5(3)“m” above.
o. Having had two rulings related to attempts to affect a race
result or odds (rulings for electrical devices, serious positives, for example)
in a lifetime or one ruling within the last three years. A license may be
issued if one ruling has occurred outside of three years if sufficient evidence
of re–habilitation exists. A license may be denied if a lengthy record of
rulings from other jurisdictions exists.
p. Possessing any equipment for hypodermic injection, any
substance for hypodermic administration, or any container designed to hold an
injectable substance (narcotics, medications, drugs, or substances which could
be used to alter the speed of racing animals) by anyone other than a
veterinarian licensed by the commission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
subrule, any person may have possession of any chemical or biological substance
for the person’s own treatment within a restricted area, provided that, if
the chemical substance is prohibited from being dispensed without a prescription
by any federal law or law of this state, the person is in possession of
documentary evidence that a valid prescription has been issued to the person.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subrule, any person may have in
possession within any restricted area any hypodermic syringe or needle for the
purpose of self–administering to the person a chemical or biological
substance, provided that the person has notified the commission representatives
of the possession of the device, the size of the device, and the chemical
substance to be administered and has obtained written permission for possession
and use from the commission representative. A restricted area is a designated
area for sample collection, paddock, racetrack, or any other area where
officials carry out the duties of their positions.
q. Subjecting a racing animal to cruel and inhumane treatment
by failing to supply it with adequate food, water, medical treatment, exercise,
bedding, sanitation, and shelter; or by neglect or intentional act causing a
racing animal to suffer unnecessary pain.
r. Offering or receiving money or other benefit for
withdrawing a racing animal from a race.
s. Making a wager for a jockey by any person other than the
owner or trainer of the horse ridden by the jockey.
t. Making a wager for a jockey on a horse by an owner or
trainer other than that ridden by the jockey. This shall not be construed to
include bets on another horse in combination with the horse ridden by the jockey
in multiple wagering bets.
u. Offering or giving a jockey money or other benefit
concerning a race, except by the owner or trainer of the horse to be
ridden.
v. Entering or starting a racing animal known or believed to
be ineligible or disqualified.
w. Possessing any device designed to increase or decrease the
speed of a racing animal during a race other than an ordinary riding whip
without written permission from the commission representative.
491—6.6(99D,99F) Applications for license after
denial, revocation, or suspension.
6.6(1) Any person whose license was denied or revoked
may reapply for a license in accordance with the commission’s rules
governing applications. However, the applicant must satisfy the following
conditions:
a. The applicant shall bear the burden of proof of
establishing satisfaction with all license criteria and shall provide proof of
satisfaction of any terms or conditions imposed as a part of the
commission’s order denying or revoking the license;
b. The applicant shall allege facts and circumstances
establishing, to the commission’s satisfaction, sufficient evidence of
rehabilitation and that the basis for the denial or revocation no longer
exists;
c. The applicant shall establish that the public interest and
the integrity of racing and gaming would not be adversely affected if a license
is granted; and
d. If the license was revoked, a new application shall not be
filed until five years have elapsed from the date of the order of
revocation.
6.6(2) Any person whose license was suspended for 365
days may file a new application for a license upon the expiration of the period
of suspension but must satisfy all of the conditions set out in 6.6(1)
above.
491—6.7(99D,99F) Probationary license. The
commission representative or a board may grant a probationary license. The terms
of a probationary license shall include any conditions placed on the licensee
and any penalty for failure to follow those conditions, including fine,
suspension, denial, or revocation.
491—6.8(99D,99F) Duration of license. A license
issued by the commission is valid until the end of the calendar year in which it
was issued unless an extension is granted by the administrator.
491—6.9(99D,99F) Licensed employees moving from one
location to another.
6.9(1) Once an applicant obtains an occupational
license from the commission and is in good standing, the applicant is eligible
to work at any of the facilities in the state of Iowa.
6.9(2) When a facility hires a person who is already
in possession of a current occupational license, a list of the person(s) hired
must be filed weekly with the local commission office. The list should contain
the license number, name, social security number, and birth date of each person
hired.
491—6.10(99D,99F) Required report of discharge of
licensed employee. Upon discharge of any licensed employee by any licensed
employer for violation of rules or laws within the jurisdiction of the
commission, the employer must report that fact in writing, within 72 hours, to
the local commission office including the name and occupation of the discharged
licensee.
491—6.11(99D,99F,252J) Receipt of certificate of
noncompliance from the child support recovery unit.
6.11(1) Upon the racing and gaming commission’s
receipt of a certificate of noncompliance, a commission representative shall
initiate procedures for the suspension, revocation, or denial of issuance or
renewal of licensure to an individual. A notice of intended action shall be
served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal
service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure 56.1.
6.11(2) The effective date of suspension or
revocation, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a license, as specified in
the notice, shall be no sooner than 30 days following service of the notice upon
the licensee or applicant.
6.11(3) The filing of a district court action by a
licensee or applicant challenging the issuance of a certificate of noncompliance
shall automatically stay any administrative action. Upon the receipt of a court
order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the racing
and gaming commission, the intended action will proceed as described in the
notice. For purposes of determining the effective date of suspension or
revocation, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a license, only the number
of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was
disposed of by the court will be counted.
6.11(4) Upon receipt of a withdrawal of a certificate
of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit, the racing and gaming
commission representative shall immediately reinstate, renew, or issue a license
if the individual is otherwise in compliance with licensing
requirements.
6.11(5) All racing and gaming commission fees for
applications or license renewals must be paid by licensees or applicants before
a license will be issued or renewed.
491—6.12(99D,99F,261) Receipt of a certificate of
noncompliance from the college student aid commission.
6.12(1) Upon the racing and gaming commission’s
receipt of a certificate of noncompliance, a commission representative shall
initiate procedures for the suspension, revocation, or denial of issuance or
renewal of licensure to an individual. A notice of intended action shall be
served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal
service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure 56.1.
6.12(2) The effective date of the suspension or
revocation, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a license, shall be no
sooner than 30 days following service of the notice upon the licensee or
applicant.
6.12(3) The filing of a district court action by a
licensee or applicant challenging the issuance of a certificate of noncompliance
shall automatically stay any administrative action. Upon the receipt of a court
order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the racing
and gaming commission, the intended action will proceed as described in the
notice. For purposes of determining the effective date of suspension or
revocation, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a license, only the number
of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was
disposed of by the court will be counted.
6.12(4) Upon receipt of a withdrawal of a certificate
of noncompliance from the college student aid commission, the racing and gaming
commission representative shall immediately reinstate, renew, or issue a license
if the individual is otherwise in compliance with licensing
requirements.
6.12(5) All racing and gaming commission fees for
applications or license renewals must be paid by licensees or applicants before
a license will be issued or renewed.
491—6.13(99D,99F) Vendor’s
license.
6.13(1) A vendor’s license is required of any
entity not licensed as a manufacturer or distributor that conducts operations on
site at a facility.
6.13(2) An applicant for a vendor’s license must
complete the appropriate commission form. An authorized representative from the
facility for which the vendor wishes to do continuous business must sign the
form. A letter from the facility authorizing the vendor to do business shall
replace a signature on the application form.
6.13(3) Any employee who works for a licensed vendor
and will be supplying the goods or services to the facility must have a vendor
employee license. A vendor license must be issued before a vendor employee can
be issued a license to represent that company. The authorized signature on the
vendor employee’s application must be the signature of the person
authorized by the vendor application to sign vendor employee
applications.
6.13(4) Vendors not meeting the above specifications
but who do require entrance to the facility for their employees, such as for
deliveries, shall utilize the fee free passes.
491—6.14(99D,99F) Applicability of
rules—exceptions. Rules pertaining to and rulings against licensees
shall apply in like force to the spouse and members of the immediate family or
household of the licensee if the continuation of participation in racing or
gaming by the affected person circumvents the intent of the rule or affects the
ruling by permitting a person under the control or direction of the licensee to
serve in essence as a substitute for a suspended licensee, or a person
ineligible to participate in a particular activity.
491—6.15(99D) Disclosure of ownership of racing
animals. All entities of ownership (individual, lessee, lessor, general
partnership, or corporation) and all trainers are responsible for making full
and accurate disclosure of the ownership of all racing animals registered or
entered for racing. Disclosure shall identify in writing all individuals or
entities that, directly or indirectly, through a contract, lien, lease,
partnership, stockholding, syndication, joint venture, understanding,
relationship (including family relationship), present or reversionary right,
title or interest, or otherwise hold any interest in a racing animal, and those
individuals or entities who by virtue of any form of interest might exercise
control over the racing animal or may benefit from the racing of the animal.
The degree and type of ownership held by each individual person shall be
designated.
491—6.16(99D) Owners of racing animals.
6.16(1) Each owner must obtain an owner’s
license from the commission to enter an animal in a purse race at an Iowa
racetrack.
6.16(2) Each owner is subject to the laws of Iowa and
the rules promulgated by the commission immediately upon acceptance and
occupancy of accommodations from or approved by a facility or upon making entry
to run on its track. Owners shall accept the decision of the commission
representative on any and all questions, subject to the owner’s right of
appeal to the commission.
6.16(3) An owner who is under the age of 18 must have
a parent or guardian cosign any contractual agreements.
6.16(4) No person or entity that is not the owner of
record of a properly registered racing animal that is in the care of a licensed
trainer may be licensed as an owner.
6.16(5) Temporary horse owner license.
a. A temporary horse owner license may be issued at the
discretion of the commission representative.
b. Any temporary horse owner license shall be effective for 15
calendar days from the date of issuance and shall be valid for a maximum of one
start per horse in an official race.
c. Failure to obtain a permanent license within the designated
15 calendar days may result in the automatic revocation of license eligibility
and may result in a fine or suspension for the licensee that has failed to
comply.
d. Purses shall not be paid to the owner of any racing animal
holding a temporary horse owner license. Payments shall be permitted only after
the individual has obtained a permanent license.
e. The owner and trainer of a horse must be licensed at least
one hour before post time of the race in which the horse is entered. In
the case of absentee owners, the trainer must submit a properly executed
temporary horse owner license application on behalf of the absentee owner(s) at
least one hour before post time of the race in which the horse is
entered.
491—6.17(99D) Kennel/stable name.
6.17(1) Licensed owners and lessees wishing to race
under a kennel/stable name may do so by applying for a license with the
commission on forms furnished by the commission.
6.17(2) A kennel/stable name license is only necessary
if the kennel/stable name is a name other than the licensed owner’s legal
name (full name or last name only), the owner’s full name followed by the
word “kennel” or “stable,” or a licensed partnership or
corporation.
6.17(3) In applying to race under a kennel/stable name,
the applicant must disclose the identities behind the name and, if applicable,
comply with partnership and corporation rules. The application form must
appoint one person to act as the agent for the kennel/stable name.
6.17(4) Changes in identities involved in a
kennel/stable name must be reported immediately to and approved by the
commission representative.
6.17(5) A licensed owner who has registered under
akennel/stable name may at any time cancel the kennel/stable name after giving
written notice to the commission.
6.17(6) A kennel/stable name may be changed by
registering a new name.
6.17(7) A licensed owner may not register a
kennel/stable name that the commission determines to be either misleading to the
public or unbecoming to the sport.
6.17(8) Neither sole owners nor partners, after
adopting use of a kennel/stable name, may use their real names to reflect
ownership that is reflected in the kennel/stable name.
6.17(9) A fee set by the commission shall be assessed
for each application for a kennel/stable name license.
6.17(10) No person may register with any racing
authority a stable name which has already been registered by another person, or
which is the real name of another owner of race horses, or which is the real or
stable name of any prominent person who does not own race horses, or which is
not plainly distinguishable from that of another registered stable name.
6.17(11) Contract kennels must be licensed with the
commission, on forms furnished by the commission, in the name of the kennel
booking contract entered into between the contract kennel and the facility; this
name shall be listed in the official program as “kennel.”
6.17(12) A licensed kennel owner shall not be a party
to more than one kennel name at the same facility.
491—6.18(99D) Leases (horse racing
only).
6.18(1) No licensee shall lease a racing animal for
the purpose of racing at facilities in this state without prior approval of the
commission representatives.
6.18(2) Both lessor and lessee must be licensed as
owners.
6.18(3) Each licensee who leases a racing animal must
submit a copy of that lease to the commission representatives. The lease must
contain the conditions of the lease arrangement and the names of all parties and
racing animals related to the lease. Failure to submit accurate and complete
information under this rule is a violation of these rules.
6.18(4) Both seller and purchaser, or their agents or
representatives, of a racing animal that is sold after being registered for
racing with a racing association shall immediately notify the commission
representatives of the sale and transfer. The commission representatives may
require a declaration of the facts of the sale and transfer under oath and
penalty of perjury.
491—6.19(99D) Partnerships owning racing
animals.
6.19(1) A partnership is defined as a formal or
informal arrangement between two or more persons to own a racing animal. All
partnerships, excluding husband and wife, must be licensed with the commission
on forms furnished by the commission.
6.19(2) The managing partner(s) listed on the
application and all parties owning 5 percent or more must be licensed as
individual owners.
a. The commission representative may request a partnership to
have on file with the commission an agreement whereby the managing partner(s) is
designated to be responsible for each racing animal. This agreement must be
notarized and must be signed by all partners. A copy of this agreement must be
attached to the registration certificate on file in the racing secretary’s
office.
b. It will be the responsibility of the managing partner(s) to
make sure that all parties are eligible for licensure. The commission
representative shall deny, suspend, or revoke the license of any partnership in
which a member (either qualified or limited by rights or interests held, or
controlled by any individual or entity) would be ineligible to be licensed as an
owner or to participate in racing.
c. Any owner who is a member of a partnership may be required
to list all racing animals that the owner intends to race in Iowa in which an
interest is owned (either in whole or in part).
d. All parties to a partnership shall be jointly and severally
liable for all stakes, forfeits, and other obligations.
e. An authorized agent may be appointed to represent the
partnership in all matters and be responsible for all stakes, forfeits, entries,
scratches, signing of claim slips, and other obligations in lieu of the managing
partner(s).
6.19(3) A partnership name under which a racing animal
races shall be considered a kennel/stable name for purposes of these rules. It
will not be necessary for the partnership to obtain a kennel/stable name
license.
6.19(4) Any partner’s share or partial share of
a partnership that owns a racing animal shall not be assigned without the
written consent of the other partner(s), the commission representative’s
approval, and filing with the racing secretary. Any alteration in a partnership
structure or percentages must be reported promptly in writing, notarized, signed
by all members of the partnership, and filed with the commission.
6.19(5) The commission representative may review the
ownership of each racing animal entered to race and shall ensure that each
registration certificate or eligibility certificate is properly endorsed by the
transferor to the present owner(s). The commission representative may determine
the validity for racing purposes of all liens, transfers and agreements
pertaining to ownership of a racing animal and may call for adequate evidence of
ownership at any time. The commission representative may declare any animal
ineligible to race if its ownership, or control of its ownership, is in
question.
6.19(6) A fee set by the commission shall be assessed
for each application for a partnership license.
491—6.20(99D) Corporations owning racing
animals.
6.20(1) All corporations must be duly licensed by the
commission on forms furnished by the commission. In addition, any stockholder
owning a beneficial interest of 5 percent or more of the corporation must be
licensed as an owner. The corporation must submit a complete list of
stockholders owning a beneficial interest of 5 percent or more.
6.20(2) The corporation stockholders owning less than
5 percent of the stock of a corporation need not be licensed; however, the
commission may request a list of these stockholders. The list shall include
names, percentages owned, addresses, social security numbers, and dates of
birth. These stockholders shall not have access to the backstretch, to the
paddock area, or to the winner’s circle other than as guests of a
facility, commission representatives, or designated licensees and may be
required to submit additional information as requested by the commission
representative, which may include a release for confidential information and
submission of fingerprint cards; and the commission may assess costs, as
required, for criminal history checks. This information shall be supplied to
the commission representative within 30 days of the date of the
request.
6.20(3) Any and all changes in either the corporation
structure or the respective interest of stockholders as described above must be
notarized and promptly filed with the commission representatives.
6.20(4) The corporate name under which the corporation
does business in Iowa shall be considered a kennel/stable name for purposes of
these rules. It shall not be necessary for the corporation to obtain a
kennel/stable name license.
6.20(5) A corporation, in lieu of an executive
officer, may appoint a racing manager or an authorized agent for the purposes of
entry, scratches and the signing of claim slips, among other
obligations.
6.20(6) The commission representative may deny,
suspend, or revoke the license of a corporation for which a beneficial interest
includes or involves any person or entity that is ineligible (through character,
moral fitness or any other criteria employed by the commission) to be licensed
as an owner or to participate in racing, regardless of the percentage of
ownership interest involved.
6.20(7) Any stockholder holding a beneficial interest
of 5 percent or more of a corporation must, in addition to being licensed, list
any interest owned in all racing animals in which any beneficial interest is
owned.
6.20(8) The corporation must pay a prescribed fee to
the commission.
491—6.21(99D) Authorized agents for owner entities
of racing animals.
6.21(1) Any persons represented by a kennel name,
stable name, corporation, partnership, or single person entity may assign an
agent for the kennel name, stable name, corporation, partnership, or single
person entity. The assigned agent is then authorized to handle matters
pertaining to racing, which may include authorization to collect all purses or
other moneys.
6.21(2) The application for a license as an authorized
agent must be signed by the principal and clearly set forth the powers of the
agent, including whether the agent is empowered to collect money from the
facility. The application must be notarized and a copy must be filed with the
facility.
6.21(3) Changes in an agent’s powers or
revocation of an agent’s authority must be in writing, notarized, and
filed with the commission’s licensing office and the facility.
6.21(4) The authorized agent must pay a prescribed fee
to the commission.
491—6.22(99D) Trainers and assistant trainers of
racing animals.
6.22(1) All trainers and assistant trainers of racing
animals and their employees are subject to the laws of Iowa and the rules
promulgated by the commission immediately upon acceptance and occupancy of
accommodations from or approved by the facility or upon making entry to run on
its track. Trainers, assistant trainers, and their employees shall accept the
decision of the commission representative on any and all questions, subject to
their right of appeal to the commission.
6.22(2) Licensing of trainers and assistant trainers.
Eligibility:
a. An applicant must be at least 18 years of age to be
licensed by the commission as a trainer or assistant trainer.
b. An applicant must be qualified, as determined by the
commission representative, by reason of experience, background, and knowledge of
racing. A trainer’s license from another jurisdiction may be accepted as
evidence of experience and qualifications. Evidence of qualifications may
require passing one or more of the following:
(1) A written examination.
(2) An interview or oral examination.
(3) A demonstration of practical skills in a “barn
test” (horse racing only).
c. An applicant must have a racing animal eligible to race and
registered to race at the current race meeting.
491—6.23(99D) Jockeys and apprentice
jockeys.
6.23(1) Eligibility.
a. An applicant must be at least 18 years of age to be
licensed by the commission as a jockey.
b. A jockey shall pass a physical examination given within the
previous 12 months by a licensed physician affirming fitness to participate as a
jockey. The commission representatives may require that any jockey be
reexamined and may refuse to allow any jockey to ride pending completion of such
examination.
c. An applicant shall show competence by prior licensing,
demonstration of riding ability, or temporary participation in races. An
applicant may participate in a race or races, with the commission
representative’s prior approval for each race, not to exceed five
races.
d. A jockey shall not be an owner or trainer of any horse
competing at the race meeting where the jockey is riding.
e. A person who has never ridden in a race at a recognized
meeting shall not be granted a license as jockey or apprentice jockey.
6.23(2) Apprentice jockeys.
a. The conditions of an apprentice jockey license do not apply
to quarter horse racing. A jockey’s performance in quarter horse racing
does not apply to the conditions of an apprentice jockey license.
b. An applicant with an approved apprentice certificate may be
licensed as an apprentice jockey.
c. An applicant for an apprentice jockey license must be at
least 16 years of age, and if under 18 years of age, the applicant must have
written consent of parent or guardian. Before such license is granted, the
stewards shall ascertain that the applicant has suitable qualifications and
aptitude to hold an apprentice jockey’s license and that the applicant has
not been previously licensed as a jockey under any jurisdiction.
d. Upon compliance with these requirements, the stewards may
issue an apprentice jockey certificate allowing the holder to claim this
allowance only in overnight races.
(1) An apprentice jockey shall ride with a five–pound
weight allowance beginning with the first mount and for one full year from the
date of the jockey’s fifth winning mount.
(2) If, after riding one full year from the date of the fifth
winning mount, the apprentice jockey has not ridden 40 winners, the applicable
weight allowance shall continue for one more year or until the fortieth winner,
whichever comes first. In no event shall a weight allowance be claimed for more
than two years from the date of the fifth winning mount, unless an extension has
been granted.
(3) The stewards may extend the weight allowance of an
apprentice jockey when, in the discretion of the stewards, the apprentice
provides proof of incapacitation for a period of seven or more consecutive days.
The allowance may be claimed for a period not to exceed the period such
apprentice was unable to ride.
(4) The apprentice jockey must have the apprentice certificate
with the jockey at all times and must keep an updated record of the first 40
winners. Prior to riding, the jockey must submit the certificate to the clerk
of scales, who will record the apprentice’s winning mounts.
6.23(3) Jockeys from foreign countries. Upon making
application for a license in this jurisdiction, jockeys from a foreign country
shall declare that they are holders of valid licenses in their countries, not
under suspension, and bound by the rules and laws of this state. To facilitate
this process, the jockey shall present a declaration sheet to the commission
representative in a language recognized in this jurisdiction.
491—6.24(99D) Jockey agent.
6.24(1) An applicant for a license as a jockey agent
shall:
a. Provide written proof of agency with at least one jockey
licensed by the commission; and
b. Be qualified, as determined by the commission
representative, by reason of experience, background, and knowledge. A jockey
agent’s license from another jurisdiction may be accepted as evidence of
experience and qualifications. Evidence of qualifications may require passing
one or both of the following:
(1) A written examination.
(2) An interview or oral examination.
c. An applicant not previously licensed as a jockey agent
shall be required to pass a written and oral examination.
6.24(2) A jockey agent may serve as agent for no more
than two jockeys and one apprentice jockey.
491—6.25(99D) Driver. In determining
eligibility for a driver’s license, the board shall consider:
1. Whether the applicant has obtained the required U.S.T.A.
license.
2. Evidence of driving experience and ability to drive in a
race.
3. The age of the applicant. No person under 18 years of age
shall be licensed by the commission as a driver.
4. Evidence of physical and mental ability.
5. Results of a written examination to determine
qualifications to drive and knowledge of commission rules.
6. Record of rule violations.
491—6.26(99D) Practicing veterinarians. Every
veterinarian practicing on facility premises must have an unrestricted and
current license to practice veterinary science issued by the state of Iowa
veterinary regulatory authority and shall be licensed by the commission in
accordance with the commission rules governing occupational licensing.
491—6.27(99D,99F) Alcohol and drug
testing.
6.27(1) Alcohol prohibition/preliminary breath test.
Licensees whose duties require them to be in a restricted area of a racing
facility shall not have present within their systems an amount of alcohol of
0.05 percent or more. A restricted area is a designated area for sample
collection, paddock, racetrack, or other area where racing officials carry out
the duties of their positions.
Acting with reasonable cause, a commission representative may
direct the above licensees to submit to a preliminary breath test. A licensee
shall, when so directed, submit to examination.
If the results show a reading of 0.05 percent alcohol content
or more, the licensee shall not be permitted to continue duties for that day.
For a second violation, the licensee shall not be permitted to continue duties
for that day and then shall be subject to fine or suspension by the board or
commission representative. For a subsequent violation the licensee may be
subject to procedures following positive chemical analysis (see
6.27(3)).
If the results show a reading of 0.10 percent alcohol content
or more, the licensee is subject to fine or suspension by the board or
commission representative. For a subsequent violation the licensee may be
subject to procedures following positive chemical analysis (see
6.27(3)).
6.27(2) Drug prohibition/body fluid test. Licensees
whose duties require them to be in a restricted area, as defined in subrule
6.27(1), of a racing facility shall not have present within their systems any
controlled substance as listed in Schedules I to V of U.S.C. Title 21 (Food and
Drug Section 812), Iowa Code chapter 124 or any prescription drug unless it was
obtained directly or pursuant to valid prescription or order from a duly
licensed physician who is acting in the course of professional practice. Acting
with reasonable cause, a commission representative may direct the above
licensees to deliver a specimen of urine or subject themselves to the taking of
a blood sample or other body fluids at a collection site approved by the
commission. In these cases, the commission representative may prohibit the
licensee from participating in racing until the licensee evidences a negative
test result. Sufficient sample should be collected to ensure a quantity for a
split sample when possible. A licensee who refuses to provide the samples
herein described shall be in violation of these rules and shall be immediately
suspended and subject to disciplinary action by the board or commission
representative. All confirmed positive test costs and any related expenses
shall be paid for by the licensee. Negative tests shall be at the expense of
the commission.
With reasonable cause noted, an on–duty commission
representative may direct a licensee to deliver a test. The commission
representative shall call the approved laboratory or hospital and provide
information regarding the person who will be coming; that the licensee will have
a photo ID; the name and number to call when the licensee arrives; to whom and
where to mail the results; and who should be called with the results. The
licensee will be directed to immediately leave the work area and proceed to an
approved laboratory or hospital for testing with the following
directions:
1. If under impairment, the licensee must have another person
drive the licensee to the laboratory or hospital.
2. On arrival at the laboratory or hospital, the licensee must
show the license to the admitting personnel for verification.
3. On arrival at the laboratory or hospital, the licensee
shall be required to sign a consent for the release of information of the
results to a commission representative.
6.27(3) Procedures following positive chemical
analysis.
a. After professional evaluation, if the licensee’s
condition proves nonaddictive and not detrimental to the best interest of
racing, and the licensee can produce a negative test result and agrees to
further testing at the discretion of the commission representative to ensure
unimpairment, the licensee may be allowed to participate in racing.
b. After professional evaluation, should the licensee’s
condition prove addictive or detrimental to the best interest of racing, the
licensee shall not be allowed to participate in racing until the licensee can
produce a negative test result and show documented proof of successful
completion of a certified alcohol/drug rehabilitation program approved by the
commission. The licensee must also agree to further testing at the discretion
of the commission representative to ensure unimpairment.
c. For a second violation, a licensee shall be suspended and
allowed to enroll in a certified alcohol/drug rehabilitation program approved by
the administrator and to apply for reinstatement only at the discretion of the
administrator.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 99D
and 99F.
ITEM 3. Amend 491—Chapter 8,
title, as follows:
CHAPTER 8
MUTUEL
DEPARTMENT
WAGERING AND SIMULCASTING
ITEM 4. Amend rule
491—8.1(99D) by adopting the following new
definitions in alphabetical order:
“Authorized receiver” means a receiver that
conducts and operates a pari–mutuel wagering system on the results of
contests being held or conducted and simulcast from the enclosures of one or
more host associations.
“Guest association” means an association which
offers licensed pari–mutuel wagering on contests conducted by another
association (the host) in either the same state or another
jurisdiction.
“Host association” means the association
conducting a licensed pari–mutuel meeting from which authorized contests
or entire performances are simulcast.
“Interstate simulcasting” means the telecast of
live audio and visual signals of pari–mutuel racing sent to or received
from a state outside the state of Iowa to an authorized racing or gaming
facility for the purpose of wagering.
“Intrastate simulcasting” means the telecast of
live audio and visual signals of pari–mutuel racing conducted on a
licensed pari–mutuel track within Iowa sent to or received from an
authorized pari–mutuel facility within Iowa for the purpose of
pari–mutuel wagering.
“Pari–mutuel output data” means the data
provided by the totalizator other than sales transaction data including, but not
limited to, the odds, will pays, race results, and payoff prices.
“Sales transaction data” means the data between
totalizator ticket–issuing machines and the totalizator central processing
unit for the purpose of accepting wagers and generating, canceling and cashing
pari–mutuel tickets and the financial information resulting from
processing sales transaction data, such as handle.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 8.2(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
8.2(3) Pari–mutuel tickets. A pari–mutuel
ticket is evidence of a contribution to the pari–mutuel pool operated by
the association and is evidence of the obligation of the association to pay to
the holder thereof such portion of the distributable amount of the
pari–mutuel pool as is represented by such valid pari–mutuel ticket.
The association shall cash all valid winning tickets when such are presented for
payment during the course of the meeting where sold, and for a specified period
after the last day of the meeting., as provided in paragraph
8.2(4)“g.”
ITEM 6. Amend 491—Chapter 8 by
adopting the following new rules:
491—8.4(99D) Simulcast wagering.
8.4(1) General.
a. Rules. All simulcasting must be transmitted live and all
wagering on simulcasting shall be made in accordance with the commission rules
on pari–mutuel wagering. Commission rules in effect during live racing
shall remain in effect during simulcasting where applicable.
b. Transmission. The method used to transmit sales
transaction and pari–mutuel output data must be approved by the
commission, based upon the determination that provisions to secure the system
and transmission are satisfactory.
c. Communication. A communication system between the host
track and the receiving facility must be provided which will allow the
totalizator operator and the commission representatives at the host track to
communicate with the facility receiving the signal. The association is
responsible during the racing program’s operating hours for reporting any
problems or delays to the public.
d. Approval.
(1) All simulcasting, both interstate and intrastate, must be
preapproved by the commission or commission representative. Each association
conducting simulcasting shall submit an annual written
simulcast proposal to the commission with the application for license renewal
required by 491— Chapter 1.
(2) The commission representative,
upon written request, may grant modifications to the annual simulcast
proposal. The commission representative may approve or disapprove simulcast
requests at the representative’s discretion. Factors that may be
considered include, but are not limited to: economic conditions of an
association, impact on other associations, impact on the Iowa breeding industry,
other gambling in the state, and any other considerations the commission
representative deems appropriate.
(3) Once simulcast authority has been granted by the
commission or commission representative, it shall be the affirmative
responsibility of the association granted simulcast
authority to obtain all necessary permission from other states and tracks to
simulcast the pari–mutuel races. In addition, the burden of adhering to
state and federal laws concerning simulcasting rests on the
association at all times.
8.4(2) Simulcast host.
a. Every host association, if requested, may contract with an
authorized receiver for the purpose of providing authorized users its simulcast.
All contracts governing participation in interstate or intrastate pools shall be
submitted to the commission representative for prior
approval. Contracts shall be of such content and in such format as required by
the commission representative.
b. A host association is responsible for the content of the
simulcast and shall use all reasonable effort to present a simulcast which
offers the viewers an exemplary depiction of each performance.
c. Unless otherwise permitted by the commission
representative, every simulcast will contain in its video content a digital
display of actual time of day, the name of the host facility from which it
emanates, the number of the contest being displayed, and any other relevant
information available to patrons at the host facility.
d. The host association shall maintain such security controls,
including encryption over its uplink and communications systems, as directed or
approved by the commission or commission representative.
e. Financial reports shall be submitted daily or as otherwise
directed by the commission representative. Reports shall be of such content and
in such format as required by the commission representative.
8.4(3) Authorized receiver.
a. An authorized receiver shall provide:
(1) Adequate transmitting and receiving equipment of
acceptable broadcast quality which shall not interfere with the closed circuit
TV system of the host association for providing any host facility patron
information.
(2) Pari–mutuel terminals, pari–mutuel odds
displays, modems and switching units enabling pari–mutuel data
transmissions, and data communications between the host and guest
associations.
(3) A voice communication system between each guest
association and the host association providing timely voice contact among the
commission representative, placing judges, and
pari–mutuel departments.
b. The guest association and all authorized receivers shall
conduct pari–mutuel wagering pursuant to the applicable commission
rules.
c. Not less than 30 minutes prior to the commencement of
transmission of the performance of pari–mutuel contests, the guest
association shall initiate a test program of its transmitter, encryption and
decoding, and data communication to ensure proper operation of the
system.
d. The guest association shall, in conjunction with the host
association(s) for which it operates pari–mutuel wagering, provide the
commission representative with a certified report of
its pari–mutuel operations as directed by the commission
representative.
e. Every authorized receiver shall file with the
commission an annual report of its simulcast operations
and an audited financial statement.
f. The mutuel manager shall notify the commission
representative when the transfer of pools, pool totals, or calculations are in
question, or if partial or total cancellations occur, and shall suggest
alternatives for continued operation. Should loss of video signal occur,
wagering may continue with approval from the commission
representative.
491—8.5(99D) Interstate common–pool
wagering.
8.5(1) General.
a. All contracts governing participation in interstate common
pools shall be submitted to the commission representative
for prior approval. Financial reports shall be submitted daily or as
otherwise directed by the commission representative. Contracts and reports
shall be of such content and in such format as required by the commission
representative.
b. Individual wagering transactions are made at the point of
sale in the state where placed. Pari–mutuel pools are combined for
computing odds and calculating payoffs but will be held separate for auditing
and all other purposes.
c. Any surcharges or withholdings in addition to the takeout
shall be applied only in the jurisdiction otherwise imposing such surcharges or
withholdings.
d. In determining whether to approve an interstate common pool
which does not include the host association or which includes contests from more
than one association, the commission representative shall consider and may
approve use of a bet type which is not utilized at the host association,
application of a takeout rate not in effect at the host association, or other
factors which are presented to the commission representative.
e. The content and format of the visual display of racing and
wagering information at facilities in other jurisdictions where wagering is
permitted in the interstate common pool need not be identical to the similar
information permitted or required to be displayed under these rules.
8.5(2) Guest state participation in interstate common
pools.
a. With the prior approval of the commission
representative, pari–mutuel wagering pools may be
combined with corresponding wagering pools in the host state, or with
corresponding pools established by one or more other jurisdictions.
b. The commission representative may
permit adjustment of the takeout from the pari–mutuel pool so that the
takeout rate in this jurisdiction is identical to that of the host association,
or identical to that of other jurisdictions participating in a merged
pool.
c. When takeout rates in the merged pools are not identical,
the net–price calculation shall be the method by which the differing
takeout rates are applied.
d. Rules established in the state of the host association
designated for a pari–mutuel pool shall apply.
e. The commission representative
shall approve agreements made between the association
and other participants in interstate common pools governing the
distribution of breakage between the jurisdictions.
f. If, for any reason, it becomes impossible to successfully
merge the bets placed into the interstate common pool, the association shall
make payoffs in accordance with payoff prices that would have been in effect if
prices for the pool of bets were calculated without regard to wagers placed
elsewhere; except that, with the permission of the commission representative,
the association may alternatively determine either to
pay winning tickets at the payoff prices at the host association, or to declare
such accepted bets void and make refunds in accordance with the applicable
rules.
8.5(3) Host state participation in merged
pools.
a. With the prior approval of the commission representative,
an association licensed to conduct pari–mutuel
wagering may determine that one or more of its contests be utilized for
pari–mutuel wagering at guest facilities in other states and may also
determine that pari–mutuel pools in guest states be combined with
corresponding wagering pools established by it as the host association or
comparable wagering pools established by two or more states.
b. When takeout rates in the merged pool are identical, the
net–price calculation shall be the method by which the differing takeout
rates are applied.
c. Rules of racing established for races held in this state
shall also apply to interstate common pools unless the commission representative
shall specifically determine otherwise.
d. The commission representative
shall approve agreements made between the association
and other participants in interstate common pools governing the
distribution of breakage between the jurisdictions.
e. Any contract for interstate common pools entered into by
the association shall contain a provision to the effect
that if, for any reason, it becomes impossible to successfully merge the bets
placed in another state into the interstate common pool formed by the
association or if, for any reason, the commission
representative or association determines that
attempting to effect transfer of pool data from the guest state may endanger the
association’s wagering pool, the
association shall have no liability for any measure
taken which may result in the guest’s wagers not being accepted into the
pool.
8.5(4) Takeout rates in interstate common
pools.
a. With the prior approval of the commission representative,
an association wishing to participate in an interstate
common pool may change its takeout rate so as to achieve a common takeout rate
with all other participants in the interstate common pool.
b. An association wishing to
participate in an interstate common pool may request that the commission
representative approve a methodology whereby host
association and guest association
states with different takeout rates for corresponding pari–mutuel
pools may effectively and equitably combine wagers from the different states
into an interstate common pool.
ITEM 7. Rescind subrule 10.4(2),
paragraph “d,” subparagraph (1), and adopt in lieu
thereof the following new subparagraph (1):
(1) Schedule. In the absence of a specific contract or
special agreement, the following jockey mount fees apply:
Purse
|
Win
|
2nd
|
3rd
|
Unplaced
|
$599 and under
|
$33
|
$33
|
$33
|
$33
|
$600–$699
|
36
|
33
|
33
|
33
|
$700–$999
|
10% Win Purse
|
33
|
33
|
33
|
$1,000–$1,499
|
10% Win Purse
|
33
|
33
|
33
|
$1,500–$1,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
35
|
33
|
33
|
$2,000–$3,499
|
10% Win Purse
|
45
|
40
|
38
|
$3,500–$4,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
55
|
45
|
40
|
$5,000–$9,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
65
|
50
|
45
|
$10,000–$14,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
50
|
$15,000–$24,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
55
|
$25,000–$49,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
65
|
$50,000–$99,999
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
80
|
$100,000 and up
|
10% Win Purse
|
5% Place Purse
|
5% Show Purse
|
105
|
ITEM 8. Rescind and reserve
491—Chapter 12.
ITEM 9. Rescind and reserve
491—Chapter 13.
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT
Notice of Electric and Natural Gas Delivery Tax
Rates
and Municipal Electric and Natural Gas
Transfer
Replacement Tax Rates
for Each Competitive Service Area
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 437A.4 and
437A.5, the Director of Revenue and Finance hereby gives notice of the electric
delivery tax rate, the municipal electric transfer replacement tax rate, the
natural gas delivery tax rate, and the municipal natural gas transfer
replacement tax rate for each competitive service area in the state. These
rates will be used in conjunction with the number of kilowatt hours of
electricity and the number of therms of natural gas delivered to consumers in
calendar year 1999 by each taxpayer to determine the tax due for each taxpayer
in the 2000–2001 fiscal year.
2000 ELECTRIC DELIVERY TAX RATES BY SERVICE
AREA
|
CO. #
|
MUNICIPAL ELECTRICS
|
DELIVERY TAX
RATE
|
3226
|
Akron Municipal Utilities
|
0.00008338
|
3201
|
Algona Municipal Utilities
|
0.00027701
|
3205
|
Alta Municipal Power Plant
|
0.00009747
|
3207
|
Ames Municipal Electric System
|
0.00000188
|
3209
|
Atlantic Municipal Utilities
|
0.00024840
|
3211
|
Bancroft Municipal Utilities
|
0.00101504
|
3213
|
Bellevue Municipal Utilities
|
0.00015474
|
3228
|
Bigelow Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00240854
|
3229
|
Bloomfield Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00002962
|
3216
|
Buffalo Municipal Electric
System
|
0.00000360
|
3221
|
Cedar Falls Municipal Elec.
Utility
|
0.00039541
|
3242
|
Corning Municipal Utilities
|
0.00035053
|
3243
|
Danville Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00000413
|
3244
|
Denison Municipal Utilities
|
0.00001595
|
3256
|
Graettinger Municipal Light
Plant
|
0.00045969
|
3258
|
Grand Junction Municipal
Utilities
|
0.00000484
|
3263
|
Harlan Municipal Utilities
|
0.00137185
|
3267
|
Hopkinton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000930
|
3271
|
Indianola Municipal Utilities
|
0.00001301
|
3233
|
Lake View Municipal Utilities
|
0.00020820
|
3274
|
Lamoni Municipal Utilities
|
0.00155795
|
3276
|
LaPorte City Utilities
|
0.00000943
|
3282
|
Manilla Municipal Elec.
Utilities
|
0.00010590
|
3285
|
Maquoketa Municipal Electric
|
0.00005867
|
3293
|
Muscatine Municipal Utilities
|
0.00010393
|
3297
|
New Hampton Municipal Light
Plant
|
0.00007789
|
3298
|
New London Municipal Utility
|
0.00068919
|
3304
|
Ogden Municipal Utilities
|
0.00006342
|
3307
|
Osage Municipal Utilities
|
0.00005151
|
3309
|
Panora Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00009932
|
3311
|
City of Pella
|
0.00007414
|
3318
|
Rock Rapids Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000479
|
3321
|
Sioux Center Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000505
|
3326
|
State Center Municipal Light
Plant
|
0.00034439
|
3327
|
Story City Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00011571
|
3328
|
Sumner Municipal Light Plant
|
0.00021044
|
3330
|
Tipton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00149179
|
3332
|
Traer Municipal Utilities
|
0.00053468
|
3337
|
Villisca Municipal Power Plant
|
0.00020736
|
3338
|
Waverly Light & Power
|
0.00079900
|
3342
|
Webster City Municipal Utilities
|
0.00038453
|
3345
|
West Bend Municipal Power Plant
|
0.00113443
|
3346
|
West Liberty Municipal Electric
Util.
|
0.00001182
|
3347
|
West Point Municipal Utility
System
|
0.00027264
|
3351
|
Winterset Municipal Utilities
|
0.00138591
|
3237
|
Coon Rapids Municipal Utilities
|
0.00069896
|
3277
|
Laurens Municipal Utilities
|
0.00045044
|
3291
|
Milford Municipal Utilities
|
0.00015128
|
3324
|
Spencer Municipal Utilities
|
0.00014636
|
3245
|
Denver Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00020566
|
3227
|
Anthon Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00013893
|
3217
|
Burt Municipal Electric Utility
|
0.00000190
|
3236
|
Coggon Municipal Light Plant
|
0.00004827
|
3252
|
Fontanelle Municipal Utilities
|
0.00036448
|
3230
|
City of Fredericksburg
|
0.00000301
|
3231
|
Glidden Municipal Electric
Utility
|
0.00000235
|
3232
|
Guttenberg Municipal Electric
|
0.00003664
|
3284
|
Mapleton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00010382
|
3288
|
McGregor Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000795
|
3234
|
Onawa Municipal Utilities
|
0.00010932
|
3315
|
Primghar Municipal Light Plant
|
0.00002288
|
3323
|
Southern Minnesota Mun. Power
|
0.00000000
|
3068
|
City of Afton
|
0.00000000
|
3069
|
Alta Vista Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3070
|
Alton Municipal Light &
Power
|
0.00000000
|
3071
|
Anita Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3072
|
City of Aplington
|
0.00000000
|
3073
|
Auburn Municipal Utility
|
0.00000000
|
3074
|
Aurelia Mun. Electric Utility
|
0.00011374
|
3075
|
Breda Mun. Electric System
|
0.00000000
|
3076
|
Brooklyn Municipal Utilities
|
0.00165903
|
3077
|
Callendar Electric
|
0.00000000
|
3078
|
Carlisle Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3079
|
Cascade Municipal Utilities
|
0.00142089
|
3080
|
Corwith Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3081
|
Dayton Light & Power
|
0.00000000
|
3082
|
City of Dike
|
0.00000000
|
3083
|
Durant Municipal Electric Plant
|
0.00000000
|
3084
|
Dysart Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3085
|
Earlville Municipal Utilities
|
0.00149960
|
3087
|
Ellsworth Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3088
|
City of Estherville
|
0.00000000
|
3089
|
City of Fairbank
|
0.00000000
|
3090
|
City of Farnhamville
|
0.00000000
|
3091
|
Fonda Municipal Electric
|
0.00000000
|
3092
|
Forest City Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3093
|
Gowrie Municipal Utilities
|
0.00161035
|
3094
|
Grafton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3095
|
Greenfield Municipal Utilities
|
0.00127783
|
3096
|
Grundy Center Light & Power
|
0.00022883
|
3097
|
Hartley Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3098
|
Hawarden Municipal Utility
|
0.00000000
|
3099
|
Hinton Municipal Electric/Water
|
0.00011001
|
3100
|
Hudson Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3101
|
Independence Light & Power
|
0.00000000
|
3102
|
Keosauqua Light & Power
|
0.00000000
|
3103
|
Kimballton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3104
|
Lake Mills Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3105
|
Lake Park Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3106
|
City of Larchwood
|
0.00000000
|
3107
|
City of Lawler
|
0.00000000
|
3108
|
City of Lehigh
|
0.00000000
|
3109
|
Lenox Mun. Light & Power
|
0.00038900
|
3110
|
Livermore Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3111
|
Long Grove Mun. Elec./Water
|
0.00000000
|
3112
|
Manning Municipal Electric
|
0.00020927
|
3113
|
City of Marathon
|
0.00000000
|
3114
|
Montezuma Municipal Light &
Power
|
0.00000000
|
3115
|
Mount Pleasant Municipal
Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3116
|
Neola Light & Water System
|
0.00000000
|
3117
|
Orange City Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3118
|
Orient Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3119
|
Paton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3120
|
Paullina Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3121
|
Pocahontas Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3122
|
Preston Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3123
|
Readlyn Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3124
|
Remsen Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3125
|
City of Renwick
|
0.00000000
|
3126
|
Rockford Municipal Light Plant
|
0.00000000
|
3127
|
Sabula Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3128
|
Sanborn Municipal Light &
Plant
|
0.00000000
|
3129
|
City of Sergeant Bluff
|
0.00000000
|
3130
|
Shelby Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3131
|
Sibley Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3132
|
Stanhope Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3133
|
Stanton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3134
|
Stratford Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3135
|
Strawberry Point Electric
Utility
|
0.00000000
|
3136
|
Stuart Municipal Utilities
|
0.00143006
|
3137
|
Vinton Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3138
|
Wall Lake Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3139
|
City of Westfield
|
0.00000000
|
3140
|
Whittemore Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3141
|
Wilton Muncipal Light &
Power
|
0.00000000
|
3142
|
Woodbine Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
3143
|
City of Woolstock
|
0.00000000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CO. #
|
IOU’s - ELECTRIC
|
DELIVERY TAX RATE
|
7206
|
Amana Society Service Co.
|
0.00049316
|
7248
|
Eldridge Electric & Water
Utilities
|
0.00077234
|
7272
|
Interstate Power
|
0.00112694
|
7270
|
IES Utilities
|
0.00253530
|
7289
|
MidAmerican Energy
|
0.00278584
|
7296
|
Nebraska Public Power District
|
0.00000000
|
7302
|
Northwestern Public Service Co.
|
0.00000000
|
7305
|
Omaha Public Power District
|
0.00151957
|
7334
|
Union Electric
|
0.00000000
|
7354
|
Geneseo Municipal Utilities
|
0.00000000
|
7359
|
BFC Electric Co. LC
|
0.00000000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CO. #
|
REC’s
|
DELIVERY TAX RATE
|
4200
|
Southwest Iowa Service Coop
|
0.00289110
|
4203
|
Allamakee Clayton Electric Coop
|
0.00093586
|
4208
|
Atchison-Holt Electric Coop
|
0.00097519
|
4214
|
Boone Valley Electric Coop
|
0.00095212
|
4246
|
East-Central Iowa REC
|
0.00234065
|
4218
|
Butler County REC
|
0.00146712
|
4219
|
Calhoun County Electric Coop
|
0.00154802
|
4220
|
Cass Electric Coop
|
0.00004637
|
4223
|
Heartland Power Coop
|
0.00077206
|
4224
|
Central Iowa Power Coop
|
0.00000000
|
4225
|
Chariton Valley Electric Coop
|
0.00116694
|
4235
|
Clarke Electric Coop
|
0.00312618
|
4240
|
Corn Belt Power Coop
|
0.00000000
|
4247
|
Eastern Iowa Light & Power
|
0.00089985
|
4249
|
Farmers Electric Coop - Kalona
|
0.00043783
|
4250
|
Farmers Electric Coop -
Greenfield
|
0.00237767
|
4253
|
Franklin Rural Electric Coop
|
0.00087592
|
4255
|
Glidden Rural Electric Coop
|
0.00132896
|
4259
|
Grundy County REC
|
0.00076201
|
4260
|
Grundy Electric Cooperative
|
0.00055899
|
4261
|
Guthrie County REC
|
0.00254000
|
4262
|
Hancock County REC
|
0.00131670
|
4265
|
Harrison County REC
|
0.00142200
|
4266
|
Hawkeye Tri-County Electric Coop
|
0.00076862
|
4268
|
Humboldt County REC
|
0.00124397
|
4279
|
Linn County REC
|
0.00223621
|
4280
|
Lyon Rural Electric Coop
|
0.00082636
|
4286
|
Maquoketa Valley Electric Coop
|
0.00221287
|
4287
|
Marshall County Rural Electric
Coop
|
0.00250237
|
4295
|
Nebraska Elec. G & T Coop
|
0.00000000
|
4299
|
Nishnabotna Valley REC
|
0.00095793
|
4336
|
United Electric Coop
|
0.00113198
|
4294
|
NW Electric Power Coop
|
0.00000000
|
4301
|
Northwest Iowa Power Coop
|
0.00000000
|
4300
|
North West Rural Electric Coop
|
0.00073490
|
4308
|
Osceola Electric Coop
|
0.00054754
|
4310
|
Pella Cooperative Electric
|
0.00218118
|
4313
|
Pleasant Hill Community Line
|
0.00032604
|
4316
|
Rideta Electric Coop
|
0.00310243
|
4319
|
S.E. Iowa Coop Electric Assn.
|
0.00084479
|
4320
|
Sac County Rural Electric Coop
|
0.00110413
|
4348
|
Western Iowa Power Coop
|
0.00101276
|
4322
|
Southern Iowa Electric Coop
|
0.00165227
|
4329
|
T.I.P. Rural Electric Coop
|
0.00230530
|
4352
|
Woodbury County Rural Electric
Coop
|
0.00127894
|
4353
|
Wright County Rural Electric
Coop
|
0.00054353
|
4251
|
Federated Rural Electric
Association
|
0.00055753
|
4254
|
Freeborn-Mower Cooperative
Services
|
0.00093016
|
4333
|
Tri County Electric Coop
|
0.00133788
|
4273
|
Iowa Lakes Electric Coop
|
0.00103630
|
4290
|
Midland Power Cooperative
|
0.00199594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000 NATURAL GAS DELIVERY TAX RATES BY SERVICE
AREA
|
CO. #
|
MUNICIPAL GAS
|
DELIVERY TAX RATE
|
5204
|
Allerton Gas
|
0.01415549
|
5335
|
United Cities Gas
|
0.00640727
|
5340
|
Wayland Municipal Gas
|
0.00319456
|
5349
|
Winfield Municipal Gas
|
0.00045468
|
5275
|
Lamoni Municipal Gas
|
0.00080185
|
5281
|
Manilla Municipal Gas
|
0.00409584
|
5283
|
Manning Municipal Gas
|
0.00015239
|
5306
|
Osage Municipal Gas
|
0.00003370
|
5241
|
Corning Municipal Gas
|
0.00000103
|
5238
|
Coon Rapids Municipal Gas
|
0.00002167
|
5344
|
West Bend Municipal Gas
|
0.00202550
|
5317
|
Rock Rapids Municipal Gas
|
0.00007831
|
5312
|
Peoples Natural Gas
|
0.00961232
|
5215
|
Brighton Gas
|
0.01228388
|
5021
|
Bedford Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5022
|
City of Bloomfield
|
0.00000000
|
5023
|
Brooklyn Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5024
|
Cascade Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5025
|
Cedar Falls Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5026
|
City of Clearfield
|
0.00000000
|
5027
|
Emmetsburg Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5028
|
City of Everly
|
0.00000000
|
5029
|
City of Fairbank
|
0.00000000
|
5030
|
Gilmore City Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5031
|
Graettinger Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5032
|
Guthrie Center Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5033
|
Harlan Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5034
|
Hartley Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5035
|
Hawarden Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5036
|
Lake Park Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5037
|
Lenox Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5038
|
Lineville City Natural Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5039
|
Lorimor Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5040
|
Montezuma Natural Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5041
|
Morning Sun Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5042
|
Moulton Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5043
|
Prescott Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5044
|
Preston Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5055
|
Remsen Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5056
|
Rolfe Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5057
|
Sabula Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5058
|
Sac City Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5059
|
Sanborn Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5060
|
Sioux Center Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5061
|
Tipton Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5063
|
Waukee Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5064
|
Wellman Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5065
|
Whittemore Municipal Gas
|
0.00000000
|
5066
|
Woodbine Gas
|
0.00000000
|
|
|
|
CO. #
|
IOU’s - GAS
|
DELIVERY TAX RATE
|
5272
|
Interstate Power
|
0.01583867
|
5270
|
IES Utilities
|
0.01261502
|
5289
|
MidAmerican Energy
|
0.01103529
|
ARC 9954A
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.14, 421.17
and 422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 7, “Practice and Procedure Before the
Department of Revenue and Finance,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapter 7 is amended to set forth a new Division III titled
“Waiver or Variance.” The purpose of this new division is to
provide a rule that implements waiver and variance provisions pursuant to 2000
Iowa Acts, House File 2206.
The proposed amendment will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
The Department has determined that this proposed amendment may
have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a
regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A if a
written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
August 14, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business, or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this proposed amendment on or before August 11, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by August 4,
2000.
This amendment is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2206.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend 701—Chapter 7 by adopting new
Division III as follows:
DIVISION III
WAIVER OR
VARIANCE
701—7.60(78GA,HF2206) Waiver or variance of certain
department rules. All discretionary rules or discretionary provisions in a
rule over which the department has jurisdiction, in whole or in part, may be
subject to waiver or variance. See 7.60(3) and 7.60(4).
7.60(1) Definitions. The following terms apply to the
interpretation and application of this rule:
“Discretionary rule” or “discretionary
provisions in a rule” means rules or provisions in rules resulting from a
delegation by the legislature to the department to create a binding rule to
govern a given issue or area. The department is not interpreting any statutory
provision of the law promulgated by the legislature in a discretionary rule.
Instead, a discretionary rule is authorized by the legislature when the
legislature has delegated the creation of binding rules to the department and
the contents of such rules are at the discretion of the department. A rule that
contains both discretionary and interpretive provisions is deemed to be a
discretionary rule to the extent of the discretionary provisions in the
rule.
“Interpretive rules” or “interpretive
provisions in rules” means rules or provisions in rules which
define the meaning of a statute or other provision of law or precedent where the
department does not possess the delegated authority to bind the courts to any
extent with its definition.
“Waiver or variance” means an agency action, which
suspends, in whole or in part, the requirements or provisions of a rule as
applied to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of
that person.
7.60(2) Scope of rule. This rule creates generally
applicable standards and a generally applicable process for granting individual
waivers or variances from the discretionary rules or discretionary
provisions in rules adopted by the department in situations where no
other specifically applicable law provides for waivers or variances. To the
extent another more specific provision of law purports to govern the issuance of
a waiver or variance from a particular rule, the more specific waiver or
variance provision shall supersede this rule with respect to any waiver or
variance from that rule.
The waiver or variance provisions set forth in this rule do
not apply to rules over which the department does not have jurisdiction or when
issuance of the waiver or variance would be inconsistent with any applicable
statute, constitutional provision or other provision of law.
7.60(3) Applicability of this rule. This rule applies
only to waiver or variance of those departmental rules that are within the
exclusive rule–making authority of the department. This chapter shall not
apply to interpretive rules that merely interpret or construe the
meaning of a statute, or other provision of law or precedent, if the department
does not possess statutory authority to bind a court, to any extent, with its
interpretation or construction. Thus, this waiver or variance rule applies to
discretionary rules and discretionary provisions in rules, and not to
interpretive rules.
The application of this rule is strictly limited to petitions
for waiver or variance filed outside of a contested case proceeding. Petitions
for waiver or variance from a discretionary rule or discretionary provisions in
rules filed after the commencement of a contested case as provided in
701—7.47(17A) will be treated as an issue of the contested case to be
determined by the presiding officer of the contested case.
7.60(4) Authority to grant a waiver or variance. The
director may not issue a waiver or variance under this rule unless:
a. The legislature has delegated authority sufficient to
justify the action; and
b. The waiver or variance is consistent with statutes
and other provisions of law. No waiver or variance from any mandatory
requirement imposed by statute may be granted under this rule.
7.60(5) Criteria for waiver or variance. The director
may, in the director’s sole discretion, issue an order in response to a
petition, granting a waiver or variance from a discretionary rule or a
discretionary provision in a rule adopted by the department, in whole or in
part, as applied to the circumstances of a specified person, if the director
finds that the waiver or variance is consistent with subrules 7.60(3) and
7.60(4), and if all of the following criteria are also met:
a. The waiver or variance would not prejudice the substantial
legal rights of any person;
b. The rule or provisions of the rule are not
specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
c. The application of the rule or rule provision would
result in an undue hardship or injustice to the petitioner; and
d. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by means other than that prescribed in the rule or
rule provision for which the waiver or variance is requested.
7.60(6) Director’s discretion. The final
decision to grant or deny a waiver or variance shall be vested in the director
of revenue and finance. This decision shall be made at the sole
discretion of the director based upon consideration of relevant
facts.
7.60(7) Burden of persuasion. The burden of
persuasion shall be on the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the director should exercise discretion to grant the petitioner a
waiver or variance based upon the criteria contained in subrule
7.60(5).
7.60(8) Contents of petition. A petition for waiver
or variance must be in the following format:
Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance
Name of Petitioner
|
*
|
Petition for
|
Address of Petitioner
|
*
|
Waiver
|
Type of Tax at Issue
|
*
|
Docket No. ____
|
A petition for waiver or variance must contain all of the
following, where applicable and known to the petitioner:
a. The name, address, telephone number, and case
number or state identification number of the person or entity for
whom a waiver or variance is being requested;
b. A description and citation of the specific rule or rule
provisions from which a waiver or variance is being requested;
c. The specific waiver or variance requested, including a
description of the precise scope and operative period for which the petitioner
wants the waiver or variance to extend;
d. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance. This statement shall include a signed statement
from the petitioner attesting to the accuracy of the facts represented in the
petition, and a statement of reasons that the petitioner believes will justify a
waiver or variance;
e. A complete history of any prior contacts between the
petitioner and the department relating to the activity affected by the proposed
waiver or variance, including audits, notices of assessment, refund claims,
contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating to the activity
within the last five years;
f. Any information known to the petitioner relating to
the department’s treatment of similar cases;
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which might be affected by the grant of a waiver
or variance;
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the granting of the waiver or
variance;
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance;
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge of relevant facts to furnish the department with information
relating to the waiver or variance;
k. If the petitioner seeks to have identifying details
deleted, which deletion is authorized by statute, such details must be
listed with the statutory authority for the deletion; and
l. Signature by the petitioner at the conclusion of the
petition attesting to the accuracy and truthfulness of the information set forth
in the petition.
7.60(9) Filing of petition. A petition for waiver or
variance must be filed with the clerk of the hearings section for the Department
of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, Fourth Floor, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309.
7.60(10) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the director may request
additional information from the petitioner relating to the petition and
surrounding circumstances. The director may, on the director’s own
motion, or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or
in–person meeting between the petitioner or the petitioner’s
representative, or both, and the director to discuss the petition and
surrounding circumstances.
7.60(11) Notice of petition for waiver or variance.
The petitioner will provide, within 30 days of filing the petition for waiver or
variance, a notice consisting of a concise summary of the contents of the
petition for waiver or variance and stating that the petition is pending. Such
notice will be mailed by the petitioner to all persons entitled to such notice.
Such persons to whom notice must be mailed include, but are not limited to, the
director and all parties to the petition for variance or waiver, or the
parties’ representatives. The petitioner must then file written notice
with the clerk of the hearings section for the department (address indicated
above) attesting that the notice has been mailed. The names, addresses and
telephone numbers of the persons to whom the notices were mailed shall be
included in the filed written notice. The department has the discretion to give
such notice to persons other than those persons notified by the
petitioner.
7.60(12) Ruling on a petition for waiver or variance.
An order granting or denying a waiver or variance must conform to the
following:
a. An order granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be
in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person and rule or
rule provision to which the order pertains, a statement of the relevant facts
and reasons upon which the action is based and a description of the narrow and
precise scope and operative time period of a waiver or variance, if one is
issued.
b. If a petition requested the deletion of identifying
details, then the order must either redact the details prior to the placement of
the order in the public record file referenced in subrule 7.60(17) or set forth
the grounds for denying the deletion of identifying details as
requested.
c. Conditions. The director may condition the grant of
a waiver or variance on any conditions which the director deems to
be reasonable and appropriate in order to protect the public health, safety and
welfare.
7.60(13) Time period for waiver or variance;
extension. Unless otherwise provided, an order granting a petition for
waiver or variance will be effective for 12 months from the date the order
granting the waiver or variance is issued. Renewal of a granted waiver or
variance is not automatic. To renew the waiver or variance beyond the
12–month period, the petitioner must file a new petition requesting a
waiver or variance. The renewal petition will be governed by the
provisions in this rule and must be filed prior to the expiration date of
the previously issued waiver or variance or extension of waiver or variance.
Even if the order granting the waiver or variance was issued in a contested case
proceeding, any request for an extension shall be filed with and acted upon by
the director. However, renewal petitions must request an extension of a
previously issued waiver or variance. Granting the extension of the
waiver or variance is at the director’s sole discretion and
must be based upon whether the factors set out in subrules 7.60(4) and 7.60(5)
remain valid.
7.60(14) Time for ruling. The director shall grant or
deny a petition for waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any event,
shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
in writing to a later date or the director indicates in a written order that
it is impracticable to issue the order within the 120–day
period.
7.60(15) When deemed denied. Failure of the director
to grant or deny a waiver or variance within the 120–day or the extended
time period shall be deemed a denial of that petition.
7.60(16) Service of orders. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this rule shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
7.60(17) Record keeping. The department is required
to maintain a record of all petitions for waiver or variance and rulings
granting or denying petitions for waiver or variance.
a. Petitions for waiver or variance. The department shall
maintain a record of all petitions for waiver or variance available for public
inspection. Such records will be indexed and filed and made available for
public inspection at the clerk of the hearings section for the department at the
address previously set forth in subrule 7.60(9).
b. Report of orders granting or denying a waiver or variance.
All orders granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be summarized in a
semiannual report to be drafted by the department and submitted to the
administrative rules coordinator and the administrative rules review
committee.
7.60(18) Cancellation of waiver or variance. A waiver
or variance issued pursuant to this rule may be withdrawn, canceled, or modified
if, after appropriate notice, the director issues an order finding any of the
following:
a. The person who obtained the waiver or variance order
withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety or
desirability of the waiver or variance; or
b. The alternative means for assuring that public health,
safety, and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver or
variance order have been demonstrated to be insufficient, and no other means
exist to protect the substantial legal rights of any person; or
c. The person who obtained the waiver or variance has failed
to comply with all of the conditions in the waiver or variance order.
7.60(19) Violations. A violation of a condition in a
waiver or variance order shall be treated as a violation of the particular rule
or rule provision for which the waiver or variance was granted. As a
result, the recipient of a waiver or variance under this rule who violates a
condition of the waiver or variance may be subject to the same remedies or
penalties as a person who violates the rule or rule provision at
issue.
7.60(20) Defense. After an order granting a waiver or
variance is issued, the order shall constitute a defense, within the terms and
the specific facts indicated therein, for the person to whom the order pertains
in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked, unless
subrules 7.60(18) and 7.60(19) are applicable.
7.60(21) Hearing and appeals. Appeals from a decision
in a contested case proceeding granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be
in accordance with 701—Chapter 7 governing hearings and appeals from
decisions in contested cases. These appeals shall be taken within 30 days of
the issuance of the ruling granting or denying the waiver or variance request,
unless a different time is provided by rule or statute, such as provided in the
area of license revocation (see 701—7.55(17A)).
The provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A and the
department rules 701—Chapter 7 regarding contested case proceedings shall
apply to any petition for waiver or variance of a rule or provisions in a
rule filed within a contested case proceeding. A petition for waiver or
variance of a rule provision in a rule outside of a contested case
proceeding will not be considered under the statutes or the department’s
rules relating to contested case proceedings. Instead, the director’s
decision on the petition for waiver or variance is considered to be “other
agency action.”
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House File
2206.
ARC 9953A
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 20, “Foods for Human Consumption, Prescription
Drugs, Insulin, Hypodermic Syringes, Diabetic Testing Materials, Prosthetic,
Orthotic or Orthopedic Devices,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The legislature recently amended the Iowa Code to exempt
purchases of certain types of clothing and footwear from Iowa sales and use tax
during a two–day period in August. The Department has drafted a new rule
interpreting and explaining the exemption in some detail.
The proposed rule will not necessitate additional expenditures
by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract with political
subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of this rule would result in hardship or injustice to
that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the discretionary
provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that this proposed rule may have
an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors listed
in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section
10]. The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code
Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10] if a
written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
August 14, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this proposed rule on or before August 11, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by August 4,
2000.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.45 as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2351.
This rule was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is
published herein as ARC 9952A. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
June 1, 1999 — June 30, 1999 7.25%
July 1, 1999 — July 31, 1999 7.50%
August 1, 1999 — August 31, 1999 8.00%
September 1, 1999 — September 30, 1999 8.00%
October 1, 1999 — October 31, 1999 8.00%
November 1, 1999 — November 30, 1999 8.00%
December 1, 1999 — December 31, 1999 8.00%
January 1, 2000 — January 31, 2000 8.00%
February 1, 2000 — February 29, 2000 8.25%
March 1, 2000 — March 31, 2000 8.75%
April 1, 2000 — April 30, 2000 8.50%
May 1, 2000 — May 31, 2000 8.25%
June 1, 2000 — June 30, 2000 8.00%
July 1, 2000 — July 31, 2000 8.50%
ARC 9976A
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 476.1 and 476.2 (1999)
and 476.87 (1999 Supp.), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on June
21, 2000, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–00–7, In
re: Natural Gas Marketer Certification, “Order Commencing Rule
Making” to consider amendments to 199 IAC 2.2(17A,474), 19.13(6), and
19.14(476).
In 1999, the Legislature adopted Iowa Code Supplement section
476.87, which authorizes the Board to certify natural gas marketers in Iowa.
This legislation directed the Board to adopt rules establishing the criteria for
certification of competitive natural gas providers and aggregators.
In the March 3, 2000, “Order Terminating Small Volume
Gas Dockets and Discussing Tariff Filing Requirements,” Docket No.
NOI–98–3, the Board decided to pursue the tariff approach for
implementation of small volume gas transportation. The March 2000,
“Report of the Board into Small Volume Gas Transportation” in Docket
No. NOI–98–3 discussed minimal “transition–like”
marketer certification rules under the tariff approach. The proposed amendments
are consistent with that discussion.
Proposed 199 IAC 19.14(476) sets forth different standards for
small and large volume customers. Natural gas marketers have been serving large
volume customers for many years. Marketers proposing to serve small volume
customers will be required to provide significantly more information than those
marketers serving only large volume customers. Because small volume customers
do not have the resources to research and evaluate a marketer’s
operational ability and business practices, or the bargaining position or
sophistication to demand certain rights, the Board believes it is appropriate to
include more protections for small volume customers in this proposal.
The amendments provide that any competitive natural gas
provider (CNGP) providing service to an Iowa retail end user after the effective
date of the rule must have a certificate in order to provide service to Iowa
retail end users. The rule allows a CNGP which has provided service prior to
the effective date of the rule to continue to provide service by filing for a
certificate by February 1, 2001. A CNGP is a person who takes title to natural
gas and sells it for consumption by a retail end user in the state of Iowa.
CNGP includes an affiliate of an Iowa public utility and an aggregator as
defined in Iowa Code Supplement section 476.86. CNGP excludes a public utility
which is subject to rate regulation under Iowa Code chapter 476 and a
municipally owned utility which provides natural gas service within its
incorporated area or within the municipal natural gas competitive service area,
as defined in Iowa Code Supplement section 437A.3(20)“a”(1), in
which the municipally owned utility is located.
Under the proposed amendments, the Board will act on a
certification application within 90 days unless it determines an additional 60
days is necessary. Applications will be considered complete and the
90–day period will commence when all required items are submitted.
Applicants will be notified of deficiencies and given 30 days to complete the
applications.
In addition, the Board proposes to amend 199 IAC 19.13(6)
concerning the written notice of risk pertaining to transportation users. The
amendments limit that concept to the current existing large volume
customers.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4(1)“a” and
“b,” any interested person may file a written statement of position
pertaining to the proposed amendments. The statement must be filed on or before
August 1, 2000, by filing an original and ten copies in a form substantially
complying with 199 IAC 2.2(2). All written statements should clearly state the
author’s name and address and should make specific reference to this
docket. All communications should be directed to the Executive Secretary, Iowa
Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0069.
A public hearing to receive comments on the proposed
amendments will be held at 10 a.m. on August 23, 2000, in the Board’s
hearing room at the address listed above. Pursuant to 199 IAC 3.7(17A,474), all
interested persons may participate in this proceeding. Persons with
disabilities requiring assistive services or devices to observe or participate
should contact the Utilities Board at (515)281–5256 in advance of the
scheduled date to request that appropriate arrangements be made.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A and Iowa Code Supplement sections 476.86 and 476.87.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 199—2.2(17A,474)
by adopting new subrule 2.2(17) as follows:
2.2(17) Application for certification of competitive
natural gas providers (CNGP).
STATE OF IOWA BEFORE THE IOWA UTILITIES BOARD
|
IN RE: (insert applicant name)
|
}
|
DOCKET NO._________ (completed by
board)
APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATION OF COMPETITIVE NATURAL GAS
PROVIDER OR AGGREGATOR
|
Contents of Application
1. The legal name and all trade names under which the
applicant will operate, a description of the business structure of the
applicant, evidence of authority to do business in Iowa, and the
applicant’s state of organization.
2. The names, business addresses and business telephone
numbers of the principal officers of the applicant who can be contacted
regarding its operations in Iowa and a telephone number(s) at which the CNGP can
be contacted 24 hours a day.
3. Identification of affiliates that are certified under
199—19.14(476) and a listing of the names and addresses of all the
applicant’s affiliates engaged in the provision of competitive natural gas
services in any other state.
4. A listing of all legal actions and formal complaints
pertaining to the provision of competitive natural gas services in the United
States filed against the applicant or its affiliates at a public utility
regulatory body other than the board that were pending in the 12 months prior to
the date of the request for certificate, including identification of the title
and number of applicable proceedings and a copy of the final orders in such
proceedings or the citation to the website where the text of the orders can be
found.
5. Identification of the states in which the applicant or an
affiliate has had a license or certificate to supply energy services suspended,
revoked, or denied, including identification of the title and number of any
applicable proceedings and a copy of any final orders in such proceedings or the
citation to the website where the text of the orders can be found.
6. Applicants who will be serving small volume customers must
provide a demonstration that the applicant has the operational and financial
capability to obtain and deliver the services it proposes to offer. At a
minimum, applicants are required to submit financial statements. The applicant
must submit a balance sheet, statement of income, statement of cash flow, and,
if applicable, a statement of shareholders’ equity and the
applicant’s debt structure, including bond rating. As a demonstration of
the applicant’s operational ability, the applicant must submit a roster of
officers and directors, a description of the professional backgrounds of the
applicant’s principal managerial and technical personnel, an operational
flow chart, and a description of the applicant’s facilities and the
services it intends to render.
7. A commitment to comply with all the applicable conditions
of certification contained in 199—subrules 19.14(5) and 19.14(6).
Acknowledgment that failure to comply with all the applicable conditions of
certification may result in the revocation of the CNGP’s
certificate.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 19.13(6) as
follows:
19.13(6) Written notice of risks. The utility must
notify its customers large volume users as defined in
19.14(1) contracting for transportation service in writing that unless the
customer buys system supply reserve service from the utility, the utility is not
obligated to supply gas to the customer. The notice must also advise the
customer large volume user of the nature of any
identifiable penalties, any administrative or reconnection costs associated with
purchasing available firm or interruptible gas, and how any available gas would
be priced by the utility. The notice may be provided through a contract
provision or separate written instrument. The customer
large volume user must acknowledge in writing that it has been made aware
of the risks and accepts the risks.
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule
199—19.14(476) as follows and renumber rules 199—19.14(476)
and 199—19.15(476) as 199—19.15(476) and
199—19.16(476):
199—19.14(476) Certification of competitive natural
gas providers and aggregators.
19.14(1) Definitions. The following words and terms,
when used in these rule shall have the meanings indicated below:
“Competitive natural gas provider” or
“CNGP” means a person who takes title to natural gas and sells it
for consumption by a retail end user in the state of Iowa. CNGP includes an
affiliate of an Iowa public utility. CNGP includes aggregator as defined in
Iowa Code Supplement section 476.86. CNGP excludes the following:
1. A public utility which is subject to rate regulation under
Iowa Code chapter 476.
2. A municipally owned utility which provides natural gas
service within its incorporated area or within the municipal natural gas
competitive service area, as defined in Iowa Code Supplement section
437A.3(20)“a”(1), in which the municipally owned utility is
located.
“Competitive natural gas services” means natural
gas sold at retail in this state excluding natural gas sold by a public utility
or a municipally owned utility as provided in the definition of CNGP in
19.14(1).
“Large volume user” means any end user whose usage
exceeds 25,000 therms in any month or 100,000 therms in any consecutive
12–month period.
“Small volume user” means any end user whose usage
does not exceed 25,000 therms in any month and does not exceed 100,000 therms in
any consecutive 12–month period.
19.14(2) General requirement to obtain certificate. A
CNGP shall not provide service to an Iowa retail end user without a certificate
approved by the utilities board pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement section 476.87.
An exception to this requirement is a CNGP which has provided service to retail
customers before the effective date of this rule. A CNGP subject to this
exception shall file for a certificate under the provisions of this rule on or
before February 1, 2001, to continue providing service pending the approval of
the certificate.
19.14(3) Filing requirements and application process.
Applications shall be made in the format and contain all of the information
required in 199—subrule 2.2(17). Applications must be filed with the
executive secretary at Iowa Utilities Board, 350 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319. An original and ten copies must be filed. An application fee of $125
must be included with the application to cover the administrative costs of
accepting and processing a filing. In addition, each applicant will be billed
an hourly rate for actual time spent by board staff reviewing the
application.
An applicant shall notify the board during the pendency of the
certification request of any material change in the representations and
commitments required by this subrule within 14 days of such change. Any new
legal actions or formal complaints as identified in 199—numbered paragraph
2.2(17)“4” are considered material changes in the request. Once
certified, CNGPs shall notify the board of any material change in the
representations and commitments required for certification within 14 days of
such change.
19.14(4) Deficiencies and board determination. The
board will act on a certification application within 90 days unless it
determines an additional 60 days is necessary. Applications will be considered
complete and the 90–day period will commence when all required items are
submitted. Applicants will be notified of deficiencies and given 30 days to
complete applications.
19.14(5) Conditions of certification. As a condition
for maintaining certification and the right to provide competitive natural gas
services in Iowa, unless the board makes other provision by order, all CNGPs
shall be subject to the following conditions:
a. Unauthorized charges. A CNGP shall not charge or attempt
to collect any charges from end users for any competitive natural gas services
or natural gas equipment not contracted for or otherwise agreed to by the end
user.
b. Notification of emergencies. Upon receipt of information
from an end user of the existence of an emergency situation with respect to
delivery service, a CNGP shall immediately contact the appropriate public
utility whose facilities may be involved. The CNGP shall also provide the end
user with the emergency telephone number of the public utility.
c. Reports to the board. Each CNGP shall file a report with
the utilities board on April 1 of each year for the 12–month period ending
December 31 of the previous year. This information may be filed with a request
for confidentiality, pursuant to rule 199—1.9(22). For each utility
distribution system, the report shall contain the following information for its
Iowa operations:
(1) The average number of small volume end users served per
month.
(2) The average number of large volume end users served per
month.
(3) The total volume of sales to small volume end users, by
month.
(4) The total volume of sales to large volume end users, by
month.
(5) The revenue collected from small volume end users for
competitive natural gas services excluding any revenue collected from end users
on behalf of utilities.
(6) The revenue collected from large volume end users for
competitive natural gas services excluding any revenue collected from end users
on behalf of utilities.
(7) The date the applicant began providing service in
Iowa.
19.14(6) Additional conditions applicable to CNGPs
providing service to small volume end users. All CNGPs providing service to
small volume natural gas end users shall be subject to the following conditions
in addition to those listed under subrule 19.14(5).
a. Customer deposits. Compliance with the following
provisions of this chapter:
Customer deposits – subrule 19.4(2)
Interest on customer deposits – subrule
19.4(3)
Customer deposit records – subrule 19.4(4)
Customer’s receipt for a deposit – subrule
19.4(5)
Deposit refund – subrule 19.4(6)
Unclaimed deposits – subrule 19.4(7)
b. Bills to end users. A CNGP shall include on end user bills
all of the following:
(1) The period of time for which the billing is
applicable.
(2) The amount owed for current service, including an
itemization of all charges.
(3) Any past due amount owed.
(4) The last date for timely payment.
(5) The amount of penalty for any late payment.
(6) The location for or method of remitting payment.
(7) A toll–free telephone number for the end user to
call for information and to make complaints regarding the CNGP.
(8) A toll–free telephone number for the end user to
contact the CNGP in the event of an emergency.
(9) A toll–free telephone number for the end user to
notify the public utility of an emergency regarding delivery service.
(10) Information regarding regulated rates, charges, refunds,
and services as required by the board.
c. Disclosure. Each prospective end user must receive in
writing, prior to initiation of service, all terms and conditions of service and
all rights and responsibilities of the end user associated with the offered
service.
d. Notice of service termination. Notice must be provided to
the end user and the local distribution company at least 12 calendar days prior
to service termination. CNGPs are prohibited from physically disconnecting the
end user or threatening disconnection for any reason.
e. Transfer of accounts. CNGPs are prohibited from
transferring the account of any end user to another supplier except with the
consent of the end user. This provision does not preclude a CNGP from
transferring all or a portion of its accounts pursuant to a sale or transfer of
all or a substantial portion of a CNGP’s business in Iowa, provided that
the transfer satisfies all of the following conditions:
(1) The transferee will serve the affected end users through a
certified CNGP;
(2) The transferee will honor the transferor’s contracts
with the affected end users;
(3) The transferor provides written notice of the transfer to
each affected end user prior to the transfer; and
(4) Any affected end user is given 30 days to change to a
competing CNGP without penalty.
f. Bond requirement. The board may require the applicant to
file a bond or other demonstration of its financial capability to satisfy claims
and expenses that can reasonably be anticipated to occur as part of operations
under its certificate, including the failure to honor contractual commitments.
The adequacy of the bond or demonstration shall be determined by the board and
reviewed by the board from time to time. In determining the adequacy of the
bond or demonstration, the board shall consider the extent of the services to be
offered, the size of the provider, and the size of the load to be served, with
the objective of ensuring that the board’s financial requirements do not
create unreasonable barriers to market entry.
g. Replacement cost for supply failure. If a CNGP fails to
deliver at least 90 percent of the natural gas required for its end users for a
24–hour period, the public utility will procure natural gas on the open
market to serve those end users. The CNGP will pay the utility three times the
actual replacement cost for the natural gas. Replacement cost revenue will be
credited to the public utility’s system purchase gas adjustment.
ARC 9958A
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
DIVISION[876]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to amend Chapter 8, “Substantive and Interpretive Rules,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This amendment specifies the amount of transportation expense
allowed for the use of a private auto for medical treatment or examination for a
work–related injury. The rate of reimbursement for transportation expense
has historically corresponded to the rate the state of Iowa pays state employees
and board members for use of personal vehicles. On May 1, 2000, the Department
of General Services determined that, effective July 1, 2000, the rate will be 29
cents per mile.
The Division of Workers’ Compensation has determined
that this proposed amendment will not necessitate additional annual expenditures
exceeding $100,000 by political subdivisions or agencies which contract with
political subdivisions. Therefore, no fiscal note accompanies this
Notice.
The Division of Workers’ Compensation has determined
that this amendment will not have an impact on small business within the meaning
of Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before August 1, 2000, to the Workers’
Compensation Commissioner, Division of Workers’ Compensation, 1000 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
The proposed amendment does not include a waiver provision
because rule 876—12.4(17A) provides the specified situations for waiver of
Workers’ Compensation Division rules.
This amendment was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is
published herein as ARC 9957A. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
85.27 and 85.39.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 9973A
CRIMINAL AND JUVENILE JUSTICE PLANNING
DIVISION[428]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3, the
Division of Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning hereby rescinds Chapter 1,
“Functions,” Chapter 3, “Juvenile Justice Advisory
Council,” Chapter 4, “Juvenile Crime Prevention Community Grant
Fund,” and Chapter 5, “Juvenile Accountability Incentive Block Grant
Program (JAIBG),” and adopts new Chapter 1, “Functions,” and
new Chapter 3, “Juvenile Justice Youth Development Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
A bill governing the juvenile crime prevention community grant
program, 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2429, passed the legislature this past
session and was signed by the Governor May 8, 2000. Senate File 2429 amends
Iowa Code section 232.190 and changes the distribution of funding for that
program and requires administrative rule changes. Additionally, pursuant to the
Governor’s Executive Order Numbers 8 and 9, the Division is reorganizing
and amending its rules to consolidate programs and facilitate the disbursement
of funds to communities.
Notice of Intended Action was published on May 17, 2000, as
ARC 9841A. A public hearing was held June 6, 2000, and no comments were
provided at the hearing. These rules are identical to those published under
Notice of Intended Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2),
these rules became effective upon filing on June 22, 2000, to allow the Division
to distribute funds to communities. These rules confer a benefit on those
communities.
This amendment does not provide for waivers because, in order
to fairly distribute funds, the same rules must apply to all
communities.
These rules became effective June 22, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
216A.131 to 216A.138 and section 232.190 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2429.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 428—Chapters 1 and 3 and adopt
new Chapters 1 and 3 and rescind and reserve
Chapters 4 and 5:
CHAPTER 1
FUNCTIONS
428—1.1(216A) Definitions. As used in this
chapter:
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
division of criminal and juvenile justice planning.
“Criminal and juvenile justice planning advisory council
(CJJPAC)” means the advisory council established in Iowa Code section
216A.132.
“Division” means the division of criminal and
juvenile justice planning.
“Juvenile justice advisory council (JJAC)” means
the state advisory group described in P.L. 93–415, Section 223(a)(3), and
established through executive order to oversee the administration of the
Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act (JJDPA) formula grants in
Iowa.
428—1.2(216A,PL93–415) Function of the
division.
1.2(1) The division shall provide staff support to the
CJJPAC and the JJAC and shall assist them with the coordination of their
efforts. Additionally, the division shallperform functions consistent with the
duties and requirements outlined in Iowa Code chapter 216A, subchapter 9, P.L.
93–415 and other relevant federal and state requirements.
1.2(2) The division shall establish and maintain
procedures to collect and report all instances of juvenile detention and
confinement occurring in the state of Iowa consistent with P.L. 93–415,
Section 223(a)(15). The monitoring function shall include the
following:
a. The division shall collect relevant self–report
information and perform on–site verification of data from jails, police
lockups, juvenile detention facilities, state training schools, mental health
institutes, locked residential treatment facilities for youth and other secure
facilities.
b. Through written agreement, the jail inspection unit of the
department of corrections shall provide the division and the specific jails and
lockups with certification of their ability to separate juveniles and adults,
consistent with P.L. 93–415, Section 223(a)(13).
c. Through written agreement, the department of inspections
and appeals shall provide information to the division on holdings relative to
P.L. 93–415, Section 223(a)(12)(A), in contracted private facilities that
the department of inspections and appeals has authority to inspect.
d. Through written agreement, the department of human services
shall provide information to the division on holdings relative to P.L.
93–415, Section 223(a)(12)(A), in state institutions that the department
of human services administers.
1.2(3) Inquiries shall be directed to the division,
the CJJPAC or the JJAC, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Office hours are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.
428—1.3(216A) Function and activity of the
CJJPAC. The CJJPAC is established by Iowa Code section 216A.132 and is
charged with the responsibility to identify and analyze justice system issues of
concern; develop and assist others in implementing recommendations and plans for
system improvement; and provide for a clearinghouse of justice system
information to coordinate with data resource agencies and to assist others in
the use of justice system data. The CJJPAC shall advise the division on its
administration of state and federal grants and appropriations and shall carry
out other functions consistent with the intent of Iowa Code chapter 216A,
subchapter 9.
428—1.4(216A) Function and activity of the JJAC.
The JJAC is established through executive order pursuant toP.L. 93–415 to
advise the division on juvenile justice issues; make recommendations to the
governor and legislature; review and comment on the division’s reporting
of Iowa’s compliance with the requirements of P.L. 93–415, Sections
223(a)(12), (13), (14) and (23); advise the division on its administration of
state and federal grants and appropriations; supervise the division’s
administration of the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act formula
grant and Title V delinquency prevention programs established in P.L.
93–415; and carry out other functions consistent with the intent ofP.L.
93–415.
428—1.5(216A) CJJPAC and JJAC
meetings.
1.5(1) Notice of meetings of the CJJPAC and the JJAC
shall be published 24 hours in advance of the meeting and will be mailed to
interested persons upon request. The notice shall contain the specific date,
time, and place of the meeting. Agendas shall be available by mail from the
division to any interested persons if requested not less than five days in
advance of the meeting. All meetings shall be open to the public, unless a
closed session is voted by two–thirds of the entire membership or by all
members present for one of the reasons specified in Iowa Code section 21.5.
Special or electronic meetings may be called by the chair upon a finding of good
cause and shall be held in accordance with Iowa Code section 21.8. CJJPAC or
JJAC meetings shall be governed by the following procedures:
a. Persons wishing to appear before the CJJPAC or the JJAC
shall submit the request to the respective council not less than five days prior
to the meeting. Presentations may be made at the discretion of the respective
chair and only upon matters appearing on the agenda.
b. Persons wishing to submit written material shall do so at
least five days in advance of the scheduled meeting to ensure that CJJPAC or
JJAC members have adequate time to receive and evaluate the material.
c. At the conclusion of each meeting, a time, date and place
of the next meeting shall be set unless such meeting was previously scheduled
and announced.
d. Cameras and recording devices may be used at open meetings
provided they do not obstruct the meeting. The chair may request a person using
such a device to discontinue its use when it is obstructing the meeting. If the
person fails to comply with this request, the presiding officer shall order that
person excluded from the meeting.
e. The chair may exclude any person from the meeting for
repeated behavior that disrupts or obstructs the meeting.
f. Other meeting protocol and procedures consistent with this
subrule and Iowa Code chapter 21 may be established by the CJJPAC or the JJAC
through bylaws approved by a majority of the members of the council subject to
the bylaws.
1.5(2) Minutes of CJJPAC or JJAC meetings are prepared
and are available for inspection at the division office during business hours.
Copies may be obtained without charge by contacting the office.
1.5(3) The CJJPAC or JJAC may form committees to carry
out those duties as are assigned by the respective council. Meetings of the
committees shall conform to the conditions governing the respective full
councils as listed in subrule 1.5(1).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A,
Iowa Code sections 216A.131 to 216A.136, and section 232.190 as amended by 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2429, and Public Law 93–415.
CHAPTER 3
JUVENILE JUSTICE
YOUTH DEVELOPMENT
PROGRAM
428—3.1(216A,232) Definitions. As used in this
chapter:
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
division of criminal and juvenile justice planning within the department of
human rights.
“Applicant” means a city, county or other
designated eligible entity preparing and submitting an application for funding
through this program.
“Application” means a request to the division for
funding that complies with federal and state requirements.
“Criminal and juvenile justice planning advisory council
(CJJPAC)” means the advisory council established in Iowa Code section
216A.132.
“Decategorization,” as established in Iowa Code
section 232.188, means the department of human services’ program whereby
approved counties are permitted to pool their allocations of designated state
and federal child welfare and juvenile justice funding streams, establish local
planning and governance structures, and design and implement service systems
that are more effective in meeting local needs.
“Decategorization governance board” means
the board required to provide direction and governance for a decategorization
project, pursuant to Iowa Code section 232.188.
“Division” means the division of criminal and
juvenile justice planning within the department of human rights.
“Formula–based allocation” means a process
that uses a formula to determine funding amounts to units of government or local
public planning entities on a statewide basis.
“Grant review committee” means a committee
established by the JJAC, the CJJPAC or the division to review and rank
applications for funding. Individuals who are not members of the JJAC or the
CJJPAC may serve on this committee.
“Justice Research and Statistics Association
(JRSA)” is a national nonprofit organization that provides a clearinghouse
of current information on state criminal justice research, programs, and
publications.
“Juvenile Accountability Incentive Block Grant
(JAIBG)” means a federally funded program to provide state and local
governments funds to develop programs to reduce delinquency, improve the
juvenile justice system, and increase accountability for juvenile
offenders.
“Juvenile crime prevention community grants” means
the community grant fund program established in Iowa Code section 232.190 as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2429, and the federal Title V delinquency
prevention program.
“Juvenile justice advisory council (JJAC)” means
the state advisory group described in P.L. 93–415, Section 223(a)(3), and
established through executive order to oversee the administration of the JJDPA
formula grants in Iowa.
“Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act
(JJDPA)” means the federal Act, P.L. 93–415.
“Law enforcement expenditures” means the
expenditures associated with police, prosecutorial, legal, and judicial
services, and corrections as reported by the units of local government to the
U.S. Census Bureau during the Census of Governments.
“Local public planning entities” means entities
that have a local governance structure to plan, develop and coordinate services
for children and families, and provide for implementation of services for
children and families. Examples of local public planning entities include, but
are not limited to, units of local government such as cities or counties,
decategorization governance boards, community empowerment area boards, and
school districts.
“Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention
(OJJDP)” means the federal office within the U.S. Department of Justice
that administers the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act and
JAIBG.
“State juvenile crime enforcement coalition
(JCEC)” means a group of individuals that develops a state plan to achieve
the goals of JAIBG. The CJJPAC and the JJAC shall jointly act as the state
JCEC.
“Subgrantee” means any applicant receiving funds
through this program from the division.
“Title V delinquency prevention grants” means
Title V, Sections 501–506, “Incentive Grants for Local Delinquency
Prevention Programs Act,” of the JJDPA.
“Unit of local government” means a county,
township, city, or political subdivision of a county, township, or city that is
a unit of local government as determined by the Secretary of Commerce for
general statistical purposes, and the recognized governing body of an Indian
tribe that carries out substantial governmental duties and powers.
428—3.2(216A,232) Purpose and goals.
3.2(1) The purpose of the juvenile justice youth
development program is to assist the state in the establishment and operation of
juvenile crime prevention programs; provide for greater accountability in the
juvenile justice system; implement a results framework that promotes youth
development; and comply with the JJDPA core requirements regarding the
deinstitutionalization of status offenders, sight and sound separation of adults
and juveniles in secure facilities, prohibitions on the use of adult jails to
hold juveniles, and the disproportionate confinement of minority
youth.
3.2(2) The primary goal of the coordinated juvenile
justice and prevention program is to promote positive youth development by
helping communities provide their children, families, neighborhoods, and
institutions with the knowledge, skills, and opportunities necessary to foster
healthy and nurturing environments that support the growth and development of
productive and responsible citizens. Other specific goals of this program are
to reduce youth violence, truancy, involvement in criminal gangs, substance
abuse and other delinquent behavior.
428—3.3(216A,232,PL93–415) Program funding
distri–bution. The division shall distribute funds available for this
program through the following methods:
1. Competitive grants.
2. Formula–based allocations.
3. Sole source contracts.
Funding through any of these methods may be on an annual or
multiyear basis.
428—3.4(216A,232,PL93–415) Competitive
grants.
3.4(1) Application announcement. The administrator of
the division shall announce through public notice the opening of any competitive
grant application process. The announcement shall provide potential applicants
with information that describes eligibility conditions, purposes for which the
program funding shall be available, application procedures, and all relevant
time frames established for proposal submittal and review, grant awards, and
grant expenditure periods.
3.4(2) Preapplication. The division may request
potential applicants to submit a preapplication summary of their proposal. If a
preapplication is required, the division shall provide all potential applicants
with sufficient information detailing the extent of the preapplication and the
criteria for review. Preapplications received in a timely manner shall be
presented to the grant review committee for screening. The committee shall use
the same ranking system for each preapplication. It shall be based on the
criteria provided to the applicant through the division activities specified in
subrule 3.4(1). Applicants shall be notified in writing of the screening
decisions.
3.4(3) Content of applications. Required elements of
the applications shall be published in the request for applications and shall be
based on a point system established by the division that reflects the
requirements of federal and state funding sources. The division shall develop
the application and selection criteria.
3.4(4) Application review and selection process. The
division shall conduct a preliminary review of each application to ensure that
the applicant is eligible and the application is complete. All applications
that are submitted in a timely manner by eligible applicants and contain the
necessary information shall be presented to the grant review committee. Members
of the grant review committee shall review each application and shall assign
numerical scores to each application using criteria and point values established
by the division and listed in the request for applications. The rank order of
scores assigned to the applications by the review committee shall be the basis
for funding recommendations for each application reviewed. The grant review
committee shall forward their funding recommendations for approval and final
award decisions pursuant to rule 428— 3.7(216A,232, PL93–415).
Decisions to make final awards shall be consistent with applicable state and
federal program requirements.
3.4(5) Conflict of interest. Persons shall not serve
on the grant review committee or otherwise participate personally through
decisions, approval, disapproval, recommendation, the rendering of advice,
investigation, or otherwise in any proceeding, application, request for a ruling
or other determination, contract, grant, cooperative agreement, claim,
controversy, or other particular matter in which funds administered by the
division are used when, to the person’s knowledge, the person or a member
of the person’s immediate family, a partner, an organization in which the
person is serving as an officer, director, trustee, partner, or employee or any
person or organization with whom the person is negotiating or has any
arrangement concerning prospective employment, or has a financial interest of
less than an arms–length transaction. If a person’s agency or
organization submits an application, the person shall not be present when the
grant review committee’s recommendations are acted upon by the JJAC or the
CJJPAC.
428—3.5(216A,232,PL93–415) Formula–based
allocations.
3.5(1) Funding recipients. Only units of local
government and local public planning entities may be considered eligible
applicants to receive funding through this distribution method. The
determination of which units of local government and local public planning
entities are eligible applicants shall be made according to the state or federal
law or regulation that makes funding available to the division for this
distribution method. When such a determination is not established in law or
regulation, the administrator shall make the determination with the advice of
the CJJPAC and the JJAC.
3.5(2) Formula to determine individual allocation
amounts. Allocation amounts to individual units of local government or local
public planning entities shall be calculated according to the state or federal
law or regulation that makes funding available to the division for this
distribution method. When an allocation formula for funding to be distributed
by the division is not established in this chapter or other law or regulation,
the division shall calculate allocations based on a formula determined by the
administrator. The formula shall be based on the number of children residing in
the respective areas and may also be based on poverty rates, delinquency rates
and other data relevant to child and family well–being. Application
materials provided to the eligible units of local government or local public
planning entities shall specify the formula used to calculate the
allocation.
3.5(3) Application procedures and
requirements.
a. Each unit of local government or local public planning
entity that is eligible to be an applicant for funds pursuant to 3.5(1) shall be
contacted by the division and provided an application that must be completed by
the applicant prior to the applicant’s receipt of the
allocation.
b. The application may require the submission of a
comprehensive plan to prevent and reduce juvenile crime that reflects the
purposes and goals in rule 428—3.2(216A,232) and that structures the
coordination and collaboration of other relevant community programs and
activities. Evidence of such coordination and collaboration may be required to
include assurances and documentation that the plan for this program was
developed to include, or be an integral part of, other areawide plans related
to, for example, child welfare, substance abuse, health, or education.
c. The application may require documentation that the
application was completed with the participation of representatives from, for
example, law enforcement, county attorneys, county and city governments, and
health, human services, education and community service agencies.
d. The application may also require the applicant to certify
and make assurances regarding policies and practices related to, but not limited
to, funding eligibility, program purposes, service delivery and planning and
administration capacities.
e. Each notified applicant shall submit the required
information by the deadline established and announced by the division. The
division reserves the right to extend the deadline.
f. Following its receipt and approval of a completed
application, the division shall offer the applicant a contract
authorizing the obligation of funds. These rules and all applicable state and
federal laws and regulations shall become part of the contract by
reference.
3.5(4) Allocations declined, waived or
combined.
a. As allowed by federal or state law, when an eligible local
public planning entity or unit of local government declines to submit an
application for funds, such funds shall be retained by the division to be
reallocated among all participating units of local government or local public
planning entities or to be otherwise distributed for the development of services
that have a statewide impact.
b. As allowed by federal or state law, the division may
permit an eligible unit of local government to waive its right to
a direct allocation and request that its allocation be awarded to and expended
for its benefit by a larger or contiguous unit of local government or local
public planning entity. A written waiver shall be required from the unit of
local government that waives its right to a direct allocation and names a
requested unit of local government or local public planning entity to receive
and expend the funds. The unit of local government or local public planning
entity receiving the funds must agree, in writing, to accept the redirected
funds, to carry out all planning and application requirements and to serve as
the fiscal agent for receiving the waived allocation. The division’s
instructions to eligible applicants shall describe the procedures required to
implement this subrule.
c. As allowed by federal or state law, the division may permit
applicants to enter into regional coalitions by planning for and utilizing
combined allocations from the participating units of local government or local
public planning entities. A unit of local government or local public planning
entity shall serve as the applicant and fiscal agent for purposes of carrying
out planning and application requirements, and for receiving the allocation and
obligating and expending funds for the benefit of the combined units. The
division’s instructions to eligible applicants shall describe the process
to implement this subrule.
428—3.6(216A,232,PL93–415) Sole source
contracts. The division may determine, because of the nature of a certain
problem or desired programmatic response, that a competitive grant or
formula–based allocation process would not be the most appropriate or
expeditious process through which to award funds. In such cases, the division
may seek out a potential subgrantee with which it can develop a sole source
contract for services. The division shall be alert to organizational conflicts
of interest and noncompetitive practices among contractors that may restrict or
eliminate competition or otherwise restrain trade. The division’s
awarding and administration of any sole source contract shall be governed by all
relevant state and federal laws and regulations.
428—3.7(216A,232,PL93–415) Program funding
sources and related provisions.
3.7(1) Sources of funding for this program may include
juvenile crime prevention community grants, JJDPA formula grants, JAIBG funds
and other funds made available to the division for the purpose of this program.
The division may combine funding from these federal and state appropriations and
grant programs to distribute through any of the methods outlined in
428—3.3(216A,232,PL93–415).
3.7(2) Juvenile crime prevention community
grants.
a. These funds, when available, shall be distributed according
to the provisions of 428—3.5(216A,232,PL93–415).
b. The decategorization governance boards established in Iowa
Code section 232.188 shall be the eligible recipients of these funds.
c. The administrator may approve applications for these funds
except that the JJAC may exercise approval authority over those applications
that will be funded in whole or in part with federal Title V delinquency
prevention grants.
d. The CJJPAC and the JJAC shall advise the division on its
administration of these funds.
3.7(3) JJDPA formula grants.
a. The JJAC shall determine the amounts of these funds, when
available, that are to be distributed according to the provisions of
428—3.3(216A,232,PL93–415).
b. The JJAC shall determine any specific purposes for which
this funding shall be distributed through the provisions of
428—3.4(216A,232,PL93–415) and 428— 3.6(216A,232,
PL93–415).
c. The JJAC may review and exercise approval authority over
any applications for these funds distributed through the provisions of
428—3.4(216A,232,PL93–415).
d. The administrator may approve applications forthese funds
when distributed through the provisions of428—3.5(216A,232,PL93–415)
and 428—3.6(216A,232, PL93–415).
3.7(4) Determination of JAIBG funding amounts to be
distributed when available.
a. OJJDP determines the amount of JAIBG funds that the
division will distribute to units of local government through the provisions of
428—3.5(216A,232,PL93–415).
b. The state JCEC may determine an amount and the purposes of
JAIBG funds to be distributed through the provisions of
428—3.4(216A,232,PL93–415) and 428—
3.6(216A,232,PL93–415) and the amount of JAIBG funds to be distributed to
local public planning entities through the provisions of
428—3.5(216A,232,PL93–415).
3.7(5) JAIBG funding for units of local
government.
a. Each year JAIBG funding is available, the division shall
conduct a review of state and local juvenile justice expenditures to determine
the primary financial burden for the administration of juvenile justice within
the state of Iowa. If, after conducting this review, the state’s
financial burden in the program purpose areas is greater than 50 percent of the
expenditures, the division may request OJJDP’s approval to distribute to
units of local government a lower percentage of the available funding than the
percentage initially established by Congress for units of local government.
The division shall consult with units of local government or organizations
representing such units prior to submitting such a request.
b. The JAIBG allocations for individual units of local
government shall be determined by a formula set by Congress which
is based on a combination of law enforcement expenditures for each unit of local
government and the number of Uniform Crime Report Part 1 violent crime reports
by each unit of local government. Two–thirds of each unit of local
government’s allocation will be based on the law enforcement expenditure
data and one–third will be based on the reported violent crime data, in
the same ratio to the aggregate of all other units of general local government
in the state.
c. To apply the formula set by Congress, the division shall
use data collected by the U.S. Census Bureau pertaining to law enforcement
expenditures and the Federal Bureau of Investigation pertaining to reported Part
1 violent crime, as compiled by the JRSA, and the department of public safety
(DPS) of the state of Iowa.
d. If data, as compiled by JRSA, indicates that units
of local government have not reported law enforcement expenditures, or have
reported only partial law enforcement expenditures, the division may request
complete law enforcement expenditure reports directly from the affected units of
local government to determine the correct allocation. If no additional
information is received from local units of government within 15 calendar
days after requesting such expenditure reports, the division shall use
the data as presented by JRSA.
e. If data, as compiled by JRSA, indicates that units of local
government have not reported crime data to the DPS or have reported only partial
crime data, the division may request complete violent crime data directly from
the affected units of local government to determine the correct allocation. If
no additional data is received from local units of government within 15 calendar
days after requesting such data, the division shall use the data
as presented by JRSA.
f. No unit of local government shall receive an allocation
that exceeds 100 percent of the law enforcement expenditures of such unit as
reported to the Census Bureau.
g. In order to qualify for JAIBG funds, a unit of local
government’s allocation must be $5,000 or more. If, based on the formula,
the allocation for a unit of local government is less than $5,000 during a
fiscal year, the amount shall be distributed by the division to the local
decategorization governance board for those areas encompassing the unit of local
government, as described in subrule 3.7(6).
3.7(6) JAIBG funding for local public planning
entities. In any year in which JAIBG funds are available and the state JCEC
determines an amount of these funds to be distributed through the provisions of
428—3.5(216A,232,PL93–415), the division may make such funds
available to local decategorization governance boards. The
division shall calculate allocations to each of the decategorization governance
boards based on the number of children aged 5 to 17 years residing in the
respective areas. The most recent available population data for children aged 5
to 17 years shall be used to calculate the allocations. In any year in which
the division makes JAIBG funds available to local decategorization governance
boards, the division shall make funds available to any county that is not
participating in decategorization. The division shall calculate allocations to
each county that is not participating in decategorization based on the number of
children aged 5 to 17 years residing in the respective areas. The most recent
available population data for children aged 5 to 17 years shall be used to
calculate the allocations.
3.7(7) Other funds. When funds other than those
provided for in subrules 3.7(2) through 3.7(6) are made available to the
division for the purposes of this program, the division shall distribute such
funds through the provisions of this chapter. With the advice of the JJAC and
the CJJPAC, the division shall, consistent with applicable state and federal law
and regulation, determine the distribution methods, eligible applicants and any
allocation formulas to be used when making such funding available.
428—3.8(216A,232) Appeals.
3.8(1) Applicants choosing to appeal funding decisions
must file a written appeal with the administrator within ten calendar days of
the postmarked date of the written notification of the program’s funding
decisions.
3.8(2) All letters of appeal shall clearly state the
reason(s) for the appeal and evidence of the reason(s) stated. Reason(s) for
appeal must be based on a contention that the rules and procedures governing the
funding process have not been applied properly. All appeals must clearly state
in whatmanner the division failed to follow the rules of the selection process
as governed by these administrative rules or procedures outlined in the
application materials provided to all applicants by the division. The letter of
appeal must also describe the remedy being sought.
3.8(3) If an appeal is filed within the ten calendar
days, the division shall not enter into a contract with any applicant involved
in the application process being appealed until the administrator has reviewed
and decided on all appeals received in accordance with the criteria in subrules
3.8(1) and 3.8(2). The division administrator shall consider the information
submitted by the appellant and relevant information from division staff when
conducting the review. The review shall be conducted as expeditiously as
possible so that all funds can be distributed in timely manner.
3.8(4) The decision of the division administrator
shall represent the final division action for the purpose of implementing Iowa
Code chapter 17A.
428—3.9(216A,232) Contract agreement.
3.9(1) Contract offer. Applicants shall be notified
in writing of the division’s intent to fund, contingent upon the funds
available. The administrator shall have flexibility in determining which
state and federal funds shall be utilized in awards and allocations to
subgrantees. These rules and all applicable state and federal laws and
regulations become a part of the contract by reference.
3.9(2) Preaward negotiation. The applicant may be
requested to modify the original application in the negotiation process. The
division reserves the right to fund all or part of the applicant’s
application.
3.9(3) Withdrawal of contract offer. If the applicant
and the division are unable to successfully negotiate a contract, the division
may withdraw the award offer and redistribute program funds in a manner
consistent with the provisions of rule 428—3.14(216A,232).
3.9(4) Contract modifications. The subgrantee or the
division may request a modification or revision of the contract.
3.9(5) Reimbursement of expenditures. Funds are to be
spent to meet program goals as provided in the contract. Expenditures shall be
reimbursed pursuant to regular reimbursement procedures of the state of
Iowa.
428—3.10(216A,232) Contract
termination.
3.10(1) Termination by subgrantee. The contract may
be terminated by the subgrantee at any time during the contract period by giving
30 days’ notice to the division.
3.10(2) Termination by the division.
a. The division may terminate a contract upon ten days’
notice when the subgrantee or any of its subcontractors fail to comply with the
grant award stipulations, standards or conditions. The division may terminate a
contract upon 30 days’ notice when there is a reduction of funds by
executive order.
b. Termination for convenience. The performance of work under
the agreement may be terminated by the division in accordance with this clause
in whole or, from time to time, in part whenever the division shall determine
that such termination is in the best interest of the state. The division shall
pay all reasonable costs associated with the agreement that the subgrantee has
incurred up to the date of termination. The division shall not pay for any work
that has not been done prior to the date of termination.
c. Termination for default. If the subgrantee fails to
fulfill its obligations under this agreement properly or on time, or otherwise
violates any provision of this agreement, the division may terminate the
agreement by written notice to the subgrantee. The notice shall specify the
acts of commission or omission relied on as cause for termination. All finished
or unfinished products and services provided by the subgrantee shall, at the
option of the division, become the state’s property. The division shall
pay the subgrantee fair and equitable compensation for satisfactory performance
prior to receipt of notice of termination.
3.10(3) Responsibility of subgrantee at termination.
Within 45 days of the termination, the subgrantee shall supply the division with
a financial statement detailing all costs up to the effective date of the
termination.
428—3.11(216A,232) Required reports.
3.11(1) Expenditure claim reports shall be required
from subgrantees on provided forms. The division, pursuant to regular
reimbursement procedures of the state of Iowa, shall reimburse subgrantees for
actual expenditures specified in the approved budget.
3.11(2) Quarterly reports on program outcomes, program
status and financial status shall be required from subgrantees on provided
forms.
3.11(3) Other reports, including audit reports
prepared by independent auditors, may be required by the division and specified
in the request for applications or contract to assist in the monitoring and
evaluation of programs.
3.11(4) Failure to submit required reports by the due
date shall result in suspension of financial payments to the subgrantee by the
division until such time as the reports are received. No new awards shall be
made for continuation programs where there are delinquent reports from prior
grants.
428—3.12(216A,232) Subgrantee records.
Financial rec–ords, supporting documents, statistical records and all
other records pertinent to the program shall be retained by the subgrantee in
accordance with the following:
3.12(1) Records for any project shall be retained for
three years after final closeout and audit procedures are completed and accepted
by the division.
3.12(2) Representatives of the state auditor’s
office and the division shall have access to all books, accounts, documents, and
other property belonging to or in use by a subgrantee pertaining to the receipt
of funds under these rules.
428—3.13(216A,232) Allowable costs and cost
restrictions.
3.13(1) Grant funds from this program shall be used to
support only those activities and services specified and agreed to in the
contract between the subgrantee and the division. The contract shall identify
specific cost categories against which all allowable costs must be consistently
charged.
3.13(2) Funds appropriated for this program shall not
be expended for supplantation of federal, state, or local funds supporting
existing programs or activities. Instructionsfor the application and acceptance
of competitive grants,formula–based allocations, and sole source contracts
may specify other cost limitations including, but not limited to, costs related
to political activities, interest costs, fines, penalties, lawsuits or legal
fees, and certain fixed assets and program equipment.
428—3.14(216A,232) Redistribution of funds. The
division reserves the right to recapture and redistribute awarded funds based
upon projected expenditures if it appears that funds shall not be expended by a
subgrantee according to the conditions of the subgrantee’s contract.
Recaptured funds may be granted by the administrator to other applicants or
subgrantees for services and activities consistent with the purposes and goals
of the program.
428—3.15(216A,232) Compliance with state and federal
laws. In acceptance of a grant, the subgrantee shall agree to comply with
all applicable state and federal rules and laws including, but not limited to,
the JJDPA.
428—3.16(216A,232) Immunity of state and
agencies. The subgrantee shall defend and hold harmless the state and any
federal funding source for the state from liability arising from the
subgrantee’s performance or attempted performance of its contract, and the
subgrantee’s activities with subcontractors and all other third
parties.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 17A,
Iowa Code sections 216A.131 to 216A.136, and section 232.190 as amended by 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2429, and Public Laws 93–415 and
105–119.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 6/22/00, effective
6/22/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9950A
FAIR BOARD[371]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code chapters 173 and 17A,
the Fair Board hereby amends Chapter 8, “Admittance and Use of
Fairgrounds,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment imposes restrictions regarding pets that are
allowed on the fairgrounds during the annual fair and the pets that are allowed
to stay in the campgrounds.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9832A.
No comments were received during the comment period. This
amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended
Action.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), this
amendment became effective upon filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator
on June 17, 2000. The Board finds that the normal effective date of this
amendment should be waived and the amendment shall be effective in advance of
the annual state fair held August 10 to 20, 2000.
This amendment became effective June 17, 2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
173.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 371—8.4(173) as follows:
371—8.4(173) Pets.
8.4(1) No privately owned animals or
pets shall be allowed to run at large on the Iowa state fairgrounds or upon
lands under the jurisdiction of the Iowa state fair board except by permission
of the fair board.
a. Animals shall be deemed as running at large unless
carried by owner or on a leash or chain or confined or tied to a
vehicle.
b. Any animal found running at large will be subject to
confinement and will be turned over to the animal shelter.
c. No animals, except guide dogs
animals providing disability assistive services, may be taken into any
building on the Iowa state fairgrounds that is posted stating such animals are
not allowed in this building.
8.4(2) During the annual fair no pets shall
be brought onto the Iowa state fairgrounds or upon lands under the jurisdiction
of the Iowa state fair board except as follows:
a. Pets may be brought onto land designated as campgrounds
by the Iowa state fair board. Pets brought onto state fair campgrounds are
subject to campground rules and shall not be allowed to run at
large.
b. Pets or other privately owned animals shall be permitted
access to those portions of the Iowa state fairgrounds as is necessary for those
animals to participate in competitions, exhibitions, or shows sanctioned or
approved by the Iowa state fair board, provided such animals are not allowed to
run at large.
c. Pets or other privately owned animals subject to
contractual agreement with the Iowa state fair to provide entertainment services
during the annual fair shall be permitted access to those portions of the Iowa
state fairgrounds as is necessary to perform such services. Animals providing
entertainment services shall not be left unattended on state fair
lands.
8.4(3) Regardless of the preceding
provisions, no restriction shall be placed upon the admission of any pet or
animal that is providing guide or assistive services to a person who requires
accommodation for a disability to the Iowa state fairgrounds or other lands
under the jurisdiction of the Iowa state fair board.
8.4(4) Persons bringing pets onto the Iowa
state fairgrounds or upon lands under the jurisdiction of the Iowa state fair
board shall clean up and dispose of all animal waste attributable to their
pets.
8.4(5) Persons failing to comply with the
Iowa state fair board’s pet policies may be denied admission to the Iowa
state fairgrounds or may be barred from bringing their pets onto state fair
lands.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 6/17/00, effective
6/17/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9971A
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
Department of Personnel hereby amends Chapter 21, “Iowa Public
Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments include the following:
1. Amend subrule 21.1(3) and paragraph 21.1(5)“c”
to give IPERS’ new address.
2. Amend subrule 21.4(3), paragraph “a,” to
reflect the current maximum covered wage amount.
3. Amend subparagraph 21.5(1)“a”(19) to clarify
that permanent, postsecondary school employees may take part–time classes
at their own schools without being excluded from IPERS coverage.
4. Amend referee exclusion, subparagraph 21.5(1)
“a”(49), to exclude referees who qualify as independent contractors
at all levels of public school athletic activities.
5. Add patient advocates employed pursuant to Iowa Code
section 229.19 as covered employees in new subparagraph
21.5(1)“a”(50). Adopted to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 69.
6. Amend subrule 21.6(2) to rescind the $1 minimum wage
reporting requirement. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 24.
7. Amend subrule 21.6(9), paragraphs “b” and
“c,” to reflect new contribution rates certified by IPERS’
actuary for special service members effective July 1, 2000; paragraph
“d” is also amended, pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 39, to include a new group of airport safety officers as protection
occupation employees.
8. Amend rule 581—21.7(97B) to reflect new minimum
charge on late contributions. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 22.
9. Adopt new paragraph 21.8(4)“e” to reflect a new
four–month severance requirement for recipients of refunds. Adopted
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 63.
10. Adopt new subrule 21.8(9) granting involuntarily
terminated employees who take a refund and subsequently have reinstated the
right to repay such refunds at a reduced cost, if the request is made within 90
days after the reinstatement ruling is rendered. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 63.
11. Adopt new subrule 21.8(10) granting members who terminate
due to a disability, take a refund, and subsequently qualify for social security
disability benefits the right to repay such refunds at a reduced cost if the
request is made 90 days after July 1, 2000, or the date the member’s
social security benefits begin if later. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411, section 50.
12. Amend paragraph 21.9(1)“a” and adopt new
paragraph 21.9(1)“c” to reflect that appeal procedures for special
service members covered under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51, are
governed by new rule 581— 21.31(78GA,SF2411). Adopted pursuant to 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51.
13. Amend subrule 21.10(16) to indicate that no death benefit
claim will be forfeited before January 1, 1988, the date that the federal
minimum distribution laws became effective for governmental plans.
14. Adopt new subrule 21.10(18) to help IPERS deal with the
legislatively mandated requirement that certain beneficiaries who have already
received death benefits on or after January 1, 1999, may repay the prior death
benefit and receive either a new lump sum amount or a monthly annuity based on
the new lump sum amount. There will be tax consequences to some members who
receive distributions under the old rules and then wish to receive the new
retirement allowance in a subsequent calendar year. Some of these tax
consequences cannot be altered by IPERS. These may include, for example, paying
taxes on the original lump sum distribution and taxes on any retroactive
payments used to offset a beneficiary’s repayment obligation. Adopted
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 53 and 75.
15. Amend subrule 21.11(2) to make it easier for beneficiaries
to provide acceptable identification when applying for benefits.
16. Amend subrule 21.11(6), first and second unnumbered
paragraphs, primarily to clarify that, in addition to the other monthly
retirement allowance options, a member may take a refund instead of the default
option, if IPERS is contacted within 60 days after the first payment under the
default option.
17. Adopt a new unnumbered paragraph at the end of subrule
21.11(9) modifying the period of severance requirements for bona fide
retirement. Under the revised rule, a member must be out of all employment with
covered employers for 30 days, and out of all covered employment an additional
three months. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 59
and 60.
18. Amend rule 581—21.12(97B) by adopting language that
authorizes service credit for a third quarter in which no wages are reported if
wages are reported in the preceding second quarter, or the individual was on an
authorized leave of absence at the end of the preceding second
quarter.
19. Adopt new paragraph 21.13(2)“e,” which
provides that, effective for retirement FMEs in January 2001 (or such later date
certified by the actuary), early retirement reductions shall be calculated by
determining the number of months that the early retirement precedes the earliest
normal retirement date for that member based on the member’s age and years
of service, and multiplying that number by 0.25 percent. Adopted pursuant to
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 48 and 80.
20. Amend paragraphs 21.13(6)“c,”
21.13(10)“a,” and 21.13(10)“e” to reflect that the
applicable years for protection occupation members, currently 25, will be
ratcheted down in several steps until they reach 22 effective July 1, 2002. The
exact steps are described in new paragraph 21.13(6)“d.” Adopted
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 37.
21. Adopt new paragraph 21.13(6)“d” to reflect the
applicable years and applicable percentages for protection occupation members
for the adjustment period July 1, 2000, through July 1, 2003. Adopted pursuant
to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 36 and 37.
22. Amend paragraph 21.13(7)“a” to limit the
covered wage smoothing period for highly compensated employees to January 1,
2002. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section
16.
23. Amend paragraph 21.13(7)“b” to limit the wage
smoothing period to January 1, 2002, to limit the number of years to be included
in the wage smoothing calculation to six, and to increase the covered wage
smoothing trigger amount to $65,000. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2411, sections 16 and 17.
24. Adopt new subrule 21.13(12) to provide that members aged
70 who begin their retirement allowances before July 1, 2000, while still
working, and who terminate employment after January 1, 2000, will have their
benefits recalculated under the benefit formula in place when they terminate, or
when they apply for a recalculation, if later. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 74.
25. Amend subrule 21.16(5) to clarify that IPERS will accept
as valid leaves of absence before November 27, 1996, during which the members
took refunds, primarily because many employers and employees prior to that time
did not realize that a member had to terminate employment to qualify for the
refund.
26. Amend subrule 21.16(6), paragraph
21.24(2)“f,”subrule 21.24(3), paragraph 21.24(5)“f,” and
paragraph 21.24(6)“d” to indicate that (1) if the actuary uses
gender–distinct mortality tables in its valuation assumptions, the plan
will use blended mortality tables in preparing service purchase costs, so that
similarly situated males and females will not be paying different service
purchase costs; and (2) service purchase costs are only valid for six months
from the date they are delivered to members.
27. Amend subrule 21.19(1) to establish $14,000 as the maximum
amount that a retiree under the age of 65 can earn in covered employment (unless
the applicable social security limit is greater) before any reduction in
benefits occurs. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section
33.
28. Amend the catchwords in rule 581—21.22(97B) to
distinguish it from new rule 581—21.31(78GA,SF2411).
29. Adopt new subrule 21.24(11) to permit vested and retired
members to purchase service credit for periods of service in Iowa public
employment for which no mandatory or optional coverage was provided. Adopted
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 70.
30. Adopt new subrule 21.24(12) to permit vested or retired
members to purchase service credit for periods of service as volunteers of the
federal Peace Corps program, provided that the members make binding waivers of
any rights to retirement credit under any other public retirement systems for
such service. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section
71.
31. Adopt new subrule 21.24(13) to permit vested or retired
members to purchase service credit for periods of service with qualified
Canadian educational institutions, provided that the members make binding
waivers of any rights to retirement credit under any other public retirement
systems for such service. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 68.
32. Adopt new subrule 21.24(14) to permit current and former
patient advocates employed under Iowa Code section 229.19, in addition to
amounts required for four quarters of wage adjustments, to purchase additional
service credit for other periods of such service. The cost for each quarter of
such service, if paid before July 1, 2002, will be determined under paragraphs
21.24(2)“b” through “e,” and thereafter at the actuarial
cost as determined under paragraph 21.24(2)“f.” Adopted pursuant to
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 69.
33. Amend subrule 21.30(3) to simplify the method for
calculating FED payments. Adopted pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 45.
34. Amend subrule 21.30(4) to provide that a potential FED
recipient must be living in the month a FED payment is payable in order to
qualify for the payment. This change is consistent with the method used for
dividend payments to pre–July 1, 1990, retirees. Adopted pursuant to 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 43.
35. Adopt new subrule 21.30(5) to provide that, in addition to
the ten–year cap placed on the FED reserve by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, sections 44, no transfer to the FED reserve can cause the system’s
unfunded liability amortization period to exceed the limit set by the
system’s funding policy in effect at the time of the proposed
transfer.
36. Adopt new rule 581—21.31(78GA,SF2411) to implement
the special service member disability benefit mandated by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2411, section 51. This new disability provision permits special service
members to qualify for disability benefits without having to qualify for federal
social security disability benefits. It also provides for alternative benefit
formulas which may provide a greater retirement allowance than is available
under the disability provisions of Iowa Code section 97B.50(2). IPERS staff
will make special service member disability determinations based on the rules
being adopted, in consultation with the University of Iowa Hospitals.
37. Adopt new rule 581—21.32(97B) to implement the
qualified benefits arrangement authorized in Iowa Code section 97B.49I. This
arrangement is designed to permit the payment of the full amount that would
otherwise be payable under the plan but for the limitation of Internal Revenue
Code Section 415.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation prior to implementation are
impracticable, unnecessary, and contrary to the public interest, and that these
rules should be implemented immediately because the amendments revise
IPERS’ current interpretations and applications of its governing statutes
and rules in a manner which is either beneficial to members or is required by
statute. By far the majority of the amendments described above are required by
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b,” that the normal effective date of the amendments should
be waived and the amendments be made effective upon filing with the
Administrative Rules Coordinator on June 22, 2000, because they confer benefits
and remove restrictions, or are required by state or federal statute. In
conjunction with the Notice of Intended Action, also published herein, this
filing will give interested persons adequate notice of the changes and an
opportunity to respond.
There are no general waiver provisions in the proposed
amendments because the amendments fall into one of the following categories: (1)
there was no specific waiver authority granted in the statute being implemented;
or (2) the amendments confer a benefit or remove a limitation.
The Department adopted these amendments on June 22,
2000.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 9972A to allow public comment.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411.
These amendments became effective June 22, 2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 21.1(3) as
follows:
21.1(3) Location. IPERS’ business address is
600 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. In August 2000, IPERS’
business location shall be 7401 Register Drive, Des Moines, Iowa. General
correspondence, inquiries, requests for information or assistance, complaints,
or petitions shall be addressed to: Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement
System, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–9117.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
21.1(5)“c” as follows:
c. The principal place of business of the investment board is
located at 600 East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. In August 2000, the
principal place of business of the investment board shall be 7401 Register
Drive, Des Moines, Iowa.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph
21.4(3)“a” as follows:
a. “Covered wages” means wages of a member during
periods of service that do not exceed the annual covered wage maximum.
Effective January 1, 1997 2000, and for each subsequent
calendar year, covered wages shall not exceed $160,000
$170,000 or the amount permitted for that year under Section 401(a)(17)
of the Internal Revenue Code.
ITEM 4. Amend subparagraph
21.5(1)“a”(19) as follows:
(19) Persons who are enrolled as students and whose primary
occupations are as students are not covered. Full–time and
part–time students who are employed part–time by the
institutions where they are enrolled as students are not covered.
Full–time and part–time students who are employed full–time
or part–time by a covered employer other than the institution where
they are enrolled are covered. Part–time students who are
employed part–time by a covered employer other than the institution in
which they are enrolled are covered. Full–time employees who
are enrolled as part–time students in the institution where they are
employed are covered. Full–time students who are employed
part–time by a covered employer are not covered. Full–time
and part–time student status is as defined by the individual educational
institutions. Full–time and part–time employment status is as
defined by the individual employers.
ITEM 5. Amend subparagraph
21.5(1)“a”(49) as follows:
(49) Effective July 1, 1999, persons performing referee
services for varsity and junior varsity athletic events for which a
license is needed from the Iowa high school athletic association a
covered employer shall be excluded from coverage, unless the performance
of such services is included in the persons’ regular job duties for the
employers for which such services are performed.
ITEM 6. Adopt new
subparagraph 21.5(1)“a”(50) as follows:
(50) Effective July 1, 2000, patient advocates appointed under
Iowa Code section 229.19 shall be included.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 21.6(2) as
follows:
21.6(2) Each periodic wage reporting form must include
all employees who earned reportable wages or wage equivalents under IPERS. If
an employee has no reportable wage in a quarter but is still employed by the
employing unit, the employee should be listed with zero wages. If the
total amount of employer and employee contributions is $1 or less, wages shall
be reported as zero for that member in that quarter.
ITEM 8. Amend paragraphs
21.6(9)“b” and 21.6(9)“c” as
follows:
b. Sheriffs, deputy sheriffs, and airport firefighters,
effective July 1, 1999 2000.
(1) Member’s rate—5.69%
5.59%.
(2) Employer’s rate—8.54%
8.39%.
c. Members employed in a protection occupation, effective July
1, 1999 2000.
(1) Member’s rate—5.58%
5.90%.
(2) Employer’s rate—8.38%
8.86%.
ITEM 9. Amend subparagraph
21.6(9)“d”(5) as follows:
(5) Airport safety officers employed under Iowa Code chapter
400 by an airport commission in a city of 100,000 population or more, and
employees covered by the Iowa Code chapter 19A merit system whose primary duties
are providing airport security and who carry or are licensed to carry firearms
while performing those duties.
ITEM 10. Amend paragraph
21.6(9)“e” as follows:
e. Prior special rates are as follows:
Effective July 1, 1998 1999, through
June 30, 1999 2000:
(1) Sheriffs, deputy sheriffs, and airport firefighters—
member’s rate—6.34% 5.69%; employer’s
rate—9.51% 8.54%.
(2) Protection occupation—member’s
rate—5.61% 5.58%; employer’s
rate—8.41% 8.38%.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 581—21.7(97B)
as follows:
581—21.7(97B) Accrual of interest. Interest
or charges as provided under Iowa Code section 97B.9 shall accrue on any
contributions not received by IPERS by the due date, except that interest or
charges may be waived by IPERS upon request prior to the due date by the
employing unit, if due to circumstances beyond the control of the employing
unit.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 97B.9
as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 22.
ITEM 12. Adopt new
paragraph 21.8(4)“e” as follows:
e. Effective July 1, 2000, an employee is no longer required
to be out of covered employment for 30 days before a refund application can be
processed. However, an employee must sever all covered employment for four
months and cannot file an application after returning to covered employment,
even if more than four months have elapsed since the original termination. If
the employee returns to covered employment before four months have passed, the
refund will be revoked and the amounts paid plus interest must be repaid to the
system.
ITEM 13. Adopt new subrule
21.8(9) as follows:
21.8(9) Reinstatement following an employment dispute.
If an involuntarily terminated employee is reinstated in covered employment as a
remedy for an employment dispute, the member may restore membership service
credit for the period covered by the refund by repaying the amount of the refund
plus interest within 90 days after the date of the order or agreement requiring
reinstatement.
ITEM 14. Adopt new subrule
21.8(10) as follows:
21.8(10) Commencement of disability benefits under
Iowa Code section 97B.50(2).
a. If a vested member terminates covered employment, takes a
refund, and is subsequently approved for disability under the federal Social
Security Act or the federal Railroad Retirement Act, the member may reinstate
membership service credit for the period covered by the refund by paying the
actuarial cost as determined by IPERS’ actuary. Repayments must be made
by:
(1) For members whose federal social security or railroad
retirement disability payments began before July 1, 2000, the repayment must be
made within 90 days after July 1, 2000;
(2) For members whose social security or railroad retirement
disability payments begin on or after July 1, 2000, the repayment must be made
within 90 days after the date social security payments begin; or
(3) For any member who could have reinstated a refund under
(1) or (2) above but for the fact that IPERS has not yet received a favorable
determination letter from the federal Internal Revenue Service, the repayment
must in any event be received within 90 days after IPERS has received such a
ruling.
b. IPERS must receive a favorable determination letter from
the federal Internal Revenue Service before any refund can be reinstated under
this subrule.
ITEM 15. Amend paragraph
21.9(1)“a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. A party who wishes to appeal a decision by IPERS, other
than a special service classification or a disability claim under 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51, shall, within 30 days after notification
was mailed to the party’s last–known address, file with IPERS a
notice of appeal in writing setting forth:
ITEM 16. Adopt new
paragraph 21.9(1)“c” as follows:
c. Appeals of disability claims under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2411, section 51, shall be filed and processed as provided under rule
581—21.31(78GA,SF2411).
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 21.10(16) as
follows:
21.10(16) Effective July 1, 1998, a member’s
beneficiary or heir may file a claim for previously forfeited death benefits.
Interest for periods prior to the date of the claim will only be credited
through the quarter that the death benefit was required to be forfeited by law.
For claims filed prior to July 1, 1998, interest for the period following the
quarter of forfeiture will accrue beginning with the third quarter of 1998. For
claims filed on or after July 1, 1998, interest for the period following the
quarter of forfeiture will accrue beginning with the quarter that the claim is
received by IPERS. For death benefits required to be forfeited in order to
satisfy Section 401(a)(9) of the federal Internal Revenue Code, in no event will
the forfeiture date precede January 1, 1988. IPERS shall not be liable for
any excise taxes imposed by the Internal Revenue Service on reinstated death
benefits.
ITEM 18. Adopt new subrule
21.10(18) as follows:
21.10(18) Death benefits under Iowa Code section
97B.52(1)“b.”
a. The death benefit provided for under Iowa Code section
97B.52(1) is intended to benefit beneficiaries of members who die before
retiring and shall not apply to retired re–employed members. For retired
reemployed members who die during the period of reemployment, the member’s
death benefits shall be provided under the option elected at retirement subject
to adjustments for reemployment wages.
b. An “eligible beneficiary” is one who receives
preretirement death benefits during the period January 1, 1999, through December
31, 2000, (or if later, the date the system’s actuary approves the payment
of benefits under Iowa Code section 97B.52(1) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411, section 75) and may elect to receive the larger of the lump
sum amounts available under Iowa Code section 97B.52(1) or to receive a single
life annuity that is the actuarial equivalent of the larger of such lump sum
amounts. The eligible beneficiary must repay the prior death benefit received
as follows:
(1) If the eligible beneficiary wishes to receive the larger
lump sum amount, if any, the system shall pay the difference between the prior
death benefit lump sum amount and the new death benefit lump sum amount to the
eligible beneficiary or as directed by the eligible beneficiary in
writing.
(2) If the eligible beneficiary wishes to receive a single
life annuity under Iowa Code section 97B.52(1) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411, section 75, the eligible beneficiary may either:
1. Annuitize the difference between the previously paid lump
sum amount and the new larger lump sum amount, if any, or
2. Annuitize the full amount of the largest of the lump sum
amounts available under Iowa Code section 97B.52(1) as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 75, but only upon repaying the full amount of
the previously paid lump sum amount.
(3) To the extent possible, repayment costs shall be recovered
from retroactive monthly payments, if such retroactive monthly payments are
authorized by statute or rule, and the balance shall be paid in a lump sum in
after–tax dollars.
c. Claims for a single life annuity under this subrule filed
by eligible beneficiaries and beneficiaries of members who die on or after the
implementation date must be filed as follows:
(1) An eligible beneficiary must file a claim for a single
life annuity within 12 months of the implementation date.
(2) The beneficiary of a member who dies while actively
employed on or after the implementation date must file a claim for a single life
annuity within 12 months of the member’s death, provided that a surviving
spouse files a claim for a single life annuity by the date that the member would
have attained age 70½.
d. Elections to receive the lump sum amounts or single life
annuity available under Iowa Code section 97B.52(1) as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 53 and 75, and this subrule shall be
irrevocable once the first payment is made.
ITEM 19. Amend subrule 21.11(2) as
follows:
21.11(2) Proof required in connection with
application. Proof of date of birth to be submitted with an application for
benefits shall be in the form of a birth certificate or an infant baptismal
certificate. If these records do not exist, the applicant shall submit two
other documents or records ten or more years old, or certification from
the custodians of these rec–ords, which will verify the day,
month and year of birth. A photographic identification record may be
accepted even if now expired unless the passage of time has made it impossible
to determine if the photographic identification record is that of the
applicant. The following records or documents are among those deemed
acceptable to IPERS as proof of date of birth:
a. United States census record;
b. Military record or identification card;
c. Naturalization record;
d. A marriage license showing age of applicant in years,
months and days on date of issuance;
e. A life insurance policy;
f. Records in a school’s administrative
office;
g. An official form from the United States Immigration
Service, such as the “green card,” containing such
information;
h. Valid Iowa driver’s
Driver’s license; or Iowa nondriver
identification card;
i. Adoption papers; or
j. A family Bible record. A photostatic copy will be accepted
with certification by a notary that the record appears to be
genuine. ; or
k. Any other document or record ten or more years old, or
certification from the custodian of such records which verifies the day, month,
and year of birth.
Under subrule 21.11(6), IPERS is required to begin making
payments to a member or beneficiary who has reached the required beginning date
specified by Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9). In order to begin making
such payments and to protect IPERS’ status as a plan qualified under
Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a), IPERS may rely on its internal records
with regard to date of birth, if the member or beneficiary is unable or
unwilling to provide the proofs required by this subrule within 30 days after
written notification of IPERS’ intent to begin mandatory
payments.
ITEM 20. Amend subrule 21.11(6),
first and second unnumbered paragraphs, as follows:
Notwithstanding the foregoing, IPERS shall commence payment of
a member’s retirement benefit under Iowa Code sections 97B.49A to 97B.49I
(under Option 2) no later than the “required beginning date”
specified under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9), even if the member has
not submitted the appropriate notice. If the lump sum actuarial equivalent
could have been elected by the member, payments shall be made in such a
lump sum rather than as a monthly allowance. The “required beginning
date” is defined as the later of: (1) April 1 of the year following the
year that the member attains the age of 70½,
or (2) April 1 of the year following the year that the member actually
terminates all covered and noncovered employment with employers
covered under Iowa Code chapter 97B.
If IPERS distributes a member’s benefits without the
member’s consent in order to begin benefits on or before the required
beginning date, the member may elect to receive benefits under an option other
than the mandatory options default option described
above, or as a refund, if the member contacts IPERS in writing within 60
days of the first mandatory distribution. IPERS shall inform the member what
adjustments or repayments are required in order to make the change.
ITEM 21. Adopt a new
unnumbered paragraph at the end of subrule 21.11(9) as
follows:
Effective July 1, 2000, a member does not have a bona fide
retirement until all employment with covered employers, including employment
which is not covered under this chapter, is terminated for at least one month,
and the member does not return to covered employment for an additional three
months. In order to receive retirement benefits, the member must file a
completed application for benefits form with the department before returning to
any employment with a covered employer.
ITEM 22. Amend rule 581—21.12(97B),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
581—21.12(97B) Service credit. An employee
working in a position for a school district or other institution which operates
on a nine–month basis shall be credited with a year of service for each
year in which three quarters of coverage are rec–orded, if the employee
returns to covered employment the next operating year. The foregoing sentence
shall be implemented as follows. A member will receive credit for the third
quarter when no wages are reported in that quarter if the member works the
following three calendar quarters and had covered wages or was on an approved
leave of absence in the immediately preceding second quarter. An individual
employed on a fiscal– or calendar–year basis shall be credited with
a year of service for each year in which four quarters of coverage are
recorded.
ITEM 23. Adopt new
paragraph 21.13(2)“e” as follows:
e. Effective January 1, 2001, or such later date that the
actuary certifies that the change can be made without increasing contributions,
the age reduction shall be calculated by deducting 0.25 percent per month for
each month that the first month of entitlement precedes the earliest possible
normal retirement date for that member based on the age and years of service at
the member’s actual retirement.
ITEM 24. Amend paragraph
21.13(6)“c” as follows:
c. Effective July 1, 1996, in addition to the 60 percent
multiplier identified above, members who retire with years of service in excess
of their “applicable years” shall have the percentage multiplier
increased by 1 percent for each year in excess of their “applicable
years,” not to exceed an increase of 5 percent. For regular members,
“applicable years” means 30 years; for protection occupation
members, “applicable years” means 25 years; for sheriffs, deputy
sheriffs, and airport firefighters, “applicable years” means 22
years. Effective July 1, 1998, sheriffs, deputy sheriffs, and airport
firefighters who retire with years of service in excess of their applicable
years shall have their percentage multiplier increased by 1.5 percent for each
year in excess of their applicable years, not to exceed an increase of 12
percent.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing paragraph,
effective July 1, 2000, the “applicable years” and increases in the
percentage multiplier for years in excess of the applicable years shall be
determined under Iowa Code section 97B.49B(1) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411, sections 36 and 37.
ITEM 25. Adopt new
paragraph 21.13(6)“d” as follows:
d. For special service members covered under Iowa Code section
97B.49B as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, sections 36 and 37, the
applicable percentage and applicable years for members retiring on or after July
1, 2000, shall be determined as follows:
(1) For each member retiring on or after July 1, 2000, and
before July 1, 2001, 60 percent plus, if applicable, an additional 0.25 percent
for each additional quarter of eligible service beyond 24 years of service (the
“applicable years”), not to exceed 6 additional percentage
points;
(2) For each member retiring on or after July 1, 2001, and
before July 1, 2002, 60 percent plus, if applicable, 0.25 percent for each
additional quarter of eligible service beyond 23 years of service (the
“applicable years”), not to exceed a total of 7 additional
percentage points;
(3) For each member retiring on or after July 1, 2002, and
before July 1, 2003, 60 percent plus, if applicable, 0.25 percent for each
additional quarter of eligible service beyond 22 years of service (the
“applicable years”), not to exceed a total of 8 additional
percentage points;
(4) For each member retiring on or after July 1, 2003, 60
percent plus, if applicable, an additional 0.25 percent for each additional
quarter of eligible service beyond 22 years of service (the “applicable
years”), not to exceed a total of 12 additional percentage
points.
Regular service does not count as “eligible
service” in determining a special service member’s applicable
percentage.
ITEM 26. Amend paragraph
21.13(7)“a,” second unnumbered paragraph, and paragraph
21.13(7)“b” as follows:
If the three–year average covered wage of a member who
retires on or after January 1, 1997, and before January 1,
2003 2002, exceeds the limits set forth in paragraph
“b” below, the longer period specified in paragraph “b”
shall be substituted for the three–year averaging period described above.
No quarters from the longer averaging period described in paragraph
“b” shall be combined with the final quarter or quarters to complete
the last year.
b. For the persons retiring during the period beginning
January 1, 1997, and ending December 31, 2002 2001, the
three–year average covered wage shall be computed as follows:
(1) For a member who retires during the calendar year
beginning January 1, 1997, and whose three–year average covered wage at
the time of retirement exceeds $48,000, the member’s covered wages
averaged for the highest four years of the member’s service or $48,000,
whichever is greater.
(2) For a member who retires during the calendar year
beginning January 1, 1998, and whose three–year average covered wage at
the time of retirement exceeds $52,000, the member’s covered wages
averaged for the highest five years of the member’s service or $52,000,
whichever is greater.
(3) For a member who retires during the calendar year
beginning January 1, 1999, and whose three–year average covered wage at
the time of retirement exceeds $55,000, the member’s covered wages
averaged for the highest six years of the member’s service or $55,000,
whichever is greater.
(4) For a member who retires on or after January 1, 2000, but
before January 1, 2003 2002, and whose three–year
average covered wage at the time of retirement exceeds $55,000
$65,000, the member’s covered wages averaged for the highest
seven six years of the member’s service or
$55,000 $65,000, whichever is greater.
For purposes of this paragraph “b,” the highest
years of the member’s service shall be determined using calendar years and
may be determined using one computed year. The computed year shall be
calculated in the manner and subject to the restrictions provided in paragraph
“a.”
ITEM 27. Amend numbered paragraph
21.13(10)“a” (3)“3” as follows:
3. Members who have 25 years of protection occupation service
credit as defined in Iowa Code section 97B.49B (or the applicable years in
effect at the member’s retirement).
ITEM 28. Amend subparagraphs
21.13(10)“e”(2) and 21.13(10)“e”(3) as
follows:
(2) The applicable percentage multiplier divided by 25 (or
the applicable years at that time under Iowa Code section 97B.49B) times the
years of protection occupation class service credit (if any) times the
member’s high three–year average covered wage, plus
(3) The applicable percentage multiplier divided by 30 times
the years of regular service credit (if any) times the member’s high
three–year average covered wage minus the applicable wage reduction (if
any).
If the sum of the percentages obtained by dividing the
applicable percentage multiplier by 22, 25 (or the applicable years at that
time under Iowa Code section 97B.49B), and 30 and then multiplying those
percentages by years of service credit exceeds the applicable percentage
multiplier for that member, the percentage obtained above for each class of
service shall be subject to reduction so that the total shall not exceed the
member’s applicable percentage multiplier in the order specified in
paragraph “c,” subparagraph (3), of this subrule.
ITEM 29. Adopt new subrule
21.13(12) as follows:
21.13(12) Recalculation for a member aged 70. A
member remaining in covered employment after attaining the age of 70 years may
receive a retirement allowance without terminating the covered employment. A
member who is in covered employment, attains the age of 70 and begins receiving
a retirement allowance must terminate all covered employment before the
member’s retirement allowance can be recalculated to take into account
service after the member’s original FME. The formula to be used in
recalculating such a member’s retirement allowance depends on the date of
the member’s FME and the member’s termination date, as
follows.
If the member is receiving a retirement allowance with an FME
prior to July 1, 2000, and terminates covered employment on or after January 1,
2000, the member’s retirement formula for recalculation purposes shall be
the formula in effect at the time of the member’s termination from covered
employment or, if later, the date the member applies for a
recalculation.
In all other cases, the recalculation for a member aged 70 who
retires while actively employed shall use the retirement formula in effect at
the time of the member’s FME.
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 21.16(5) as
follows:
21.16(5) Credit for a leave of absence shall not be
granted and cannot be purchased for any time period which begins after or
extends beyond an employee’s termination of employment as certified by the
employer. This includes a certification of termination of employment made by an
employer on a refund application. Employers shall be required to certify all
leaves of absence for which credit is being requested using an affidavit
furnished by IPERS and accompanied by a copy of the official record(s) which
authorized the leave of absence. The provisions of this subrule denying credit
for leaves of absence in certain situations cases in which
the member takes a refund shall not apply to employees who were
on leaves of absence that begin on or after the effective date of
this subrule, which shall be began before November 27, 1996,
and took a refund before such date. The provisions of the subrule
requiring employers to certify all leaves of absence using an affidavit
furnished by IPERS shall apply to all requests for leave of absence credit filed
after November 27, 1996, regardless of when the leave of absence was
granted.
ITEM 31. Amend subrule 21.16(6) as
follows:
21.16(6) For a leave of absence beginning on or after
July 1, 1998, and purchased before July 1, 1999, the service purchase cost shall
be equal to the employer and employee contributions and interest payable for the
employee’s most recent year of covered wages, adjusted by the inflation
factor used in rule 21.24(97B). For a leave of absence beginning on or after
July 1, 1998, and purchased on or after July 1, 1999, the service purchase cost
shall be the actuarial cost, as certified by IPERS’ actuary. In
calculating the actuarial cost of a service purchase under this subrule, the
actuary shall apply the same actuarial assumptions and cost methods used in
preparing IPERS’ annual actuarial valuation, except that: (1) the
retirement assumption shall be changed to 100 percent at the member’s
earliest unreduced retirement age; and (2) if the actuary uses
gender–distinct mortality assumptions, the system shall use blended
mortality assumptions reasonably representative of the system’s
experience. The actuarial cost of a service purchase shall be the
difference between (1) the actuarial accrued liability for the member using the
foregoing assumptions and current service credits, and (2) the actuarial accrued
liability for the member using the foregoing assumptions, current service
credits, and all quarters of service credit available for purchase. If IPERS
changes the service purchase mortality assumptions upon the recommendation of
its actuary, all outstanding service purchase quotes shall be binding for the
remainder of the periods for which the cost quotes were issued. A cost quote
for a service purchase shall expire six months after it is delivered to the
member. After that time, a new cost quote must be obtained for any quarters not
previously purchased.
ITEM 32. Amend subrule 21.19(1),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
21.19(1) Effective July 1, 1998, the monthly benefit
payments for a member under the age of 65 who has a bona fide retirement and is
then reemployed in covered employment shall be reduced by 50 cents for each
dollar the member earns in excess of the amount of remuneration permitted for a
calendar year for a person under the age of 65 before a reduction in federal
Social Security retirement benefits is required, or $12,000
$14,000, whichever is greater. The foregoing reduction shall apply only
to IPERS benefits payable for the applicable year that the member has
reemployment earnings, and after the earnings limit has been reached. Said
reductions shall be applied as provided in subrule 21.19(2) below.
ITEM 33. Amend rule 581—21.22(97B),
catchwords, as follows:
581—21.22(97B) Disability for persons not
retiring under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51.
ITEM 34. Amend paragraph
21.24(2)“f” as follows:
f. Effective July 1, 1999, an eligible member must pay the
actuarial cost of a buy–in, as certified by IPERS’ actuary. In
calculating the actuarial cost of a buy–in, the actuary shall apply the
same actuarial assumptions and cost methods used in preparing IPERS’
annual actuarial valuation, except that: (1) the retirement assumption
shall be changed to 100 percent at the member’s earliest unreduced
retirement age; and (2) if the actuary uses gender–distinct mortality
assumptions, the system shall use blended mortality assumptions reasonably
representative of the system’s experience. The actuarial cost of a
service purchase shall be the difference between (1) the actuarial accrued
liability for the member using the foregoing assumptions and current service
credits, and (2) the actuarial accrued liability for the member using the
foregoing assumptions, current service credits, and all quarters of service
credit available for purchase. If IPERS changes the service purchase
mortality assumptions upon the recommendation of its actuary, all outstanding
service purchase quotes shall be binding for the remainder of the periods for
which the cost quotes were issued. A cost quote for a service purchase shall
expire six months after it is delivered to the member. After that time, a new
cost quote must be obtained for any quarters not previously
purchased.
ITEM 35. Amend subrule 21.24(3),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
21.24(3) IPERS buy–back. Effective July 1,
1996, only vested or retired members may buy back previously refunded IPERS
credit. For the period beginning July 1, 1996, and ending June 30, 1999, an
eligible member is required to make membership contributions equal to the
accumulated contributions received by the member for the period of service being
purchased plus accumulated interest and interest dividends. Effective July 1,
1999, an eligible member must pay the actuarial cost of a buy–back, as
certified by IPERS’ actuary. In calculating the actuarial cost, the
actuary shall apply the same actuarial assumptions and cost methods used in
preparing IPERS’ annual actuarial valuation, except that: (1) the
retirement assumption shall be changed to 100 percent at the member’s
earliest unreduced retirement age; and (2) if the actuary uses
gender–distinct mortality assumptions, the system shall use blended
mortality assumptions reasonably representative of the system’s
experience. The actuarial cost of a service purchase shall be the
difference between (1) the actuarial accrued liability for the member using the
foregoing assumptions and current service credits, and (2) the actuarial accrued
liability for the member using the foregoing assumptions, current service
credits, and all quarters of service credit available for purchase. If IPERS
changes the service purchase mortality assumptions upon the recommendation of
its actuary, all outstanding service purchase quotes shall be binding for the
remainder of the periods for which the cost quotes were issued. A cost quote
for a service purchase shall expire six months after it is delivered to the
member. After that time, a new cost quote must be obtained for any quarters not
previously purchased.
ITEM 36. Amend paragraph
21.24(5)“f” as follows:
f. Effective July 1, 1999, an eligible member must pay the
actuarial cost of a military service purchase, as certified by IPERS’
actuary. In calculating the actuarial cost, the actuary shall apply the same
actuarial assumptions and cost methods used in preparing IPERS’ annual
actuarial valuation, except that: (1) the retirement assumption shall be
changed to 100 percent at the member’s earliest unreduced retirement
age; and (2) if the actuary uses gender–distinct mortality assumptions,
the system shall use blended mortality assumptions reasonably representative of
the system’s experience. The actuarial cost of a service purchase
shall be the difference between (1) the actuarial accrued liability for the
member using the foregoing assumptions and current service credits, and (2) the
actuarial accrued liability for the member using the foregoing assumptions,
current service credits, and all quarters of service credit available for
purchase. If IPERS changes the service purchase mortality assumptions upon
the recommendation of its actuary, all outstanding service purchase quotes shall
be binding for the remainder of the periods for which the cost quotes were
issued. A cost quote for a service purchase shall expire six months after it is
delivered to the member. After that time, a new cost quote must be obtained for
any quarters not previously purchased.
ITEM 37. Amend paragraph
21.24(6)“d” as follows:
d. Actuarial cost. Effective July 1, 1999, an eligible member
must pay 40 percent and the Iowa legislature shall pay 60 percent of the
actuarial cost of a legislative service purchase, as certified by IPERS’
actuary. In calculating the actuarial cost, the actuary shall apply the same
actuarial assumptions and cost methods used in preparing IPERS’ annual
actuarial valuation, except that: (1) the retirement assumption shall be
changed to 100 percent at the member’s earliest unreduced retirement
age; and (2) if the actuary uses gender–distinct mortality assumptions,
the system shall use blended mortality assumptions reasonably representative of
the system’s experience. The actuarial cost of a service purchase
shall be the difference between (1) the actuarial accrued liability for the
member using the foregoing assumptions and current service credits, and (2) the
actuarial accrued liability for the member using the foregoing assumptions,
current service credits, and all quarters of service credit available for
purchase. If IPERS changes the service purchase mortality assumptions upon
the recommendation of its actuary, all outstanding service purchase quotes shall
be binding for the remainder of the periods for which the cost quotes were
issued. A cost quote for a service purchase shall expire six months after it is
delivered to the member. After that time, a new cost quote must be obtained for
any quarters not previously purchased.
ITEM 38. Renumber subrule
21.24(11) as 21.24(15) and adopt new subrule
21.24(11) as follows:
21.24(11) Public employment service credit under 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 70. A vested or retired member who has
five or more years of service credit and who was previously employed in public
employment for which optional coverage was not available, such as substitute
teaching or other temporary employment, may purchase up to 20 quarters of
service credit for such employment subject to the requirements of 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 70. Service credit may not be purchased under
this subrule for time periods when the member was eligible to elect coverage and
failed to do so, or affirmatively elected out of coverage. Also, service credit
may not be purchased under this subrule for periods in which the individual was
performing services as an independent contractor. The contributions required
under this subrule shall be in an amount equal to the actuarial cost of the
service purchase as determined under 21.24(2)“f.”
ITEM 39. Renumber subrule 21.24(12)
as 21.24(16) and adopt new subrule 21.24(12) as
follows:
21.24(12) Federal Peace Corps program service credit
under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 71. A vested or retired member
who has five or more years of service credit and who was previously employed
full–time as a member of the federal Peace Corps program may purchase up
to 20 quarters of service credit for such employment, subject to the
requirements of 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 71. Members with
service credit for such employment under another public retirement system must
provide a waiver of the service time to IPERS along with proof that the other
public retirement system has accepted the waiver and allows withdrawals of the
related service credit. The contributions required under this subrule shall be
in an amount equal to the actuarial cost of the service purchase as determined
under 21.24(2)“f.”
ITEM 40. Adopt new subrule
21.24(13) as follows:
21.24(13) Purchase of service credit for employment
with a qualified Canadian governmental entity. A vested or retired member who
has five or more years of service credit and who was previously employed
full–time by a qualified Canadian governmental entity, as defined in 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 68, may purchase up to 20 quarters of
service credit for such employment, subject to the requirements of 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 68. Members with service credit for such
employment under another public retirement system must provide a waiver of the
service time to IPERS along with proof that the other public retirement system
has accepted the waiver and allows withdrawals of the related service credit.
All communications from qualified Canadian governmental entities and their
retirement systems must be certified in English translation. The contributions
required under this subrule shall be in an amount equal to the actuarial cost of
the service purchase as determined under 21.24(2)“f.”
ITEM 41. Adopt new subrule
21.24(14) as follows:
21.24(14) Patient advocate service
purchases.
a. Current and former patient advocates employed under Iowa
Code section 229.19 shall be eligible for a wage adjustment under Iowa Code
section 97B.9(4) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 23, for
the four quarters preceding the date that the patient advocate began IPERS
coverage, or effective July 1, 2000, whichever is earlier. Additional service
credit for employment as a patient advocate may be purchased as
follows:
(1) For purchases completed prior to July 1, 2002, the cost
for each quarter will be calculated using the methods set forth in paragraphs
21.24(2)“b” through “e.”
(2) For purchases completed on or after July 1, 2002, the cost
for each quarter will be calculated using the methods set forth in paragraph
21.24(2)“f.”
b. Current patient advocates, former patient advocates who are
vested or retired, and former patient advocates who have four quarters of wages
on file as the result of wage adjustments shall qualify for service purchases
under this subrule.
ITEM 42. Amend subrule 21.30(3),
first unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
An eligible member’s favorable experience dividend shall
be calculated by multiplying the retirement allowance payable to the retiree,
beneficiary, or contingent annuitant for the previous December, or such other
month as determined by the department, by 12, and then multiplying that amount
total monthly benefit payments received in the prior calendar
year by the number of complete years the member has been retired or
would have been retired if living on the date the dividend is payable, and by
the applicable percentage set by the department. The number of complete years
the member has been retired shall be determined by rounding down to the nearest
whole year.
ITEM 43. Adopt a new
unnumbered paragraph at the end of subrule 21.30(4) as follows:
Effective July 1, 2000, a retiree or beneficiary eligible for
a FED payment must, in addition to all other applicable requirements, be living
on January 1 in order to receive a FED otherwise payable in that
January.
ITEM 44. Adopt new subrule
21.30(5) as follows:
21.30(5) No transfer of favorable experience to the
FED reserve fund shall exceed the amount that would extend IPERS’ unfunded
liability amortization period to more than the applicable limit then in effect
under the funding policy adopted by IPERS.
ITEM 45. Adopt new rule
581—21.31(78GA,SF2411) as follows:
581—21.31(78GA,SF2411) Disability claim process
under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51. Except as
otherwise indicated, this rule shall apply only to disability claims initiated
under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51. Except as otherwise
indicated, disability claims under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51,
shall be administered under rule 581— 21.22(97B).
21.31(1) Initiation of disability claim. The
disability claim process shall originate as an application to the system by the
member. The application shall be forwarded to the system’s designated
retirement benefits officer. An application shall be sent upon request. The
application consists of the following sections which must be completed and
returned to the system’s designated retirement benefits officer:
1. General applicant information.
2. Applicant’s statement.
3. Employer’s statement.
4. Member’s assigned duties.
5. Disability/injury reports.
6. Medical information release.
21.31(2) Preliminary processing. Completed forms
shall be returned to the disability retirement benefits officer. If the forms
are not complete, they will be returned for completion. The application package
shall contain copies of all relevant medical records and the names, addresses,
and telephone numbers of all relevant physicians. If medical records are not
included, the designated retirement benefits officer shall contact the listed
physicians for copies of the files on the individual and shall request that any
applicable files be sent to the medical board. In addition, IPERS may request
workers’ compensation records, social security records and such other
official records as are deemed necessary. The application, including copies of
the medical information, shall be forwarded to the medical board for review.
All medical records that will be part of a member’s permanent file shall
be kept in locked locations separate from the member’s other retirement
records.
21.31(3) Scheduling of appointments. Upon receipt and
forwarding of the application and sufficient medical records to the medical
board, the disability retirement benefits officer shall establish an appointment
for the applicant to be seen by the medical board in Iowa City. The member
shall be notified by telephone and in writing of the appointment, and given
general instructions about where to go for the examinations. The appointment
for the examinations shall be no later than 60 days after the completed
application, including sufficient medical records, is provided. All
examinations must be scheduled and completed on the same date. The member shall
also be notified about the procedures to follow for reimbursement of travel
expenses and lodging. Fees for physical examinations and medical records costs
shall be paid directly by IPERS pursuant to its contractual arrangements with
the medical providers required to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 51.
21.31(4) Medical board examinations. The medical
board, consisting of three physicians from the University of Iowa occupational
medicine clinic and other departments as required, shall examine the member and
perform the relevant tests and examinations pertaining to the difficulty the
member is having.
The medical board shall submit a letter of recommendation to
the system, based on its findings and the job duties supplied in the
member’s application, whether or not the member is mentally or physically
incapacitated from the further performance of the member’s duties and
whether or not the incapacity is likely to be permanent.
“Permanent” means that the mental or physical incapacity is
reasonably expected to last more than one year. The medical board’s
letter of recommendation shall include a recommended schedule for reexaminations
to determine the continued existence of the disability in question.
IPERS shall not be liable for any diagnostic testing
procedures performed in accordance with 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 51, and this rule which are alleged to have resulted in injury to the
members being examined.
The medical board shall furnish its determination, test
results, and supporting notes to the system no later than ten working days after
the date of the examination.
The medical board shall not be required to have regular
meetings, but shall be required to meet with IPERS’ representatives at
reasonable intervals to discuss the implementation of the program and
performance review.
21.31(5) Member and employer comments. Upon receipt
by the system, the medical board’s determination regarding the existence
or nonexistence of a permanent disability shall be distributed to the member and
to the employer for review. The member and the employer may forward to the
system written statements pertaining to the medical board’s findings
within ten days of transmittal. If relevant medical information not considered
in materials previously forwarded to the medical board is contained within such
written statements, the system shall submit such information to the medical
board for review and comment.
21.31(6) Fast–track review. IPERS’
disability retirement benefits officer may refer any case to IPERS’ chief
benefits officer for fast–track review. The chief benefits officer may,
based upon a review of the member’s application and medical records,
determine that the medical board be permitted to make its recommendations based
solely upon a review of the application and medical records, without requiring
the member to submit to additional medical examinations by, or coordinated
through, the medical board.
21.31(7) Initial administrative determination. The
medical board’s letter of recommendation, test results, and supporting
notes, and the member’s file shall be forwarded to IPERS. Except as
otherwise requested by IPERS, the medical board shall forward hospital discharge
summary reports rather than the entire set of hospital records. The complete
file shall be reviewed by the system’s disability retirement benefits
officer, who shall, in consultation with the system’s legal counsel, make
the initial disability determination. Written notification of the initial
disability determination shall be sent to the member and the member’s
employer within 14 days after a complete file has been returned to IPERS for the
initial disability determination.
21.31(8) General benefits provisions. If an initial
disability determination is favorable, benefits shall begin as of the date of
the initial disability determination or, if earlier, the member’s last day
on the payroll, but no more than six months of retroactive benefits are payable.
“Last day on the payroll” shall include any form of authorized leave
time, whether paid or unpaid. If a member receives short–term disability
benefits from the employer while awaiting a disability determination hereunder,
disability benefits will accrue from the date the member’s
short–term disability payments are discontinued. If an initial favorable
determination is appealed, the member shall continue to receive payments pending
the outcome of the appeal. Disability may not be awarded to any member who has
terminated employment before filing an application.
Any member who is awarded disability benefits under 2000 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51, and this rule shall be eligible to elect any
of the benefit options available under Iowa Code section 97B.51 as amended by
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 52. All such options shall be the
actuarial equivalent of the lifetime monthly benefit provided in 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411, section 51, subsections 2 and 3.
The disability benefits established under this subrule shall
be eligible for the favorable experience dividends payable under Iowa Code
section 97B.49F(2).
If the award of disability benefits is overturned upon appeal,
the member may be required to repay the amount already received or, upon
retirement, have payments suspended or reduced until the appropriate amount is
recovered.
21.31(9) In–service disability determinations.
Subject to the presumptions contained in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411,
section 51, in determining whether a member’s mental or physical
incapacity arises in the actual performance of duty, “duty” shall
mean:
a. For special service members other than firefighters, any
action that the member, in the member’s capacity as a law enforcement
officer:
(1) Is obligated or authorized by rule, regulation, condition
of employment or service, or law to perform; or
(2) Performs in the course of controlling or reducing crime or
enforcing the criminal law; or;
b. For firefighters, any action that the member, in the
member’s capacity as a firefighter:
(1) Is obligated or authorized by rule, regulation, condition
of employment or service, or law to perform; or
(2) Performs while on the scene of an emergency run (including
false alarms) or on the way to or from the scene.
21.31(10) Appeal rights. The member or the employer,
or both, may appeal IPERS’ initial disability determination. Such appeals
must be in writing and submitted to IPERS’ chief benefits officer within
30 days after the date of the system’s initial notification letter. The
system shall conduct an internal review of the initial disability determination,
and the chief benefits officer shall notify the member who filed the appeal in
writing of IPERS’ final disability determination with respect to the
appeal. The chief benefits officer may appoint a review committee to make
nonbinding recommendations on such appeals. The disability retirement benefits
officer, if named to the review committee, shall not vote on any such
recommendations, nor shall any members of IPERS’ legal staff participate
in any capacity other than a nonvoting capacity. Further appeals shall follow
the procedures set forth in rule 581—21.9(97B).
21.31(11) Notice of abuse of disability benefits. The
system has the obligation and full authority to investigate allegations of abuse
of disability benefits. The scope of the investigation to be conducted shall be
determined by the system, and may include the ordering of a sub rosa
investigation of a disability recipient to verify the facts relating to an
alleged abuse. A sub rosa investigation shall only be considered upon receipt
and evaluation of an acceptable notice of abuse. The notification must be in
writing and include:
a. The informant’s name, address, telephone number, and
relationship to the disability recipient; and
b. A statement pertaining to the circumstances that prompted
the notification, such as activities which the informant believes are
inconsistent with the alleged disability.
c. Anonymous calls shall not constitute acceptable
notification.
IPERS may employ such investigators and other personnel as may
be deemed necessary, in IPERS’ sole discretion, to carry out this
function. IPERS may also, in its sole discretion, decline to carry out such
investigations if more than five years have elapsed since the date of the
disability determination.
21.31(12) Qualification for social security disability
benefits. Upon qualifying for social security disability benefits, a member may
contact the system to have the member’s disability benefits calculated
under Iowa Code section 97B.50(2) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 49. The election to stop having benefits calculated under 2000
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51, and start having benefits calculated
under Iowa Code section 97B.50(2) as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 49, must be in writing on forms developed or approved by the
system, is irrevocable, and must be made within 60 days after the member
receives written notification of eligibility for disability benefits from social
security.
21.31(13) Reemployment/income monitoring. A member
who retires under 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51, and this rule
shall be required to supply a copy of a complete set of the member’s state
and federal income tax returns, including all supporting schedules, by June 30
of each calendar year. IPERS may suspend the benefits of any such member if
such records are not timely provided.
Only wages and self–employment income shall be counted
in determining a member’s reemployment comparison amount, as adjusted for
health care coverage for the member and member’s dependents.
For purposes of calculating the income offsets required under
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2411, section 51, IPERS shall convert any lump sum
workers’ compensation award to an actuarial equivalent, as determined by
IPERS’ actuary.
This rule is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2411, section 51.
ITEM 46. Adopt new rule
581—21.32(97B) as follows:
581—21.32(97B) Qualified benefits arrangement.
This rule establishes a separate unfunded qualified benefits arrangement (QBA)
as provided for in Iowa Code section 97B.49I. This arrangement is established
for the sole purpose of enabling IPERS to continue to apply the same formula for
determining benefits payable to all employees covered by IPERS, including those
whose benefits are limited by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue
Code.
21.32(1) IPERS shall administer the QBA. IPERS has
full discretionary authority to determine all questions arising in connection
with the QBA, including its interpretation and any factual questions arising
under the QBA. Further, IPERS has full authority to make modifications to the
benefits payable under the QBA as may be necessary to maintain its qualification
under Section 415(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
21.32(2) All members, retired members, and
beneficiaries of IPERS are eligible to participate in the QBA if their benefits
would exceed the limitation imposed by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Participation is determined for each plan year, and participation shall cease
for any plan year in which the benefit of a retiree or beneficiary is not
limited by Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code.
21.32(3) On and after the effective date of the QBA,
IPERS shall pay to each eligible retiree and beneficiary a supplemental pension
benefit equal to the difference between the retiree’s or
beneficiary’s monthly benefit otherwise payable from IPERS prior to any
reduction or limitation because of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code and
the actual monthly benefit payable from IPERS as limited by Section 415. IPERS
shall compute and pay the supplemental pension benefits in the same form, at the
same time, and to the same persons as such benefits would have otherwise been
paid as a monthly pension under IPERS except for said Section 415
limitations.
21.32(4) IPERS may consult its actuary to determine
the amount of benefits that cannot be provided under IPERS because of the
limitations of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, and the amount of
contributions that must be made to the QBA rather than to IPERS. Fees for the
actuary’s service shall be paid by the applicable employers.
21.32(5) Contributions shall not be accumulated under
this QBA to pay future supplemental pension benefits. Instead, each payment of
contributions by the applicable employer that would otherwise be made to IPERS
shall be reduced by the amount necessary to pay supplemental pension benefits
and administrative expenses of the QBA. The employer shall pay to this QBA the
contributions necessary to pay the required supplemental pension payments, and
these contributions will be deposited in a separate fund which is a portion of
the qualified plan established and administered by IPERS. This fund is intended
to be exempt from federal income tax under Sections 115 and 415(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code. IPERS shall pay the required supplemental pension
benefits to the member out of the employer contributions so transferred. The
employer contributions otherwise required under the terms of Iowa Code sections
97B.11, 97B.49B and 97B.49C shall be divided into those contributions required
to pay supplemental pension benefits hereunder, and those contributions paid
into and accumulated in the IPERS trust fund to pay the maximum benefits
permitted under Iowa Code chapter 97B. Employer contributions made to provide
supplemental pension benefits shall not be commingled with the IPERS trust fund.
The supplemental pension benefit liability shall be funded on a
plan–year–to–plan–year basis. Any assets of the
separate QBA fund not used for paying benefits for a current plan year shall be
used, as determined by IPERS, for the payment of administrative expenses of the
QBA for the plan year.
21.32(6) A member cannot elect to defer the receipt of
all or any part of the payments due under this QBA.
21.32(7) Payments under this rule are exempt from
garnishment, assignment, attachment, alienation, judgments, and other legal
processes to the same extent as provided under Iowa Code section
97B.39.
21.32(8) Nothing herein shall be construed as
providing for assets to be held in trust or escrow or any form of asset
segregation for members, retirees, or beneficiaries. To the extent any person
acquires the right to receive benefits under this QBA, the right shall be no
greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the state of
Iowa.
21.32(9) This QBA is a portion of a governmental plan
as defined in Section 414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, is intended to meet
the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Sections 115 and 415(m), and shall be
so interpreted and administered.
21.32(10) Amounts deducted from employer contributions
and deposited in the separate QBA fund shall not reduce the amounts that are to
be credited to employer contribution accounts under Iowa Code sections 97B.11,
97B.49B and 97B.49C.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
97B.49I.
[Filed Emergency 6/22/00, effective 6/22/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9968A
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2492,
section 17, the Department of Public Safety hereby adopts Chapter 53,
“Fire Service Training Bureau,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Effective July 1, 2000, the Fire Service Institute of the Iowa
State University Extension Service will be replaced by the new Fire Service
Training Bureau of the Fire Marshal Division of the Iowa Department of Public
Safety. Training programs of the Fire Service Institute will continue without
interruption under the Fire Service Training Bureau as will other services of
the Fire Service Institute, including distribution of publications produced
within the Bureau as well as from national fire service organizations. These
rules create a new chapter of administrative rules of the Department of Public
Safety, Chapter 53, which describes the organization of the Fire Service
Training Bureau, provides contact information for the Bureau, and provides for
fees for services offered by the Bureau. One major service of the Bureau, the
Iowa Fire Service Certification Program, is provided for separately in new
Chapter 54 which was Adopted and Filed Emergency in a separate filing (ARC
9969A herein) and became effective July 1, 2000.
Pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation prior to the adoption of these rules
is impracticable, as it is essential that administrative rules regarding the
organization and administration of the Fire Service Training Bureau be effective
on the date of assumption of responsibility for the
Bureau and its programs by the Department of Public Safety. Transition
of responsibility from the Fire Service Institute to the Fire Service Training
Bureau of the Fire Marshal Division of the Department occured on July 1,
2000.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
Department further finds that the normal effective date of these rules should be
waived and the rules made effective July 1, 2000, after filing with the
Administrative Rules Coordinator. These rules confer a benefit upon the public
by providing for immediate implementation of organization and administration of
the programs of the Fire Service Training Bureau, enabling the transition of
these programs to the Department of Public Safety on July 1, 2000.
These rules are also published herein under Notice of Intended
Action as ARC 9964A. The Notice of Intended Action provides for a period
of public comment and participation, including a public hearing. This process
will culminate in rules being adopted through the normal rule–making
proc–ess, after consideration of any public input received during the
comment period.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2492.
These rules became effective July 1, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 53
FIRE SERVICE TRAINING BUREAU
661—53.1(78GA,HF2492) Fire service training
bureau. There is established within the fire marshal division a fire
service training bureau, with responsibility for instructing the general public
and fire protection personnel throughout the state, providing service to public
and private fire departments in the state, conducting research in the methods of
maintaining and improving fire education consistent with the needs of Iowa
communities, and performing any other functions assigned to the bureau by the
state fire marshal in consultation with the state fire service and emergency
response council.
The fire service training bureau is located at 3100 Fire
Service Road, Ames, Iowa 50010–3100. The bureau can be contacted by
telephone at (888)469–2374 (toll free) or at (515) 294–6817, by fax
at (800)722–7350 (toll free) or (515) 294–2156, or by electronic
mail at fstbinfo@dps.state.ia.us.
661—53.2(78GA,HF2492) Programs, services, and
fees.
53.2(1) Courses and tuition fees. Current course
offerings of the fire service training bureau are available in the document
Catalog of Courses, Conferences and Services, available from the fire service
training bureau upon request. Current course tuition fees and any other fees
related to participation in courses shall be listed in the document Catalog of
Courses, Conferences and Services, and shall be effective until superseded by
publication of a later edition of the document. Prospective students should
inquire of the fire service training bureau as to the date of most recent
publication of the Catalog of Courses, Conferences and Services prior to
submitting the tuition fee for a course.
53.2(2) Conferences and fees. Upcoming conferences
offered by the fire service training bureau are listed in the document Catalog
of Courses, Conferences and Services, available from the fire service training
bureau upon request. Conference registration fees and any other fees related to
attendance at conferences shall be listed in the document Catalog of Courses,
Conferences and Services, and shall be effective until superseded by publication
of a later edition of the document. Prospective students should inquire of the
fire service training bureau as to the date of most recent publication of the
Catalog of Courses, Conferences and Services prior to submitting registration
fees or any other fees related to attendance at a conference.
53.2(3) Publications and materials; fees. All
publications and materials currently offered for sale by the fire service
training bureau are listed in the document Catalog of Publications and
Materials, available from the fire service training bureau upon request.
Current prices of publications shall be listed in the document Catalog of
Publications and Materials, and shall be effective until superseded by
publication of a later edition of the document. Persons wishing to purchase
publications or materials should inquire of the fire service training bureau as
to the date of most recent publication of the Catalog of Publications and
Materials prior to submitting payment for publications or materials.
53.2(4) Other services and tuition fees. Services
other than courses, conferences, and firefighter certification offered by the
fire service training bureau are listed in the document Catalog of Courses,
Conferences and Services, available from the fire service training bureau upon
request. Current fees for these services shall be listed in the document
Catalog of Courses, Conferences and Services, and shall be effective until
superseded by publication of a later edition of the document. Prospective
clients for these services should inquire of the fire service training bureau as
to the date of most recent publication of the Catalog of Courses, Conferences
and Services prior to submitting a request for or payment for any
service.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2492.
[Filed Emergency 6/22/00, effective 7/1/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9969A
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2492,
section 17, the Department of Public Safety hereby adopts Chapter 54,
“Firefighter Certification,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Effective July 1, 2000, the Fire Service Institute of the Iowa
State University Extension Service was replaced by the new Fire Service Training
Bureau of the Fire Marshal Division of the Iowa Department of Public Safety.
One of the programs of the Fire Service Institute is the certification of
firefighters in the state of Iowa. There are several different levels of
certification, each based upon standards promulgated by the National Fire
Protection Association. While certification is voluntary under state law, that
is, state law does not require certification in order to work either for pay or
as a volunteer in the fire service, some fire departments within the state of
Iowa require certification of their members as a condition of employment.
Consequently, it is imperative that administrative rules regarding the
administration of the certification program and the standards required for
certification be in place from the date on which the Department of Public Safety
assumes responsibility for the certification program. These rules provide
administrative procedures for the operation of the certification program, the
standards for certification at various levels, and fees related to the
certification program to be collected by the Fire Service Training
Bureau.
Pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation prior to the adoption of these rules
is impracticable, as it is essential that administrative rules regarding the
administration of and standards for firefighter certification be effective from
the date of assumption by the Department of Public Safety of responsibility for
the administration of the firefighter
certification program. Transition of responsibility for the certification
program to the Fire Marshal Division of the Department occured on July 1,
2000.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
Department further finds that the normal effective date of these rules, 35 days
after publication, should be waived and the rules made effective July 1, 2000,
after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator. These rules confer a
benefit upon the public by providing for immediate implementation of
administrative procedures and standards for certification of firefighters,
allowing the continued operation of the certification program after assumption
of responsibility for its operation by the Department of Public Safety on July
1, 2000.
These rules are also published herein under Notice of Intended
Action as ARC 9965A. The Notice of Intended Action provides for a period
of public comment and participation, including a public hearing. This process
will culminate in rules being adopted through the normal rule–making
proc–ess, after consideration of any public input received during the
comment period.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2492.
These rules became effective July 1, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 54
FIREFIGHTER CERTIFICATION
661—54.1(78GA,HF2492) Firefighter certification
program. There is established within the fire service training bureau of
the fire marshal division a firefighter certification program for the state of
Iowa, which shall be known as the Iowa fire service certification system. The
Iowa fire service certification system is accredited by the International Fire
Service Accreditation Congress to certify fire service personnel to accepted
national standards. All certifications issued by the Iowa fire service
certification system shall be based upon nationally accepted
standards.
Inquiries and requests regarding the Iowa fire service
certification system should be directed to Iowa Fire Service Certification
System, Fire Service Training Bureau, 3100 Fire Service Road, Ames, Iowa
50010–3100. The bureau can be contacted by telephone at
(888)469–2374 (toll free) or at (515)294–6817, by fax at
(800)722–7350 (toll free) or (515) 294–2156, or by electronic mail
at fstbinfo@dps.state.ia.us.
54.1(1) Eligibility. Any person seeking certification
through the Iowa fire service certification system shall be a current member of
a fire, emergency, or rescue organization within the state of Iowa and shall be
at least 18 years of age.
EXCEPTION: Persons not meeting the
requirement of membership in a fire, emergency, or rescue organization may be
granted exceptions to this requirement on an individual basis. Individuals
seeking such exceptions shall address these requests to the fire service
training bureau.
54.1(2) Application. Application forms for each level
of firefighter certification may be obtained from the fire service training
bureau, or on the bureau’s Web site at http://www.
state.ia.us/government/dps/fm/fstb. In order to enter the certification
program, an applicant shall submit a completed application, accompanied by the
required fee, to the fire service training bureau. The fee must accompany the
application form, although a purchase order from a public agency or private
organization may be accepted in lieu of prior payment. The application and fee
shall be submitted no less than two weeks prior to the date of any examination
in which the applicant wishes to participate.
661—54.2(78GA,HF2492) Certification standards.
Standards for Iowa firefighter certification are based upon nationally
recognized standards established by the National Fire Protection Association, 1
Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, Massachusetts 02269–9101.
Certification at each level in the Iowa fire service certification system
results in national certification as well.
54.2(1) Firefighter I. Certification as firefighter I
is based upon the requirements for firefighter I certification established in
NFPA 1001, “Standard for Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications,”
1997 edition, chapter 3, published by the National Fire Protection
Association.
EXCEPTION: Any person applying for
certification as a firefighter I who applied to the Fire Service Institute, Iowa
State University Extension, by May 15, 2000, and completes certification
requirements by July 15, 2000, shall be required to meet the requirements for
firefighter I certification established in NFPA 1001, “Fire Fighter
Professional Qualifications,” 1992 edition, chapter 3, published by the
National Fire Protection Association.
54.2(2) Firefighter II. Certification as firefighter
II is based upon the requirements for firefighter II certification established
in NFPA 1001, “Standard for Fire Fighter Professional
Qualifications,” 1997 edition, chapter 4, published by the National Fire
Protection Association.
EXCEPTION: Any person applying for
certification as a firefighter II who applied to the Fire Service Institute,
Iowa State University Extension, by May 15, 2000, and completes certification
requirements by July 15, 2000, shall be required to meet the requirements for
firefighter II certification established in NFPA 1001, “Fire Fighter
Professional Qualifications,” 1992 edition, chapter 4, published by the
National Fire Protection Association.
54.2(3) Driver operator (pumper). Certification as a
driver operator (pumper) is based upon the requirements for fire department
vehicle driver/operator certification established in NFPA 1002, “Standard
for Fire Vehicle Driver/Operator Professional Qualifications,” 1993
edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association.
54.2(4) Fire officer. Certification as a fire officer
is based upon the requirements for fire officer certification established in
NFPA 1021, “Standard for Fire Officer Professional Qualifications,”
1997 edition, published by the National Fire Protection Association.
54.2(5) Fire service instructor I. Certification as a
fire service instructor I is based upon the requirements for certification as a
fire service instructor I established in NFPA 1041, “Standard for Fire
Service Instructor Professional Qualifications,” 1996 edition, chapter 2,
published by the National Fire Protection Association.
661—54.3(78GA,HF2492) Fees. The following fees
are established for certification at each level. Fees are due at the time of
application.
- Firefighter I
|
- $ 50
|
- Firefighter II
|
- $ 50
|
- Driver/Operator (Pumper)
|
- $ 65
|
- Fire Officer
|
- $ 75
|
- Fire Service Instructor I
|
- $ 35
|
Fees may be paid by personal check made payable to “Iowa
Department of Public Safety – Fire Service Training Bureau,” credit
card, purchase order from a public agency or private organization, check or
draft from a public agency or private organization, money order, or
cash.
661—54.4(78GA,HF2492) Certification, denial, and
revocation of certification.
54.4(1) Certification. Upon completion of the
requirements for certification, the applicant’s name shall be entered into
the Iowa certification database maintained by the fire service training bureau
for the respective level of certification and into the National Certification
Data Base maintained by the International Fire Service Accreditation Congress.
Individuals who successfully complete the certification requirements shall also
receive an individualized certificate awarding national certification from the
fire service training bureau, which will bear a numbered seal from the
International Fire Service Accreditation Congress, and additional insignia from
the fire service training bureau.
54.4(2) Denial of certification. Certification shall
be denied to any applicant who fails to meet all of the requirements for the
type of certification, who knowingly submits false information to the fire
service training bureau, or who engages in fraudulent activity during the
certification process.
54.4(3) Revocation. The fire marshal may revoke the
certification of any individual who is found to have knowingly provided false
information to the fire service training bureau during the certification process
or to have engaged in fraudulent activity during the certification
process.
54.4(4) Appeals. Any person who is denied
certification or whose certification is revoked may appeal the denial or
revocation. Appeals of denials or revocations of certification shall be made to
the commissioner of public safety within 30 days of the issuance of the denial
or revocation using the contested case procedures specified in 661—Chapter
10.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, House
File 2492.
[Filed Emergency 6/22/00, effective 7/1/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9967A
PUBLIC SAFETY
DEPARTMENT[661]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3, the
Department of Public Safety hereby adopts a new Chapter 59, “Volunteer
Emergency Services Provider Death Benefits,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2452, section 97, provides that,
effective July 1, 2000, the beneficiary of a volunteer emergency services
provider who dies in the line of duty will be eligible for payment of a $100,000
death benefit from the State of Iowa, subject to certain restrictions. These
rules establish the death benefits program, including eligibility criteria in
accordance with Senate File 2452, administrative procedures for the program, a
definition of “beneficiary” for the purposes of the program, and a
procedure for appeals of decisions made by the Department in administration of
the program.
Language in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2452, provides that
the lump–sum death benefit is to be paid to the “beneficiary”
of the deceased volunteer emergency services provider once eligibility has been
established. The term “beneficiary” is not defined in this statute.
In order to provide clear direction for the payment of benefits when eligibility
has been established, the term “beneficiary” is defined in these
rules in terms parallel to the provisions of the similar death benefit program
for paid emergency services providers, which was established in 2000 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2411.
Pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation prior to the adoption of these rules
is impracticable, as it is essential that administrative rules regarding the
organization and administration of the Volunteer Emergency Services Provider
Death Benefit Program be effective on July 1, 2000, in order for the program to
be accessible in a timely fashion to any prospective beneficiary.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
Department further finds that the normal effective date of these rules, 35 days
after publication, should be waived and the rules made effective July 1, 2000,
after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator. These rules confer a
benefit upon the public by providing for immediate implementation of the
Volunteer Emergency Services Provider Death Benefit Program and making the
program available immediately to any beneficiary whose eligibility results from
a death which occurs on or after July 1, 2000.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these rules is published
herein as ARC 9966A. The Notice of Intended Action provides for a period
of public comment and participation, including a public hearing. This process
will culminate in adoption of the rules through the normal rule–making
process after consideration of any public input received during the comment
period.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2452, section 97.
These rules became effective July 1, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 59
VOLUNTEER EMERGENCY SERVICES PROVIDER DEATH
BENEFITS
661—59.1(78GA,SF2452) Volunteer emergency services
provider death benefit program. There is established within the fire
marshal division a volunteer emergency services provider death benefit program
with responsibility for administering the payment of death benefits to
beneficiaries of volunteer emergency services providers who die in the line of
duty, as provided in 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2452, section 97.
Information about the program can be obtained by mail from the
Volunteer Emergency Services Provider Death Benefit Program, Fire Marshal
Division, Department of Public Safety, 621 East 2nd Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50309– 1831, by telephone at (515)281–5821, or by electronic mail at
fminfo@dps.state.ia.us.
661—59.2(78GA,SF2452) Eligibility. The
beneficiary of a volunteer emergency services provider who is killed in the line
of duty is eligible for a lump–sum payment of $100,000 from the volunteer
emergency services provider death benefit program, provided that application is
made to the program in accordance with requirements established in this chapter
and all eligibility criteria are satisfied.
59.2(1) Application. Application forms for the
volunteer emergency services provider death benefit program may be obtained on
request from the fire marshal division. The fire marshal may accept a legible
copy of a completed application for the federal public safety officer benefits
program as an application for payment of benefits from the volunteer emergency
services provider death benefit program. Completed application forms shall be
mailed or delivered to the Volunteer Emergency Services Provider Death Benefit
Program, Fire Marshal Division, Department of Public Safety, 621 East 2nd
Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–1831. A completed application form shall
be accompanied by a letter from the chief or other responsible supervisory
official of the department in which the volunteer emergency services provider
was serving at the time of the line–of–duty death, certifying that
the death of the volunteer was the direct and proximate result of a traumatic
personal injury incurred in the line of duty as a volunteer. Any evidence or
proof available to the chief or responsible supervisory official to support the
claim shall accompany the letter.
59.2(2) Definitions. The following definitions apply
to the volunteer emergency services provider death benefit program.
“Beneficiary” means the surviving spouse of the
volunteer emergency services provider who died in the line of duty. If there is
no surviving spouse, and there is a surviving child or surviving children of the
volunteer emergency services provider, then “beneficiary” means the
surviving child of the member. If there is more than one surviving child, the
children are cobeneficiaries who shall share equally in the lump–sum
payment of the death benefit. If there is no surviving spouse or child of the
volunteer emergency services provider, “beneficiary” means the
surviving father or mother of the volunteer emergency services provider if
either or both survives at the time of the line–of–duty death of the
volunteer emergency services provider. If both the mother and father of the
volunteer emergency services provider survive at the time of the
line–of–duty death of the volunteer emergency services provider,
then the father and mother are cobeneficiaries who shall share equally in the
lump–sum payment. If there is no surviving spouse, child, or parent at
the time of the line–of–duty death of the volunteer emergency
services provider, then “beneficiary” means the estate of the
deceased volunteer emergency services provider.
“Line–of–duty death” means the death
of a volunteer emergency services provider which was the direct and proximate
result of a traumatic personal injury incurred in the line of duty as a
volunteer. The death is not a line–of–duty death if any of the
following apply:
1. The death resulted from stress, strain, occupational
illness, or a chronic, progressive, or congenital illness including, but not
limited to, a disease of the heart, lungs, or respiratory system, unless a
traumatic personal injury was a substantial contributing factor to the volunteer
emergency services provider’s death.
2. The death was caused by the intentional misconduct of the
volunteer emergency services provider or by such provider’s intent to
cause the provider’s own death.
3. The volunteer emergency services provider was voluntarily
intoxicated at the time of death.
4. The volunteer emergency services provider was performing
the provider’s duties in a grossly negligent manner at the time of
death.
5. A beneficiary who would otherwise be entitled to a benefit
under this chapter was, through the beneficiary’s actions, a substantial
contributing factor to the volunteer
emergency services provider’s death.
661—59.3(78GA,SF2452) Determination. After
receiving an application for benefits from the volunteer emergency services
provider death benefit program, the fire marshal shall make a determination as
to whether or not the application meets the requirements for payment of
benefits. The fire marshal may require the beneficiary or the chief or
responsible supervisory official who has certified that the death is a
line–of–duty death to submit any additional information that the
fire marshal deems material to making the determination. If the determination
is that the requirements for payment of benefits have been met, the fire marshal
shall so notify the beneficiary or cobeneficiaries and shall request that the
department of revenue and finance issue a warrant payable to the beneficiary in
the amount of the lump–sum payment provided or, if there are
cobeneficiaries, that the department of revenue and finance issue warrants in
equal shares of the lump–sum amount payable to each of the
cobeneficiaries.
59.3(1) Denial and notification. If the fire marshal
determines that the eligibility criteria have not been met, the fire marshal
shall notify in writing the beneficiary or cobeneficiaries and the chief or
responsible supervisory official who certified that the death occurred in the
line of duty of the determination and of the reason or reasons for the
denial.
59.3(2) Appeals. If an application for payment from
the volunteer emergency services provider program is denied, the beneficiary or
any cobeneficiary may appeal that decision to the commissioner of public safety
by filing an appeal in writing to the commissioner of public safety within 30
days of the date of the denial of the application by the fire marshal. Appeals
shall be processed in accordance with contested case procedures specified in
661—Chapter 10.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2452, section 97.
[Filed Emergency 6/22/00, effective 7/1/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9952A
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.17(19) and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 20, “Foods for Human Consumption, Prescription
Drugs, Insulin, Hypodermic Syringes, Diabetic Testing
Materials, Prosthetic, Orthotic or Orthopedic
Devices,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The legislature recently amended the Iowa Code to exempt
purchases of certain types of clothing and footwear from Iowa sales and use tax
during a two–day period in August. The Department has drafted a new rule
interpreting and explaining the exemption in some detail.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that notice and public participation are impracticable because of the need
to implement the new provisions of this relatively complicated law within a very
short period of time.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of this rule should
be waived and this rule should be made effective June 23, 2000, upon filing with
the Administrative Rules Coordinator.
The Department of Revenue and Finance adopted this rule on
June 23, 2000.
This rule is also published herein under Notice of Intended
Action as ARC 9953A to allow for public comment.
This emergency filing permits the Department to implement this
new provision of law.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 422.45 as
amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2351.
This rule became effective June 23, 2000.
Amend 701—Chapter 20 by adopting the following
new rule:
701—20.12(422,423) Exempt sales of clothing and
footwear during two–day period in August. Tax is not due on the sale
or use of a qualifying article of clothing or footwear if the sales price of the
article is less than $100 and the sale takes place during a period beginning at
12:01 a.m. on the first Friday in August and ending at 12 midnight of the
following Saturday. For example, in the year 2000, this period begins at 12:01
a.m. on Friday, August 4, and ends at 12 midnight on Saturday, August 5.
Eligible purchases of clothing and footwear are exempt from local option sales
taxes as well as Iowa state sales tax.
20.12(1) Definitions. The following words and terms,
when used in this rule, shall have the following meanings, unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise.
“Accessories” include but are not limited to
jewelry, handbags, purses, briefcases, luggage, wallets, watches,cufflinks, tie
tacks and similar items carried on or about the human body, without regard to
whether worn on the body in a manner characteristic of clothing.
“Clothing or footwear” means an article of wearing
apparel designed to be worn on or about the human body. For the purposes of
this rule, the term does not include accessories or special clothing or footwear
or articles of wearing apparel designed to be worn by animals.
“Special clothing or footwear” is clothing or
footwear primarily designed for athletic activity or protective use and which is
not normally worn except when used for the athletic activity or protective use
for which it is designed.
20.12(2) Exempt sales. The exemption applies to each
article of clothing or footwear selling for less than $100, regardless of how
many items are sold on the same invoice to a customer. For example, if a
customer purchases two shirts for $80 each, both items qualify for the exemption
even though the customer’s total purchase price ($160) exceeds $99.99.
The exemption does not apply to the first $99.99 of an article of clothing or
footwear selling for more than $99.99. For example, if a customer purchases a
pair of pants costing $110, sales tax is due on the entire $110.
20.12(3) Taxable sales. This exemption does not apply
to sales of the following goods or services:
a. Any special clothing or footwear that is primarily designed
for athletic activity or protective use and that is not normally worn except
when used for the athletic activity or protective use for which it is designed.
For example, golf cleats and football pads are primarily designed for athletic
activity or protective use and are not normally worn except when used for those
purposes; therefore, they do not qualify for the exemption. However, tennis
shoes, jogging suits, and swimsuits are commonly worn for purposes other than
athletic activity and qualify for the exemption.
b. Accessories, including jewelry, handbags, purses,
briefcases, luggage, umbrellas, wallets, watches, and similar items carried on
or about the human body, without regard to whether they are worn on the body in
a manner characteristic of clothing.
c. The rental of any clothing or footwear. For example, this
exemption does not apply to rentals of formal wear, costumes, diapers, and
bridal gowns, but would apply to sales of the above items.
d. Taxable services performed on the clothing or footwear,
such as garment and shoe repair, dry cleaning or laundering, and alteration
services. Sales tax is due on alterations to clothing, even though the
alteration service may be performed, invoiced and paid for at the same time as
the clothing is being purchased. If a customer purchases a pair of pants for
$90 and pays $15 to have the pants cuffed, the $90 charge for the pants is
exempt, but tax is due on the $15 alteration charge.
e. Purchases of items used to make, alter, or repair clothing
or footwear, including fabric, thread, yarn, buttons, snaps, hooks, belt
buckles, and zippers.
20.12(4) Special situations.
a. Articles normally sold as a unit. Articles that are
normally sold as a unit must continue to be sold in that manner if the exemption
is to apply; they cannot be priced separately and sold as individual items in
order to obtain the exemption. For example, if a pair of shoes sells for $150,
the pair cannot be split in order to sell each shoe for $75 to qualify for the
exemption. If a suit is normally priced at $225 and sold as a unit on a single
price tag, the suit cannot be split into separate articles so that any of the
components may be sold for less than $100 in order to qualify for the exemption.
However, components that are normally priced as separate articles (e.g., slacks
and sport coats, and suit coats and suit pants sold separately prior to the
two–day period) may continue to be sold as separate articles and qualify
for the exemption if the price of an article is less than $100.
b. Sales of exempt clothing combined with gifts of taxable
merchandise. When exempt clothing is sold in a set that also contains taxable
merchandise as a free gift and no additional charge is made for the gift, the
exempt clothing may qualify for this exemption. For example, a boxed set may
contain a tie and a free tie tack. If the price of the set is the same as the
price of the tie sold separately, the item being sold is the tie, which is
exempt from tax if sold for less than $100 during the exemption period.
c. Layaway sales. A layaway sale is a transaction in which
merchandise is set aside for future delivery to a customer who makes a deposit,
agrees to pay the balance of the purchase price over a period of time and, at
the end of the payment period, receives the merchandise. Under Iowa sales tax
law, a sale of tangible personal property occurs when a purchaser takes delivery
of tangible personal property in return for a consideration. Therefore, if a
customer takes delivery of qualifying clothing or footwear during the exemption
period (usually by taking possession of it; see rule 701—16.22(422,423)
for general information on layaway sales) that sale of eligible clothing will
qualify for the exemption.
20.12(5) Calculating taxable and exempt
grossreceipts—discounts, coupons, buying at a reduced price, and
rebates.
a. Discounts. A discount allowed by a retailer and taken on a
taxable sale can be used to reduce the sales price of an item. If the discount
reduces the sales price of an item to $99.99 or less, the item may qualify for
the exemption. For example, a customer buys a $150 dress and a $100 blouse from
a retailer offering a 10% discount. After applying the 10% discount, the final
sales price of the dress is $135, and the blouse is $90. The dress is taxable
(it is over $99.99), and the blouse is exempt (it is less than $99.99). See
rule 701—15.6(422,423) for a definition of the word “discount”
and a description of which retailers’ reductions in price are discounts
which reduce the taxable sales prices of items and which are not.
b. Coupons. When a coupon is issued by a retailer and is
actually used to reduce the sales price of any taxable item, the value of the
coupon is excludable from the tax as a discount, regardless of whether the
retailer is reimbursed for the amount represented by the coupon. Therefore, a
retailer’s coupon can be used to reduce the sales price of an item to
$99.99 or less in order to qualify for the exemption. For example, if a
customer purchases a pair of shoes priced at $110 with a coupon worth $20 off,
the final sales price of the shoes is $90, and the shoes qualify for the
exemption. A manufacturer’s coupon cannot be used to reduce the sales
price of an item. See 701—subrule 15.6(3).
c. Buy one, get one free or for a reduced price or “two
for the price of one” sales. The total price of items advertised as
“buy one, get one free,” or “buy one, get one for a reduced
price,” or “two for the price of one” cannot be averaged in
order for both items to qualify for the exemption. The following examples
illustrate how such sales should be handled.
EXAMPLE 1. A retailer advertises pants as
“buy one, get one free.” The first pair of pants is priced at $120;
the second pair of pants is free. Tax is due on $120. Having advertised that
the second pair is free, the store cannot ring up each pair of pants for $60 in
order for the items to qualify for the exemption. However, if the retailer
advertises and sells the pants for 50% off, selling each pair of $120 pants for
$60, each pair of pants qualifies for the exemption.
EXAMPLE 2. A retailer advertises shoes as
“buy one pairat the regular price, get a second pair for half
price.” The first pair of shoes is sold for $100; the second pair is sold
for $50 (half price). Tax is due on the $100 shoes, but not on the $50 shoes.
Having advertised that the second pair is half price, the store cannot ring up
each pair of shoes for $75 in order for the items to qualify for the exemption.
However, if the retailer advertises the shoes for 25% off, thereby selling each
pair of $100 shoes for $75, each pair of shoes qualifies for the
exemption.
EXAMPLE 3. A retailer advertises shirts
as “buy two for the price of one” for $140. Tax is due on $140.
Each shirt cannot be rung up as costing $70. However, as described in examples
1 and 2 above, the $140 cost of each shirt can be discounted to bring the price
of each shirt within the exemption’s limitation.
d. Rebates. Rebates occur after the sale and do not affect
the sales price of an item purchased. For example, a customer purchases a
sweater for $110 and receives a $12 rebate from the manufacturer. The retailer
must collect tax on the $110 sales price of the sweater. See 701—subrule
15.6(2) for additional information regarding rebates.
e. Shipping and handling charges. Shipping charges separately
stated and separately contracted for (as explained in rule
701—15.13(422,423)) are not part of the amount used to determine whether
the sales price of an item qualifies it for exemption. Handling charges,
however, are part of the amount used to make this determination if it is
necessary to pay those charges in order to purchase an item.
20.12(6) Treatment of various transactions associated
with sales.
a. Rain checks. Eligible items purchased during the exemption
period using a rain check will qualify for the exemption regardless of when the
rain check was issued. However, issuance of a rain check during the exemption
period will not qualify an eligible item for the exemption if the item is
actually purchased after the exemption period.
b. Exchanges.
(1) If a customer purchases an item of eligible clothing or
footwear during the exemption period and later exchanges the item for the same
item (different size, different color, etc.), no additional tax will be due even
if the exchange is made after the exemption period.
EXAMPLE. A customer purchases a $35 shirt
during the exemption period. After the exemption period ends, the customer
exchanges the shirt for the same shirt in a different size. Tax is not due on
the $35 price of the shirt.
(2) If a customer purchases an item of eligible clothing or
footwear during the exemption period and after the exemption period has ended
returns the item and receives credit on the purchase of a different item, the
appropriate sales tax will apply to the sale of the newly purchased
item.
EXAMPLE. A customer purchases a $35 shirt
during the exemption period. After the exemption period, the customer exchanges
the shirt for a $35 jacket. Because the jacket was not purchased during the
exemption period, tax is due on the $35 price of the jacket.
(3) If a customer purchases an item of eligible clothing or
footwear during the exemption period and later during the exemption period
returns the item and purchases a similar but nonexempt item, the purchase of the
second item is not exempt from tax.
EXAMPLE. During the exemption period, a
customer purchases a $90 dress that qualifies for the exemption. Later, during
the exemption period, the customer exchanges the $90 dress for a $150 dress. Tax
is due on the $150 dress. The $90 credit from the returned item cannot be used
to reduce the sales price of the $150 item to $60 for exemption
purposes.
(4) If a customer purchases an item of eligible clothing or
footwear before the exemption period and during the exemption period returns the
item and receives credit on the purchase of a different item of eligible
clothing or footwear, no sales tax is due on the sale of the new item if it is
purchased during the exemption period and otherwise meets the qualifications for
exemption.
EXAMPLE. Before the exemption period, a
customer purchases a $60 dress. Later, during the exemption period, the
customer exchanges the $60 dress for a $95 dress. Tax is not due on the $95
dress because it was purchased during the exemption period and otherwise meets
the qualifications for the exemption.
20.12(7) Nonexclusive list of exempt items. The
following is a nonexclusive list of clothing or footwear, sales of which are
exempt from tax during the two–day period in August:
Adult diapers
Aerobic clothing
Antique clothing
Aprons—household
Athletic socks
Baby bibs
Baby clothes—generally
Baby diapers
Baseball caps
Bathing suits
Belts with buckles attached
Blouses
Boots—general purpose
Bow ties
Bowling shirts
Bras
Bridal apparel—sold not rented
Camp clothing
Caps—sports and others
Chefs’ uniforms
Children’s novelty costumes
Choir robes
Clerical garments
Coats
Corsets
Costumes—Halloween, Santa Claus, etc., sold not
rented
Coveralls
Cowboy boots
Diapers—cloth and disposable
Dresses
Dress gloves
Dress shoes
Ear muffs
Employee uniforms other than those primarily designed
for
athletic activity or protective use
Formal clothing—sold not rented
Fur coats and stoles
Galoshes
Garters and garter belts
Girdles
Gloves—cloth, dress and leather
Golf clothing—caps, dresses, shirts and skirts
Graduation caps and gowns—sold not rented
Gym suits and uniforms
Hats
Hiking boots
Hooded (sweat) shirts
Hosiery, including support hosiery
Jackets
Jeans
Jerseys for other than athletic wear
Jogging apparel
Knitted caps or hats
Lab coats
Leather clothing
Leg warmers
Leotards and tights
Lingerie
Men’s formal wear— sold not rented
Neckwear, e.g., scarves
Nightgowns and nightshirts
Overshoes
Pajamas
Pants
Panty hose
Prom dresses
Ponchos
Raincoats and hats
Religious clothing
Riding pants
Robes
Rubber thongs—“flip–flops”
Running shoes without cleats
Safety shoes (adaptable for street wear)
Sandals
Shawls
Shirts
Shoe inserts and laces
Stockings
Suits
Support hose
Suspenders
Sweatshirts
Swim trunks
Tennis dresses
Tennis skirts
Ties
Tights
Trousers
Tuxedoes (except cufflinks)—sold not rented
Underclothes
Underpants
Undershirts
Uniforms—generally
Veils
Vests—general, for wear with suits
Walking shoes
Windbreakers
Work clothes
20.12(8) Nonexclusive list of taxable items. The
following is a nonexclusive list of items, sales of which are taxable during the
two–day period in August:
Accessories—generally
Alterations of clothing
Athletic supporters
Backpacks
Ballet shoes
Barrettes
Baseball cleats
Baseball gloves
Belt buckles sold without belts
Belts for weight lifting
Belts needing buckles but sold without them
Bicycle shoes with cleats
Billfolds
Blankets
Boutonnieres
Bowling shoes—rented and sold
Bracelets
Buttons
Chest protectors
Clothing repair
Coin purses
Corsages
Dry cleaning services
Elbow pads
Employee uniforms primarily designed for athletic
activities or protective use
Fabric sales
Fishing boots (waders)
Football pads
Football pants
Football shoes
Goggles
Golf gloves
Ice skates
In–line skates
Insoles
Jewelry
Key cases and chains
Knee pads
Laundry services
Life jackets and vests
Luggage
Monogramming services
Pads—elbow, knee, and shoulder, football and
hockey
Patterns
Protective gloves and masks
Purses
Rental of clothing
Rental of shoes or skates
Repair of clothing
Roller blades
Safety clothing
Safety glasses
Safety shoes—not adaptable for street wear
Shoes with cleats or spikes
Shoulder pads for dresses and jackets
Shower caps
Skates—ice and roller
Ski boots, masks, suits and vests
Special protective clothing or footwear not adaptable
for
street wear
Sports helmets
Sunglasses—except prescription
Sweatbands—arm, wrist and head
Swim fins, masks and goggles
Tap dance shoes
Thread
Vests—bulletproof
Weight lifting belts
Wrist bands
Yard goods
Yarn
Zippers
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.45 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2351.
[Filed Emergency 6/23/00, effective 6/23/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9957A
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
DIVISION[876]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 8,
“Substantive and Interpretive Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment specifies the amount of transportation expense
allowed for the use of a private auto for medical treatment or examination for a
work–related injury.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner finds that notice and public
participation are unnecessary. Rule 8.1(85) is noncontroversial. The rate of
reimbursement for transportation expense has historically corresponded to the
rate the state of Iowa pays state employees and board members for use of
personal vehicles. On May 1, 2000, the Department of General Services
determined that, effective July 1, 2000, the rate will be 29 cents per mile. In
order for the change to 876—8.1(85) to be effective July 1, 2000, it must
be filed emergency.
The Division also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of this amendment, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the amendment made effective July
1, 2000, as it confers a benefit upon the public to ensure speedy and uniform
compliance with the Division’s legislative mandate.
This amendment is also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 9958A to allow for public comment.
The Division has determined that the amendment will have no
impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section
17A.31.
The amendment does not include a waiver provision because rule
876—12.4(17A) provides the specified situations for waiver of
Workers’ Compensation Division rules.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
85.27 and 85.39.
This amendment became effective on July 1, 2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 876—8.1(85), paragraph
“2,” as follows:
2. All mileage incident to the use of a private auto. The
per–mile rate for use of a private auto shall be 24
29 cents per mile.
[Filed Emergency 6/22/00, effective 7/1/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9956A
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
DIVISION[876]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 8,
“Substantive and Interpretive Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment provides reference to current tables which
determine payroll taxes.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner finds that notice and public
participation are unnecessary. Rule 8.8(85,17A) is noncontroversial and,
further, Iowa Code section 85.61(6) requires adoption of current tables to
determine payroll taxes by July 1 of each year. The Division must wait until
the Internal Revenue Service and Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance
determine whether there will be changes in their publications on July 1 of the
current year.
The Division also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of this amendment, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the amendment made effective July
1, 2000, as it confers a benefit upon the public to ensure speedy and uniform
compliance with the Division’s legislative mandate.
The Division has determined that the amendment will have no
impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section
17A.31.
The amendment does not include a waiver provision because rule
876—12.4(17A) provides the specified situations for waiver of
Workers’ Compensation Division rules.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
85.61(6).
This amendment became effective on July 1, 2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 876—8.8(85,17A) to read as follows:
876—8.8(85,17A) Payroll tax tables. Tables for
determining payroll taxes to be used for the period July 1,
1999 2000, through June 30, 2000
2001, are the tables in effect on July 1, 1999
2000, for computation of:
1. Federal income tax withholding according to the percentage
method of withholding for weekly payroll period. (Internal Revenue Service,
Circular E, Employer’s Tax Guide, Publication 15 [Rev. January
1999 2000].)
2. Iowa income tax withholding computer formula for weekly
payroll period. (Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance Iowa Withholding Tax
Guide, Publication 44–001 [Rev. January 1998],
for all wages paid on or after January 1, 1998.)
3. Social Security and Medicare withholding (FICA) at the rate
of 7.65 percent (Internal Revenue Service, Employer’s Supplemental Tax
Guide, Publication 15–A [Rev. January
1999 2000].)
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
85.61(6).
[Filed Emergency 6/22/00, effective 7/1/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
FILED
ARC 9982A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts an amendment to
Chapter 28, “Local Housing Assistance Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendment clarifies the relationship between the HART
(housing application review team) process and the preapplication process for
LHAP funds. Applicants are encouraged, but not required, to submit a HART form
prior to preparing a preapplication for LHAP funds.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9819A on May 17, 2000. The Iowa
Department of Economic Development Board adopted this amendment on June 22,
2000.
A public hearing was held on June 6, 2000, to receive comments
on the proposed amendment. No comments were received. This amendment is
identical to the proposed amendment.
This amendment will become effective on August 16,
2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(1)“a.”
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 28.5(5) as follows:
28.5(5) Applicants whose preapplications best meet the
preliminary review criteria, as determined by HART review and IDED staff review,
shall be invited to submit full applications for funds. Applicants are
encouraged, but not required, to submit a HART form for review by the HART team
prior to, or in conjunction with, submitting a preapplication for funding under
LHAP.
[Filed 6/23/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9981A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106 and Executive Order Number 11, the Department of Economic Development
adopts Chapter 104, “Uniform Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These rules describe the procedures for applying for, issuing
or denying waivers and variances from Department rules. The purpose of these
rules is to comply with Executive Order Number 11 which requires state agencies
to adopt a uniform waiver rule.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9598A on January 12, 2000. The Iowa
Department of Economic Development Board adopted these amendments on June 22,
2000.
Public comments concerning the proposed rules were accepted
through February 1, 2000. No public comments were received. The following
revisions were made to the proposed rules to be consistent with the requirements
of 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206:
1. Subrule 104.1(1) was revised to add a definition of
“waiver or variance.” This phrase is as defined in 2000 Iowa Acts,
House File 2206.
2. Subrule 104.2(1) was revised to include an additional
criterion listed in 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206, to be considered when
responding to a request for a waiver or variance. Where applicable, the
Department will also consider a petitioner’s proposed means, other than
those described in the rule, to ensure protection of public health, safety and
welfare.
3. Subrule 104.3(3) was revised to specify that the party
requesting a waiver or variance must demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the Department should exercise its discretion to grant a
waiver.
These changes are also reflected in the sample petition
included in the rules.
These rules will become effective on August 16,
2000.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11 and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 104
UNIFORM WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
261—104.1(ExecOrd11) Applicability. This
chapter outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from
rules adopted by the department. The intent of this chapter is to allow persons
to seek exceptions to the application of rules issued by the
department.
104.1(1) Definitions.
“Board” or “IDED board” means the Iowa
department of economic development board created by Iowa Code chapter
15.
“Department” or “IDED” means the Iowa
department of economic development authorized by Iowa Code chapter 15.
“Director” means the director of the department of
economic development or the director’s designee.
“Director/board” means either the director or the
board depending on which one has decision–making authority pursuant to
rule 104.2(ExecOrd11).
“Person” means an individual, corporation, limited
liability company, government or governmental subdivision or agency, business
trust, estate, trust, partnership or association, or any legal entity.
“Waiver or variance” means an agency action which
suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied
to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that
person.
104.1(2) Authority.
a. A waiver or variance from rules adopted by the department
may be granted in accordance with this chapter if (1) the department has
exclusive rule–making authority to promulgate the rule from which waiver
or variance is requested or has final decision–making authority over a
contested case in which a waiver or variance is requested; and (2) no statute or
rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from
which waiver or variance is requested.
b. No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement
which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with
statute.
261—104.2(ExecOrd11) Director/board discretion.
The decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or
variance shall be made at the discretion of the director upon consideration of
all relevant factors, except for the below–listed programs, for which the
board shall make the decision, upon consideration of all relevant
factors:
1. Community Economic Betterment Account (CEBA) program,
261—Chapter 53.
2. New Jobs and Income Program (NJIP), 261—Chapter
58.
3. Workforce Development Fund, 261—Chapter 75.
4. Accelerated Career Education Program PhysicalInfrastructure
Assistance Program (ACE PIAP), 261— Chapter 20.
104.2(1) Criteria for waiver or variance. The
director/board may, in response to a completed petition or on its own motion,
grant a waiver or variance from a rule, in whole or in part, as applied to the
circumstances of a specified situation if the director/board finds each of the
following:
a. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
b. Waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
c. Waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person; and
d. Where applicable, substantially equal protection of public
health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that
prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is
requested.
In determining whether waiver or variance should be granted,
the director/board shall consider whether the underlying public interest
policies and legislative intent of the rules are substantially equivalent to
full compliance with the rule. When the rule from which a waiver or variance is
sought establishes administrative deadlines, the director/board shall balance
the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of
uniform treatment of all licensees, grantees and constituents.
104.2(2) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. These uniform waiver and variance rules shall not preclude the
director/board from granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the
basis of other standards if a statute or other department rule authorizes the
director/board to do so, and the director/board deems it appropriate to do
so.
261—104.3(ExecOrd11) Requester’s
responsibilities in filing a waiver or variance petition.
104.3(1) Application. All petitions for waiver or
variance must be submitted in writing to the Iowa Department of Economic
Development, Office of the Director, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–1819, Attention: Legal Counsel. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, a copy of the petition shall also be filed in the
contested case proceeding.
104.3(2) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
or variance shall include the following information where applicable and known
to the requester (for an example of a petition for waiver or variance, see
Exhibit A at the end of this chapter):
a. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver or variance is requested.
b. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
c. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance.
d. A signed statement from the petitioner attesting to the
accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons that
the petitioner believes will justify a waiver or variance.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the department and
the petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, grant, loan or other
financial assistance affected by the proposed waiver or variance, including a
description of each affected license, grant, loan or other financial assistance
held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity, license, grant or loan
within the last five years.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding the
department’s treatment of similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver or variance.
104.3(3) Burden of persuasion. When a petition is
filed for a waiver or variance from a department rule, the burden of persuasion
shall be on the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that
the director/board should exercise its discretion to grant the petitioner a
waiver or variance.
261—104.4 (ExecOrd11) Notice. The department
shall acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The department shall ensure that
notice of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents
have been provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of
law, within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the department
may give notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the
department may require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to
the department attesting that notice has been provided.
261—104.5(ExecOrd11) Department responsibilities
regarding petition for waiver or variance.
104.5(1) Additional information. Prior to issuing
anorder granting or denying a waiver or variance, the director/board may request
additional information from the petitioner relative to the petition and
surrounding circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case,
the director/board may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request,
schedule a telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
director/board, the director’s/board’s designee, a committee of the
board, or a quorum of the board.
104.5(2) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply in
three situations: (a) to any petitionfor a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case;(b) when the director/board so provides by rule or
order; or (c) when a statute so requires.
104.5(3) Ruling. An order granting or denying a
waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and operative period of the waiver if one is
issued.
104.5(4) Conditions. The director/board may condition
the grant of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate
to achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
104.5(5) Time for ruling. The director/board shall
grant or deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable, but in
any event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner
agrees to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case,
the director/board shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at
which the final decision in that contested case is issued.
104.5(6) When deemed denied. Failure of the
director/board to grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall
be deemed a denial of that petition by the director/board.
104.5(7) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
261—104.6(ExecOrd11) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
department shall maintain a record of all orders granting or denying waivers and
variances under this chapter. All final rulings in response to requests for
waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at
the Iowa Department of Economic Development, Office of the Director, 200 East
Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–1819.
261—104.7(ExecOrd11) Voiding or cancellation. A
waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based
are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The director/board may at
any time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice if the
director/board finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true,
material facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided
in the waiver or variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute,
or the requester has failed to comply with the conditions of the
order.
261—104.8(ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation of
conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of
the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject
to the same remedies or penalties.
261—104.9(ExecOrd11) Defense. After the
director/board issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a
defense within its terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person
to whom the order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is
sought to be invoked.
261—104.10(ExecOrd11,17A) Appeals. Granting or
denying a request for waiver or variance is final agency action under Iowa Code
chapter 17A. An appeal to district court shall be taken within 30 days of the
issuance of the ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is
provided by rule or statute.
Exhibit A
Sample Petition (Request) for
Waiver/Variance
BEFORE THE IOWA DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT
|
Petition by (insert name of petitioner) for the waiver of
(insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER
|
Requests for waiver or variance from a department rule shall
include the following information in the petition for waiver or variance where
applicable and known:
a. Provide the petitioner’s (person asking for a waiver
or variance) name, address, and telephone number.
b. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver or
variance is requested.
c. Describe the specific waiver or variance requested; include
the exact scope and time period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
d. Explain the important facts that the petitioner believes
justify a waiver or variance. Include in your answer why (1) applying the rule
will result in hardship or injustice to the petitioner; and (2) granting a
waiver or variance to the petitioner is consistent with the public interest; and
(3) granting the waiver or variance will not prejudice the substantial legal
rights of any person; and (4) where applicable, how substantially equal
protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means
other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or
variance is requested.
e. Provide history of prior contacts between the department
and petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, grant, loan or other
financial assistance that would be affected by the waiver or variance; include a
description of each affected license, grant, loan or other financial assistance
held by the petitioner, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity, license, grant or loan
within the last five years.
f. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
department’s treatment of similar cases.
g. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question, or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or
variance.
h. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity who would be adversely affected or disadvantaged by the grant
of the waiver or variance.
i. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant or important facts relating to the
requested waiver or variance.
j. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the department with information
relevant to the waiver or variance.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
____________________ ____________
Petitioner’s signature Date
.
Petitioner should note the following when requesting or
petitioning for a waiver or variance:
1. The petitioner has the burden of proving, by clear and
convincing evidence, the following to the director/board: (a) application of
the rule to the petitioner would result in hardship or injustice to the
petitioner; and (b) waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to the petitioner would be consistent with the public
interest; and (c) waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person; and (d) where applicable, how
substantially equal protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be
afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which
the waiver or variance is requested.
2. The department may request additional information from or
request an informal meeting with the petitioner prior to issuing a ruling
granting or denying a request for waiver or variance.
3. All petitions for waiver or variance must be submitted in
writing to the Iowa Department of Economic Development, Office of the Director,
200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–1819, Attention: Legal
Counsel. If the petition relates to a pending contested case, a copy of the
petition shall also be filed in the contested case proceeding.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11 and 2000 Iowa Acts, House File 2206.
[Filed 6/23/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9974A
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section
455G.4(3)“a,” the Iowa Comprehensive Petroleum Underground Storage
Tank Fund Board hereby amends Chapter 11, “Remedial Claims,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
591—Chapter 10 provides for the restructuring of the
Insurance Fund as a private entity pursuant to Iowa Code section 455G.11. These
amendments to Chapter 11 remove references to the now defunct Insurance Program
formerly offered by the Board. The Board does not pay benefits for future or
existing releases that occur from insured tanks. The Board may no longer accept
insurance premiums to reinstate financial responsibility coverage. The
remaining provision allows a one–time reinstatement of remedial benefits
for a site for which there has been a lapse in financial responsibility
coverage.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 3, 2000, as ARC 9793A. No public comment
has been received since publication. These amendments are identical to those
published under Notice.
These amendments were approved June 20, 2000.
These amendments will become effective August 16,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455G.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind subparagraph
11.1(3)“b”(2).
ITEM 2. Amend subparagraph
11.1(3)“b”(3) as follows:
(3 2) An owner or operator who has had
a lapse of financial responsibility coverage shall be allowed to remain eligible
for remedial benefits if the following conditions are met:
1. The owner or operator applies for reinstatement of remedial
benefits and submits a reinstatement fee equal to the full premium which
would have been paid to maintain financial responsibility coverage plus an
additional 10 percent. The reinstatement fee according to the
following table:
Per Tank
Fiscal Year Reinstatement Fee
July 1, 1991 through June 30, 1992 $330
July 1, 1992 through June 30, 1993 $415
July 1, 1993 through June 30, 1994 $495
July 1, 1994 through June 30, 1995 $575
July 1, 1995 through Present $450
For each fiscal year in which the owner or operator lacked
financial responsibility coverage, such owner or operator shall pay the per tank
reinstatement fee for such fiscal year, as set forth above. The reinstatement
fees above are for full years and shall be prorated on a per–month
basis for each month or portion of a month for which there was a lapse of
financial responsibility coverage. There is a minimum reinstatement fee of $500
per site per lapse of coverage.
2. At the time of the application for reinstatement of
remedial benefits, all active tanks must be in compliance with all state and
federal technical and financial responsibility requirements.
3. The owner or operator is in compliance with all other
requirements of this rule.
4. An owner or operator is only eligible for reinstatement of
remedial benefits one time per site. If there is another lapse of financial
responsibility coverage on any active tank on site after remedial benefits have
been reinstated, the owner or operator will lose eligibility for remedial
benefits and will be subject to cost recovery pursuant to Iowa Code section
455G.13.
ITEM 3. Rescind subrule
11.4(11).
[Filed 6/22/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9959A
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 422.68, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 20,
“Foods for Human Consumption, Prescription Drugs, Insulin, Hypodermic
Syringes, Diabetic Testing Materials, Prosthetic, Orthotic or Orthopedic
Devices,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Department rules explaining taxation and exemption of
prescription and nonprescription drugs and devices intended for human use are
amended. Obsolete language is removed; other language is amended to reflect the
existence of a new exemption excluding from tax all purchases by nonprofit
hospitals for use in their operations. Another amendment exempts from tax sales
of prescription drugs and devices lawfully dispensed by nonprofessionals and
sales of items dispensed by chiropractors in accordance with Iowa Code chapter
151.
The word “interocular” is changed to
“intraocular” to harmonize the rule’s language with existing
statutory language. Lists of prosthetic and orthopedic devices and medical
equipment and supplies are updated.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXII,
Number 23, page 1680, on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9838A.
One change from the Notice of Intended Action was made. In
new paragraph 20.7(2)“h,” the description of chiropractors was
changed to read as follows:
“h. Persons licensed by the board of chiropractic
examiners to practice chiropractic in Iowa when dispensing in accordance with
Iowa Code chapter 151.”
These amendments will become effective August 16, 2000, after
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
422.45, subsection 13.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [20.7, 20.8, 20.8(2)“c,” 20.8(3), 20.9(3) to
20.9(5)] is being omitted. With the exception of the change noted above, these
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 9838A,
IAB 5/17/00.
[Filed 6/22/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published
7/12/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
7/12/00.]
ARC 9955A
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 421.14 and
422.68, the Department of Revenue and Finance hereby adopts amendments to
Chapter 54, “Allocation and Apportionment,” and Chapter 59,
“Determination of Net Income,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXII,
Number 23, page 1682, on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9837A.
Items 1 and 2 amend rule 701—54.3(422) to bring the
Department’s rule into accordance with the United States Supreme
Court’s decision in Hunt–Wesson, Inc. v. Franchise Tax Board of
California No. 98–2043 (U.S. Sup. Ct., filed February 22, 2000).
Items 3 and 4 strike references to a Department rule that has
not been officially adopted.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective August 16, 2000, after
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.33 and 422.63.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 701—54.3(422),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
701—54.3(422) Application of related expense to
allocable interest, dividends, rents and royalties—tax periods beginning
on or after January 1, 1978. Rule 54.2(422) deals with the separation of
“net” income; therefore, determination and application of related
expenses must be made, as hereinafter directed, before allocation and
apportionment within and without Iowa. Related expenses shall mean those
expenses directly related, including related federal income taxes. Allphin v.
Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, 204 S.W. 2d 515 (Ky. 1956). For tax periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2000, related expense includes both directly
related expense and indirectly related interest expense. The portion of
interest expense indirectly related to allocable interest, other than interest
from securities of states and their political subdivisions, dividends, rents and
royalties shall be determined by multiplying the net amount of interest expense,
after deducting interest directly related to an item of income, by a ratio. The
numerator of the ratio is the average value of investments which produce or are
held for the production of allocable interest, other than interest from
securities of states and their political subdivisions, dividends, rents and
royalties. The denominator is the average value of all assets of the taxpayer,
less securities of states and their political subdivisions. (Hunt–Wesson,
Inc. v. Franchise Tax Board of California, No. 98– 2043(U.S. Sup. Ct.,
filed February 22, 2000)).
ITEM 2. Amend rule
701—54.3(422), second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
A deduction for interest may not be considered definitely
related solely to specific property, even though the above facts and
circumstances are present in form, if any of such facts and circumstances are
not present in substance. Any expense directly or indirectly
attributable to allocable interest, dividends, rents and royalties shall be
deducted from such income to arrive at net allocable income.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
701—54.9(422) by striking the first unnumbered paragraph.
This rule takes precedence over rule
701—7.60(17A) which implements the uniform waiver rule found in Executive
Order Number Eleven issued by the governor.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
701—59.29(422) by striking the first unnumbered
paragraph.
This rule takes precedence over rule
701—7.60(17A) which implements the uniform waiver rule found in Executive
Order Number Eleven issued by the governor.
[Filed 6/22/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9949A
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on June 13, 2000, adopted amendments
to Chapter 520, “Regulations Applicable to Carriers,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the April 19, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9779A.
Iowa Code section 321.449 requires the Department to adopt
rules consistent with the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations promulgated
under United States Code, Title 49, and found in 49 Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) Parts 390 to 399. Iowa Code section 321.450 requires the Department to
adopt rules consistent with the Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations
promulgated under United States Code, Title 49, and found in 49 CFR Parts 107,
171 to 173, 177, 178 and 180. To ensure the consistency required by statute,
the Department annually adopts the specified parts of 49 CFR as adopted by the
United States Department of Transportation.
Commercial vehicles transporting goods in interstate commerce
are subject to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations on the effective
dates specified in the Federal Register. Commercial vehicles transporting
hazardous materials in interstate commerce or transporting certain hazardous
materials intrastate are subject to the Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations
on the effective dates specified in the Federal Register. The adoption of the
federal regulations by the Department will extend the enforcement of the
regulations to commercial vehicles operated intrastate unless exempted by
statute.
Proposed federal regulations are published in the Federal
Register to allow a period for public comment, and, after adoption, the final
regulations are again published in the Federal Register. Each year a revised
edition of 49 CFR is published incorporating all of the final regulations
adopted during the year. Although revised editions of 49 CFR are usually dated
October or November, the publication is not actually available in Iowa for
several months after that date.
The amendments to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
and Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations that have become final and effective
since the 1998 edition of the CFR are listed in the information below. The
parts affected are followed by Federal Register (FR) citations.
Amendments to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Regulations and Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations
Parts 107, 171, 172, 173, 177, 178 and 180 (FR Volume 63,
No. 190, Page 52884, 10–1–98)
This final rule makes editorial corrections and clarifications
to the hazardous materials regulations.
Part 171 (FR Volume 63, No. 209, Page 57929,
10–29–98)
This final rule will provide for harmonization with the United
Nations’ recommendations, International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG)
Code and International Civil Aviation Organization’s (ICAO) technical
instructions. This final rule amends a requirement for the use of ICAO’s
technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by air. This
rule updates references in the hazardous materials regulations to include the
most recent amendments to the IMDG Code and ICAO’s technical
instructions.
Part 177 (FR Volume 63, No. 210, Page 58323,
10–30–98)
This final rule is in response to petitions for
reconsideration of the July 10, 1998, rule concerning the amendments relating to
portable tanks. The Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) denied
three petitions to allow portable tanks to be unloaded without fusible links.
RSPA felt unloading portable tanks in the same manner as a cargo tank but
without the same outlet requirements would pose increased safety risks in a fire
situation when the operator is not able to manually activate the
closure.
Parts 171, 172, 173, 177, 178 and 180 (FR Volume 64, No.
43, Page 10741, 3–5–99)
This rule will eliminate the “keep away from food”
label. Also, this rule will add an identifier to the hazardous materials table
for generic and not–otherwise–shown descriptions. This identifier
will be the letter “g.” Section 172.203(k)3 will be removed from
the regulations. Also, numerous hazardous materials’ proper shipping
names are revised.
Part 393 (FR Volume 64, No. 61, Page 15588,
3–31–99)
This rule requires motor carriers engaged in interstate
commerce to install retroreflective tape or reflex reflectors on the sides and
rear of semitrailers and trailers that were manufactured prior to December 1,
1993, with an overall width of 80 inches or more and a gross vehicle weight
rating of 10,001 or more pounds.
Parts 171, 173, 177, 178 and 180 (FR Volume 64, No. 99,
Page 28029, 5–24–99)
This rule creates new standards for testing discharge hoses,
the use of passive shutoff systems on high pressure cargo tanks and the
attendance requirement during loading and unloading.
Parts 177 and 180 (FR Volume 64, No. 130, Page 38062,
7–8–99)
This final rule extends the implementation date until January
1, 2000, for Section 177.840(t) as it applies to chlorine unloading operations.
This final rule also makes several editorial corrections.
Part 396 (FR Volume 64, No. 160, Page 45207,
8–19–99)
This is a correction to reinstate text of Paragraph (b)
concerning inspector qualifications.
Part 171 (FR Volume 64, No. 161, Page 45457,
8–20–99)
This replaces the word “poison” the first time it
appears with the words “poison inhalation hazard.”
Part 393 (FR Volume 64, No. 169, Page 47703,
9–1–99)
This rule requires certain trailers and semitrailers with a
gross vehicle weight rating of 10,001 pounds or more, manufactured on or after
January 26, 1998, to be equipped with rear impact guards. These guards are
required to improve the safety of operation of commercial motor vehicles by
reducing the incidence of passenger compartment intrusion during underride
accidents in which the passenger vehicle strikes the rear of the
trailer.
Part 390 (FR Volume 64, No. 171, Page 48510,
9–3–99)
This rule revises the definition of “commercial motor
vehicle” to mean a vehicle that has a gross vehicle weight rating, gross
combination weight rating or vehicle weight or gross combination weight of
10,001 pounds or more, whichever is greater. This rule also revises the
definition of “passenger carrying vehicle” within the definition of
“commercial motor vehicle.” However, the Department is not adopting
the “passenger carrying vehicle” definition because it conflicts
with state law.
Part 171 (FR Volume 64, No. 179, Page 50260,
9–16–99)
This interim final rule provides a limited exception until
October 1, 2001, for requirements to place the new poison inhalation hazard or
poison gas labels on packages that are intended for transportation in
international commerce. The exception applies only to Division 2.3 materials
and Division 6.1 liquids in Hazard Zone A or B. Until that time, the existing
poison gas and poison labels will be acceptable.
Part 171 (FR Volume 64, No. 185, Page 51719,
9–24–99)
In this correction, the September 16, 1999, interim final rule
is revised to provide for the transportation of packages containing poison
inhalation hazard materials between the United States and Canada in conformance
with the transportation of dangerous goods labeling requirements.
Parts 107, 171, 172, 173 and 178 (FR Volume 64, No. 186,
Page 51912, 9–27–99)
This final rule corrects editorial errors and makes minor
regulatory changes in the hazardous materials regulations.
The other amendments to this chapter are due to the
following:
• The Code of Federal
Regulations is available from the state law library.
• 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter
96, section 34, numbered the paragraphs in Iowa Code section 321.449.
• 1998 Iowa Acts, chapter
1178, section 5, eliminated the motor carrier safety regulation exemption
relating to hazardous materials which are clearly labeled.
• Public Law 106–159
established the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
Proposed rule 761—520.8(321) identifies Iowa’s
planting and harvesting seasons when the hours of service exemptions apply to
drivers transporting agricultural commodities or farm supplies for agricultural
purposes in Iowa. Various portions of the federal regulations and Iowa statutes
allow some exceptions when the exceptions will not adversely impact the safe
transportation of commodities on the nation’s highways. Granting
additional exceptions for drivers and the motor carrier industry in Iowa would
adversely impact the safety of the traveling public in Iowa.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321.
These amendments will become effective August 16,
2000.
Rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 520.1(1),
paragraphs “a,” “b” and “d,”
as follows:
a. Motor carrier safety regulations. The Iowa department of
transportation adopts the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, 49 CFR Parts
390–399 (October 1, 1998 1999).
b. Hazardous materials regulations. The Iowa department of
transportation adopts the Federal Hazardous Materials Regulations, 49 CFR Parts
107, 171–173, 177, 178, and 180 (October 1, 1998
1999).
d. Obtaining copies Copies of
regulations. Copies of the federal regulations may be obtained
reviewed from at the Superintendent of
Documents, United States Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
20402 state law library.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
761—520.2(321) by amending the following definitions:
“Any requirements which impose any restrictions upon a
person” as used in Iowa Code Supplement section
321.449(6), unnumbered paragraph 8, means the
requirements in 49 CFR Parts 391, 394 and 395.
“Driver age qualifications” as used in Iowa Code
Supplement section 321.449(3), unnumbered paragraph
3, means the age qualifications in 49 CFR 391.11(b)(1).
“Driver qualifications” as used in Iowa Code
Supplement section 321.449(2), unnumbered paragraph
2, means the driver qualifications in 49 CFR Part 391.
“Hours of service” as used in Iowa Code
Supplement section 321.449(2), unnumbered paragraph
2, means the hours of service requirements in 49 CFR Part
395.
“Record–keeping requirements” as used in
Iowa Code Supplement section 321.449(2), unnumbered
paragraph 2, means the record–keeping requirements in 49 CFR Part
395.
“Rules adopted under this section concerning physical
and medical qualifications” as used in Iowa Code Supplement section
321.449(5), unnumbered paragraphs 5, 6 and 7, and Iowa
Code section 321.450, unnumbered paragraph 2, means the regulations in 49 CFR
391.11(b)(6) and 49 CFR Part 391, Subpart E.
“Rules adopted under this section for a driver of a
commercial vehicle” as used in Iowa Code Supplement section
321.449(4), unnumbered paragraph 4, means the
regulations in 49 CFR Parts 391 and 395.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph
520.3(1)“d” as follows:
d. Motor vehicles registered for a gross weight of five tons
or less when used by retail dealers or their employees to deliver hazardous
materials, fertilizers, petroleum products and pesticides to farm customers
provided the hazardous materials which are transported are clearly
labeled.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 520.4(1) as
follows:
520.4(1) Pursuant to Iowa Code section 321.450,
unnumbered paragraph 3, “retail dealers of fertilizers, petroleum
products, and pesticides and their employees while delivering fertilizers,
petroleum products and pesticides to farm customers within a
100–mile 100–air–mile radius of their
retail place of business” are exempt from 49 CFR 177.804; and, pursuant to
Iowa Code Supplement section 321.449(4), unnumbered
paragraph 4, they are exempt from 49 CFR Parts 391 and 395. However,
pursuant to Iowa Code section 321.449, the retail dealers and their employees
under thespecified conditions are subject to the regulations in 49 CFR Parts
390, 392, 393, 394, 396 and 397.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 520.6(1) as
follows:
520.6(1) A person shall not operate a commercial
vehicle or transport hazardous material in violation of an
out–of–service order issued by an Iowa peace officer. An
out–of–service order for noncompliance shall be issued when either
the vehicle operator is not qualified to operate the vehicle or the vehicle is
unsafe to be operated until necessary repairs are made. The
out–of–service order shall be consistent with the North American
Uniform Out–of–Service Criteria issued by the Federal
Highway Administration, Office of Motor Carriers Federal Motor
Carrier Safety Administration.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 761—520.7(321),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—520.7(321) Driver’s statement. A
“driver” as used in Iowa Code Supplement section
321.449(5), unnumbered paragraph 5, and Iowa Code
section 321.450, unnumbered paragraph 2, shall carry at all times a notarized
statement of employment. The statement shall include the following:
ITEM 7. Amend 761—Chapter 520 by
adopting the following new rule:
761—520.8(321) Agricultural operations. The
provisions of 49 CFR Part 395.3 shall not apply to drivers transporting
agricultural commodities or farm supplies for agricultural purposes in Iowa if
such transportation:
1. Is limited to an area within a 100–air–mile
radius from the source of the commodities or the distribution point from the
farm supplies, and
2. Is conducted only during the time frames of March 15
through June 30 and October 4 through December 14.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 321.449
and 321.450.
[Filed 6/16/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9951A
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on June 13, 2000, adopted Chapter 911,
“School Transportation Services Provided by Regional Transit
Systems,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Iowa Code Supplement section 321.377 requires the DOT to
develop rules governing the provision of school transportation services by
regional transit systems. The DOT developed the proposed rules in consultation
with the Department of Education.
These rules establish standards for school transportation
services provided by Iowa’s regional transit systems. Specific
requirements are set in the areas of driver qualifications, vehicles and
equipment, maintenance practices, and operating policies.
A waiver provision is not included in these rules because
flexibility is provided by establishing a later compliance date for certain
requirements which are expected to be more difficult to meet. Issuing other
waivers would be inappropriate for safety–related rules of this
nature.
Notice of Intended Action for these rules was published in the
April 19, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 9778A. An oral
presentation was held on May 11, 2000. Several written and oral comments were
received. As a result of these comments, the Department made two
changes:
1. In rule 761—911.2(321,324A) the definition of
“bus” was corrected to reflect the federal definition.
2. In subrule 911.6(2) the requirement for follow–up
training for drivers was changed to every 12 months. This is consistent with
the current school bus operation requirements.
Another change was made to correct the address and telephone
number for the Office of Public Transit. The Office of Public Transit will be
located in Ames instead of in Des Moines.
This chapter will become effective August 16, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
321.189, 321.343, 321.376, and 324A.1 and Iowa Code Supplement sections 321.1
and 321.377.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 911
SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
PROVIDED BY
REGIONAL TRANSIT SYSTEMS
761—911.1(321) Purpose and
information.
911.1(1) Purpose. This chapter establishes standards
for school transportation services provided by Iowa’s regional transit
systems under contract with local schools.
911.1(2) Information. Information and forms may be
obtained from the Department of Transportation, Office of Public Transit, 800
Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; telephone number (515)239–1708.
761—911.2(321,324A) Definitions. For the
purpose of these rules, the following definitions apply:
“Automobile” means a motor vehicle, except a
motorcycle or motorized bicycle, designed primarily to carry nine persons or
less, as defined in Iowa Code section 321.1.
“Bus” means a motor vehicle, excluding a trailer,
designed to carry ten or more persons.
“Contract” means a written agreement between a
public or nonpublic school or other group and a regional transit system which
defines the terms and conditions under which school transportation service is to
be provided. It shall not include the relationship between a regional transit
system and an individual fare–paying passenger in either fixed route or
demand response service.
“Multipurpose vehicle” means a motor vehicle
designed to carry not more than ten persons, and constructed either on a truck
chassis or with special features for occasional off–road operation, as
defined in Iowa Code section 321.1.
“Regional transit system” means a regional transit
system designated under Iowa Code section 324A.1 and all subcontracted providers
to the designated regional transit system. It does not mean an urban transit
system designated under that section.
“School bus” means a bus that complies with all
federal motor vehicle safety standards applicable to a school bus.
“School transportation service” means transit
service provided under contract to a public or nonpublic school or other group,
including day care centers, to transport students to or from schools or
school–sponsored activities.
“Student” means a person attending a public or
nonpublic school, grades pre–kindergarten through high school.
“Vehicle” means an automobile, multipurpose
vehicle, bus or school bus as defined in this rule.
761—911.3(321) Services to students as part of the
general public. All services provided by regional transit systems must be
open to the public. This chapter shall not be construed to restrict the use of
these services by any individual fare–paying passenger, in either fixed
route or demand response service.
761—911.4(321) Contracts for nonexclusive school
transportation. As common carriers in urban transportation service,
regional transit systems may contract with schools, day care providers,
after–school program providers, or others to provide nonexclusive school
transportation service that meets the requirements of this chapter. Exclusive
service contracts are prohibited.
761—911.5(321) Adoption of federal
regulations.
911.5(1) Code of Federal Regulations. The department
of transportation adopts the following portions of the October 1, 1999, Code of
Federal Regulations, which are referenced throughout this chapter:
a. 49 CFR Part 38, Americans with Disabilities Act
Accessibility Specifications for Transportation Vehicles.
b. 49 CFR Part 571, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards.
c. 49 CFR Part 653, Prevention of Prohibited Drug Use in
Transit Operations.
d. 49 CFR Part 654, Prevention of Alcohol Misuse in Transit
Operations.
911.5(2) Obtaining copies of regulations. Copies of
these regulations are available from the state law library.
761—911.6(321) Driver standards. The following
standards apply to regional transit system drivers assigned to provide school
transportation service:
911.6(1) FTA drug and alcohol testing. Each driver is
subject to the following testing for drug and alcohol usage as required by the
Federal Transit Administration in 49 CFR Parts 653 and 654, including:
a. Preemployment testing.
b. Reasonable suspicion testing.
c. Postaccident testing.
d. Random testing.
e. Return to duty testing.
f. Follow–up testing.
911.6(2) Training. Each new driver must, within the
first six months of assignment and at least every 12 months thereafter, complete
a course of instruction approved by the department of education, in accordance
with Iowa Code section 321.376.
911.6(3) Driving record check. The regional transit
system must review the driving record of each driver prior to employment and on
an annual basis.
911.6(4) Criminal record check. The regional transit
system must conduct a criminal records review of each driver prior to employment
and on an annual basis. This review verifies that the driver has no history of
child abuse or other criminal activity.
911.6(5) Driver licensing. Each driver must be
licensed appropriately for the size and type of vehicle used as provided in Iowa
Code section 321.189. A Class A, B or C commercial driver’s license with
passenger endorsement may be required. If a commercial driver’s license
is not required, a Class D (chauffeur) license with passenger endorsement is
required.
911.6(6) School bus operator’s permit. Each
driver who transports students must have a school bus operator’s permit
issued by the department of education in accordance with Iowa Code section
321.376.
761—911.7(321) Vehicle standards. The following
standards apply to regional transit system vehicles assigned to provide school
transportation service:
911.7(1) Vehicle construction.
a. Each vehicle must be constructed in compliance with the
federal motor vehicle safety standards for that type of vehicle as set forth in
49 CFR Part 571. The capacity rating of automobiles and multipurpose vehicles
shall not be modified or altered in any way except by the original manufacturer.
b. On or after July 1, 2001, each bus in use must also comply
with the following federal motor vehicle safety standards:
(1) Standard No. 217, Bus Emergency Exits and Window Retention
and Release. Buses purchased after January 1, 2000, shall incorporate a rear
emergency exit door in meeting this standard.
(2) Standard No. 220, School Bus Rollover
Protection.
(3) Standard No. 221, School Bus Body Joint
Strength.
(4) Standard No. 301, Fuel System Integrity.
911.7(2) Passenger restraint/protection. Each
automobile, multipurpose vehicle or school bus must provide passenger
restraint/protection devices as required for that type of vehicle in the federal
motor vehicle safety standards. Each bus must meet the standards listed in
either “a” to “d” below or “e” below:
a. Standard No. 207, Seating Systems.
b. Standard No. 208, Occupant Crash Protection.
c. Standard No. 209, Seat Belt Assemblies.
d. Standard No. 210, Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.
e. Standard No. 222, School Bus Passenger Seating and Crash
Protection.
911.7(3) Accessibility for persons with disabilities.
Each vehicle used for students with disabilities must comply with all applicable
provisions of 49 CFR Part 38.
911.7(4) Signage. A vehicle must not be signed as a
school bus.
911.7(5) Department of education inspection. Every
vehicle must be inspected twice annually by the department of education school
bus inspectors and officers of the Iowa state patrol to determine if the vehicle
meets all vehicle standards set forth in this chapter.
The department of education will notify each regional transit
system of the dates and locations of scheduled inspections. Inspections must be
documented on a form prescribed jointly by the departments of transportation and
education.
761—911.8(321) Maintenance. Regional transit
system vehicles assigned to provide school transportation service must be
maintained in a safe and operable condition. The following maintenance
practices apply:
911.8(1) FTA drug and alcohol testing of mechanics.
All personnel providing maintenance services on regional transit system vehicles
are subject to drug and alcohol testing as required by the Federal Transit
Administration in 49 CFR Parts 653 and 654.
911.8(2) Daily pretrip vehicle inspections. Drivers
of these vehicles must perform daily pretrip vehicle inspections using a form
prescribed by the department of transportation. Regional transit systems must
retain daily pretrip vehicle inspection reports and documentation of
follow–up maintenance for one year.
911.8(3) Annual vehicle inspection. Maintenance
personnel must annually inspect each vehicle using a form prescribed by the
department of transportation. Regional transit systems must retain annual
inspection forms for one year.
761—911.9(321) Safety equipment. Regional
transit system vehicles assigned to provide school transportation service must
carry the following safety equipment:
911.9(1) Communication equipment. Each vehicle must
be equipped with a two–way radio or cellular telephone capable of
emergency communication between the vehicle and the regional transit
system’s base of operations.
911.9(2) First–aid/body fluids cleanup kit(s).
Each vehicle must be equipped with a first–aid kit of sufficient size and
content for the capacity of the vehicle and, in addition, be equipped with a
body fluid cleanup kit. These may be provided as separate kits or combined
into one kit. The contents of the kit(s) must be contained in one or more
moisture–proof and dustproof containers mounted in an accessible location
within the driver’s compartment and must be removable from the vehicle in
an emergency.
911.9(3) Fire extinguisher. Each bus or school bus
must be equipped with a minimum 5–pound capacity, dry chemical fire
extinguisher. Each automobile and multipurpose vehicle must be equipped with an
extinguisher of at least 2.5–pound capacity. Extinguishers must have a
2A–10BC rating.
761—911.10(321) Operating policies. School
transportation services provided by regional transit systems must be designed to
maximize the safety of student riders and must, at a minimum, meet the following
standards:
911.10(1) Passenger loading/unloading. Unless
prohibited by law, students transported in vehicles other than school buses must
be loaded and unloaded on the same side of the street as their residence or
other origin or destination. Students may be released only to the custody of a
designated school official, parent or guardian, employee of the department of
human services, or law enforcement official, unless other arrangements are made
in advance.
911.10(2) Student passenger behavior and discipline
policy. Each contract for school transportation service must include a policy
relating to the behavior of students while they ride in vehicles. The regional
transit system or school must provide instruction to all drivers assigned to
school transportation service relative to the content and application of the
policy. If a student is removed from a vehicle for one or more policy
violations, the student may be released only to the custody of a school
official, parent or guardian, employee of the department of human services or a
law enforcement officer. In all cases, the school must be notified immediately
of any such disciplinary action, and a written report must be filed with the
school describing the circumstances resulting in the removal.
911.10(3) Standing prohibited. Under no circumstances
shall a student be permitted or required to stand while a vehicle is in motion.
Every student must be provided an appropriate seat at all times.
911.10(4) Stops at rail crossings. Every driver must
make a complete stop before crossing the tracks of any railroad crossing, in
accordance with Iowa Code section 321.343. In the case of a bus or school bus,
the driver must open the service entrance door, look and listen for approaching
trains and proceed to cross the tracks only when the driver can do so safely.
No stop is needed where the crossing is posted with an exempt sign.
911.10(5) Accident reporting. If a driver is involved
in a collision or other incident causing or having a potential to cause injuries
to students, the regional transit system must immediately notify the school of
the incident. The regional transit system must file all accident reports
required by law. In addition, the regional transit system must complete a
school bus accident report on a form prescribed by the department of education
and submit it to the school or the department of education.
911.10(6) Passenger instruction/evacuation drills.
Each school must provide students assigned to school transportation service with
school bus passenger safety instruction and emergency evacuation drills at least
twice each school year. These evacuation drills must involve a vehicle of the
same type used to provide the school transportation service.
911.10(7) Special training for drivers carrying
students with disabilities. Each school contracting for school transportation
services for a student with one or more disabilities must provide the regional
transit system with information on any special needs of the student and, if
necessary, provide the assigned driver with appropriate information and training
on how to appropriately respond to the needs of the student during transit and
in the event of an emergency.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
321.189, 321.343, 321.376 and 324A.1 and Iowa Code Supplement sections 321.1 and
321.377.
[Filed 6/22/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
ARC 9977A
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 474.5, 476.1, and
476.6(16) (1999), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on June 21,
2000, the Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–00–6, In re:
Review of Fuel Procurement Prac–tices, “Order Adopting
Rules.”
The amendments to 199 IAC 20.13(1) and 20.13(2) reflect recent
amendments to Iowa Code section 476.6(16). Section 476.6(16) now requires the
Board to conduct a periodic, rather than an annual, proceeding for the purposeof
evaluating the reasonableness and prudence of a rate–regulated public
utility’s electric fuel procurement and contracting practices.
On February 17, 2000, the Board issued an order to consider
adopting amendments to 199 IAC 20.13(1) and 20.13(2). The proposed rule making
was published in IAB Vol. XXII, No. 18 (3/8/00) p. 1360, as ARC 9729A.
Written statements of position were filed by the Consumer Advocate Division of
the Department of Justice, Alliant Energy, and MidAmerican Energy Company
(MidAmerican). All those filing statements, except MidAmerican, supported
adoption of the proposed amendments. An oral presentation was not requested or
scheduled.
Subrules 199 IAC 20.13(1) and 20.13(2) currently require the
Board to conduct an annual contested case to review each rate–regulated
electric utility’s fuel procurement practices. The adopted amendments
reflect the statutory change from an annual to a periodic review. The
amendments provide that the Board will notify the rate–regulated electric
utilities by January 31 of each year if the utilities will be required to file
an electric fuel procurement plan for that year. The amendments further provide
that, in the years a full plan filing is not required, the Board may request
certain information for review.
MidAmerican commented on four major subject areas. First,
MidAmerican suggested that electric utilities without a fuel adjustment clause
be excluded from the subrules’ requirements. While the Board may not be
able to disallow costs in an electric energy supply and cost review (ARC)
proceeding for a utility without a fuel adjustment clause, the proceeding
provides the Board with an opportunity to give that utility directions as to
things the Board would like pursued or done differently. An ARC proceeding
allows the Board and other interested parties to focus on fuel procurement
issues without the distraction of the myriad of other issues present in a rate
case proceeding. The Board believes the ARC proceedings have value for all
investor–owned electric utilities, whether or not the utilities have a
fuel adjustment clause.
Second, MidAmerican requested that the ARC proceeding be
limited to procurement and contracting practices related to the acquisition of
fuel for use in generating electricity. In other words, MidAmerican would not
have the Board consider issues surrounding purchased power contracts in an ARC
proceeding. However, the Board believes that given the increased role of
purchased power in supply portfolios, it is appropriate for utilities to
continue to provide purchased power contracts, pool interchange agreements, and
interchange agreements.
Third, MidAmerican proposed that the procurement plan only
include contracts in effect during the applicable prior 12–month period
that have not been previously reviewed by the Board. The Board rejects this
suggestion because a complete review of a utility’s fuel procurement
practices cannot be obtained without current review of all contracts, including
long–term contracts. For example, several years ago the Board used the
ARC proceedings as a forum to encourage utilities to buy out long–term
coal contracts because of significant price decreases in the spot market. This
could not have been done if the Board did not review all fuel procurement
contracts.
Fourth, MidAmerican suggested several nonsubstantive changes,
including combining the requirements associated with allowance contracts with
those for other fuel and transportation contracts in paragraph
20.13(1)“b.” The Board adopted these changes. Because the changes
are nonsubstantive, no further notice is required.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
476.1 and 476.6(16).
The amendments will become effective on August 16,
2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend rule 199—20.13(476) as follows:
199—20.13(476) Annual
Periodic electric energy supply and cost review
[476.6(16)].
20.13(1) Procurement plan. The board shall
periodically conduct a contested case proceeding for the purpose of evaluating
the reasonableness and prudence of a rate–regulated public utility’s
electric fuel procurement and contracting practices. By January 31 each year
the board will notify a rate–regulated utility if the utility will be
required to file an electric fuel procurement plan. In the years in which it
does not conduct a contested case proceeding, the board may require a utility to
file certain information for the board’s review. In years in which a full
proceeding is conducted, a All rate–regulated
utilities utility providing electric service in Iowa
shall prepare and file with the board on or before May 15 of each required
filing year a complete electric fuel procurement plan for an annual period
commencing June 1 or, in the alternative, for the annual period used by the
utility in preparing its own fuel procurement plan. The utility shall
be required to use the same annual fuel procurement planning period in all
subsequent reports that are filed with the board pursuant to this subrule. A
utility’s initial procurement plan shall include all required information
and documents. If any of the information or documents required to be filed
under this subrule in a subsequent procurement plan has been filed in a previous
procurement plan or in other filings made with the board, the utility may
specifically identify the document or information by reference in lieu of
refiling it in its procurement plan. The board staff or consumer advocate may
request, at any time during the review proceeding, copies of a specific
contract. One utility will be allowed to file contracts for jointly owned units
on behalf of all owners. A utility’s procurement plan shall be
organized to include required information as follows:
a. Introduction. An introductory paragraph shall
preface the plan stating on whose behalf the report is filed.
b a. Index. The plan shall include an
index of all documents and information required to be filed in the plan, and the
identification of the board files in which the documents incorporated by
reference are located.
c b. Purchase contracts and
arrangements. A utility’s initial procurement plan shall
include detailed summaries of the following types of contracts and agreements
executed since the last procurement review:
(1) All contracts and fuel supply arrangements for obtaining
fuel for use by any unit in generating electricity
generation;
(2) All contracts and arrangements for transporting fuel from
point of production to the site where placed in inventory, including any unit
generating electricity for the utility;
(3) All contracts and arrangements for purchasing or
selling allowances;
(3 4) Purchased power contracts or
arrangements, including sale–of–capacity contracts, involving over
25 MW of capacity;
( 4 5) Pool interchange
agreements;
(5 6) Multiutility transmission line
interchange agreements; and
(6 7) Interchange agreements between
investor–owned utilities, generation and transmission cooperatives, or
both, not required to be filed by either subparagraph (2) or (3)
above, which were entered into or in effect during the previous
12–month period since the last filing, and all such
contracts or arrangements which will be entered into or exercised by the utility
during the prospective 12–month period. In addition, the utility
shall separately set forth a list of all contracts or agreements filed in the
procurement plan which will become subject to renegotiation, extension, or
termination within five years.
All subsequent procurement plans filed by a
utility shall include all of the types of contracts and arrangements listed in
subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph which will be entered into or
exercised by the utility during the prospective 12–month period. In
addition, the utility shall file an updated list of contracts
which that are or will become subject to
renegotiation, extension, or termination within five years. The utility shall
also annually update any price adjustment affecting any of the
filed contracts or arrangements.
d. Allowance contracts and arrangements. A
utility’s annual procurement plan shall include detailed summaries of the
following types of contracts and arrangements:
(1) All contracts and arrangements for purchasing or
selling allowances entered into or exercised during the previous 12–month
period, and all contracts or arrangements which will be entered into or
exercised by the utility during the prospective 12–month
period.
(2) All allowance futures contracts entered into or
exercised during the previous l2–month period or which will be entered
into or exercised by the utility during the prospective 12–month
period.
(3) A list of contracts which are subject to
renegotiation, extension, or termination within five years.
(4) Annual updates to any price adjustment affecting
any of the filed contracts or arrangements.
e c. Other contract offers. The
procurement plan shall include a list and description of those types of
contracts and arrangements listed in paragraphs
paragraph 20.13(1)“c b” and
“d” offered to the utility during the previous
12–month period since the last filing into which the
utility did not enter. In addition, the procurement plan shall include a list
of those types of contracts and arrangements listed in
paragraphs paragraph 20.13(1)“c
b” and “d” which were offered to the
utility for the prospective 12–month period and into which the utility did
not enter.
f d. Studies or investigation reports.
Initial procurement plans shall include all studies or investigation
reports considered by the utility in deciding whether to enter into any of those
types of contracts or arrangements listed in paragraphs 20.13(1)“c,”
“d,” and “e” in the previous 12 months. In addition,
the initial and subsequent The procurement plans shall include
all studies or investigation reports which have been considered by the utility
in deciding whether to enter into any of those types of contracts or
arrangements listed in paragraphs 20.13(1)“c
b,” “d” and
“e c” which will be exercised or entered
into during the prospective 12–month period.
g e. Price hedge justification. The
procurement plan shall justify purchasing allowance futures contracts as a hedge
against future price changes in the market rather than for
speculation.
h f. Actual and projected costs. The
procurement plan shall include an accounting of the actual costs incurred in the
purchase and transportation of fuel and the purchase of allowances for use in
generating electricity associated with each contract or arrangement filed in
accordance with paragraphs paragraph
20.13(1)“c b” and
“d” for the previous 12–month period.
The procurement plan also shall include an accounting of all
costs projected to be incurred by the utility in the purchase and transportation
of fuel and the purchase of allowances for use in generating electricity
associated with each contract or arrangement filed in accordance with
paragraphs paragraph
20.13(1)“c b” and
“d” in the prospective 12–month
period.
If applicable, the reporting of transportation costs in the
procurement plan shall include all known liabilities, including all unit train
costs.
i g. Costs directly related to the
purchase of fuel. The utility shall provide a list and description of all other
costs directly related to the purchase of fuels for use in generating
electricity not required to be reported by paragraph “h
f.”
j h. Compliance plans.
Beginning with the 1993 procurement plan, each Each
utility shall file its SO2 compliance plan as submitted to the
EPA. Revisions to the compliance plan shall be filed with each subsequent
procurement plan.
k i. Evidence submitted. Each utility
shall submit all factual evidence and written argument in support of its
evaluation of the reasonableness and prudence of the utility’s procurement
practice decisions in the manner described in its procurement plan. The utility
shall file data sufficient to forecast fuel consumption at each generating unit
or power plant for the prospective 12–month period. The board may require
the submission of machine–readable data for selected computer codes or
models.
j. Additional information. Each utility shall file
additional information as ordered by the board.
20.13(2) Annual Periodic
review proceeding. The board shall annually
periodically conduct a proceeding to evaluate the reasonableness and
prudence of a rate–regulated utility’s procurement practices. The
prudence review of allowance transactions and accompanying compliance plans
shall be determined on information available at the time the options or plans
were developed. The board shall docket the matter as a contested case
within 30 days of the utility’s filing of its procurement plan in
accordance with subrule 20.13(1).
a. On or before June 30 May 15 of
each a required filing year, the consumer
advocate and any intervenors shall file prepared direct testimony and
exhibits each utility shall file prepared direct testimony and
exhibits in support of its fuel procurement decisions and its fuel requirement
forecast. This filing shall be in conjunction with the filing of the plans.
The burden shall be on the utility to prove it is taking all reasonable actions
to minimize its purchased fuel costs.
b. On or before July 30 of each year, the
rate–regulated utility shall file prepared rebuttal testimony and
exhibits The board shall disallow any purchased fuel costs in excess
of costs incurred under responsible and prudent policies and
practices.
c. The board will schedule a public hearing, to be
held within five months after the filing of a procurement plan, for the purpose
of cross–examining all filed testimony. The hearing shall be conducted in
accordance with the provisions of rule 199—7.7(476). The board shall
establish briefing schedules on a case–by–case basis. The burden
shall be on the utility to prove it is taking all reasonable actions to minimize
its purchased fuel costs.
d. The board may, in its discretion, modify the
procedural schedule for an annual review proceeding.
20.13(3) Annual meeting of
electric utilities. Rescinded IAB 4/3/91, effective 3/15/91.
[Filed 6/22/00, effective 8/16/00]
[Published 7/12/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 7/12/00.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2000 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Jul 12 0:05:01 2000
URL: /Rules/2000/Bulletin/acb000712.html
sam